r 
 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 €^0 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 11.25 
 
 1^128 |2^ 
 lii 1^ 12.2 
 
 H! 124 
 
 12.0 
 
 14 Ui^ 
 
 «' 
 
 V] 
 
 
 /. 
 
 A^ 
 
 V 
 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STRfET 
 
 WIUTCR,N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716)872-4503 
 
 '^ 
 
«' 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHfVI/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibllographiques 
 
 The Institute has attempted to obtain the best 
 original copy available for filming. Features of this 
 copy which may be bibliographically unique, 
 which may alter any of the images in the 
 reproduction, or which may significantly change 
 the usual method of filming, are checked below. 
 
 D 
 
 n 
 n 
 
 D 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 Coloured covers/ 
 Couverture de couleur 
 
 Covers damaged/ 
 Couverture endommag6e 
 
 Covers restored and/or laminated/ 
 Couverture restaurde et/ou pellicul6e 
 
 Cover title missing/ 
 
 Le titre de couverture manque 
 
 Coloured maps/ 
 
 Cartes g6ographiques en couleur 
 
 Coloured init (i.e. other than blue or black)/ 
 Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) 
 
 Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ 
 Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur 
 
 Bound with other material/ 
 Reli6 avec d'autres documents 
 
 Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion 
 along interior margin/ 
 
 La reliure serr6e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la 
 distortion le long de la marge int6rieure 
 
 Blank leaves added during restoration may 
 appear within the text. Whenever possible, these 
 have been omitted from filming/ 
 11 se peut que certaines pages blanches ajouttos 
 lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, 
 mais, lorsque cela 6tait possible, ces pages n'ont 
 pas 6t6 film6es. 
 
 Additional comments:/ 
 Commentaires suppl^mentaires; 
 
 L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire 
 qu'il lui a 6t6 possible de se procurer. Les details 
 de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du 
 point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier 
 une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une 
 modification dans la m6thode normale de filmage 
 sont indiqu6s ci-dessous. 
 
 I I Coloured pages/ 
 
 D 
 D 
 
 Pages de couleur 
 
 Pages damaged/ 
 Pages endommag6es 
 
 Pages restored and/oi 
 
 Pages restaurtes et/ou pelliculdes 
 
 Pages discoloured, stained or foxei 
 Pages d6color6es, tachet^es ou piqu^est 
 
 Pages detached/ 
 Pages d6tach6es 
 
 Showthrough/ 
 Transparence 
 
 Quality of prir 
 
 Quality in6gale de I'impression 
 
 Includes supplementary materii 
 Comprend du materiel suppldmentaire 
 
 I — I Pages damaged/ 
 
 I — I Pages restored and/or laminated/ 
 
 I — I Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ 
 
 I I Pages detached/ 
 
 I I Showthrough/ 
 
 I I Quality of print varies/ 
 
 I I Includes supplementary material/ 
 
 Only edition available/ 
 Seule 6dition disponible 
 
 Pages wholly or partially obscureo by errata 
 slips, tissues, etc., have been refilr^ied to 
 ensure the best possible image/ 
 Les pages totalement ou partiellement 
 obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, 
 etc., ont 6t6 filmtes d nouveau de fapon A 
 obtenir la meilleure image possible. 
 
 This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ 
 
 Ce document est filmd au taux de reduction indiqu^ ci-dessous. 
 
 10X 14X 18X 22X 
 
 26X 
 
 30X 
 
 SI 
 
 24X 
 
 12X 
 
 16X 
 
 20X 
 
 28X 
 
 32X 
 
 >i^J^I4Mi*«J»*M 
 
The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanke 
 to the generosity of: 
 
 Library of Congress 
 Photoduplication Service 
 
 The images appearing here are the best quality 
 possible considering the condition and legibility 
 of the original copy and in Iceeping with the 
 filming contract specifications. 
 
 Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed 
 beginning with the front cover and ending on 
 the last page with a printed or illustrated Impres- 
 sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All 
 other original copies are filmed beginning on the 
 first page with a printed or Illustrated impres- 
 sion, and ending on the last page with a printed 
 or Illustrated Impression. 
 
 The last recorded frame on each microfiche 
 shall contain the symbol —^(meaning "CON- 
 TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), 
 whichever applies. 
 
 Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at 
 different reduction ratios. Those too large to be 
 entirely included In one exposure are filmed 
 beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to 
 right and top to bottom, as many frames as 
 required. The following diagrams illustrate the 
 method: 
 
 L'exemplaire film* fut reproduit grAce A la 
 gAnArositA de: 
 
 Library of Congress 
 Photoduplication Service 
 
 «. 
 Les Images suivantes ont AtA reproduites avec le 
 plus grand soln, compte tenu de la condition et 
 de la nettetA de l'exemplaire filmA, ct en 
 conformltA avec les conditions du contrat de 
 fllmage. 
 
 Les exemplaires origlnaux dont la couverture en 
 papier est ImprimAe sont filmAs en commen9ant 
 par le premier plat et en terminant solt par la 
 dernlAre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'Impression ou d'illustration, solt par le second 
 plat, salon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires 
 origlnaux sont filmAs en commengant par la 
 premlAre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'Impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par 
 la dernlAre page qui comporte une telle 
 empreinte. 
 
 Un des symboles suivants apparattra sur la 
 dernlAre image de cheque microfiche, selon le 
 cas: le symbole -^ signlfie "A SUIVRE ", le 
 symbols ▼ signlfle "FIN". 
 
 Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent Atre 
 filmAs A des taux de rAduction diff Arents. 
 Lorsque le document est trop grand pour Atre 
 reproduit en un seul c;!ch4. il est filmA A partir 
 de Tangle supArieur gauche, de gaushe A droite, 
 et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre 
 d'Images nAcessaire. Les disgrammes suivants 
 lllustrent la mAthode. 
 
 32X 
 
 ''*■*>■ 
 
 !?#''«»*"**««*♦»*» ■■ - 
 
Wi 
 
Wab Depabtiibst,| ly^iuxARY Information Division. ] 
 A. G.O. 3 '^ 
 
 NVMBEB 
 0. 
 
 THE 
 
 MILITARY SCHOOLS 
 
 or 
 
 EUROPE 
 
 Km OTHER PAPERS SELECTED FOR PUBLICATIOM. 
 
 % 
 
 WASHINGTON :^ 
 
 mwMtwM twT rwanma omcK 
 189& 
 
 
 •I 
 
 ■/I 
 
 iS 
 
 ku 
 
I 
 
 War Depaktment, 
 A. G. O. 
 
 Military Information Division. 
 
 Number 
 
 #'> 
 
 A. t \ J .k t Jtk 
 
 THE 
 
 MILITARY SCHOOLS 
 
 or 
 
 
 EUROPE 
 
 AND OTHER PAPERS SELECTED FOR PUBLICATION. 
 
 
 M 
 
 WASHINGTON : 
 
 GOVERNMENT PRINTINO OFFICE. 
 
 1896. 
 
 JH 
 
War Depart'nent (Military Information Division) 
 
 Document No. 10. 
 
 Office of the Adjutant Qenerai. 
 

 CONTENTS. 
 
 Tli.< military Bchook of Europe. Prepared iu the Military Inforiiiatlou DiviBlon for the Board of VisitorB, 
 
 United States Military Academy, and priiite<l in their Report for the year 1896. Revised and corrected. 
 
 1{( onlistmentH and guaranties of employment for noncommiBiiioned officers and ex-soldiers in European 
 
 armies. Pn-pan-d in th« Military Information Division 
 
 Fi. Id range finders in European armies (Austria-Hungary, Belgium, England, France, Germany, Italy, and 
 
 Kuaaia). Prepared In the Military Information Division 
 
 Regulations for the treatment, training, and eniployment of war dogs by the rifle battalions of the German 
 
 army. Berlin, 1893. Translated in the Military Information Division 
 
 Lay ing ahead, by First Lieut. H. C. Davis, Third Artillery. Lyceum essay recommended for publication .... 
 
 Reprints : 
 
 Smokeless powder: Its influence on tactics. Translated from the Spanish and printed in the English 
 
 United Service Magazine , • 
 
 I'apers on the funottons of the army and navy in the maintenance of the British Empire and on the inva- 
 
 Bion of England. From the EngliBli United Service Magazine 
 
 The defense of Canada and the Indian question i.. Janada. Extracts from How Canada is Governed, 
 
 by J. O. Bourinot, 1896 
 
 Lint of figures and plates : 
 Field range finders : 
 
 Austria-Hungary (2 figures)...: 
 
 Belgium (1 plato of 8 figures) 
 
 England (21 figures and 13 separate plates) 
 
 France (4 figures, one of them making a separate plate) 
 
 Itoly( 13 figures) • 
 
 Russia (2 figures) 
 
 Laying ahead (4 plates) 
 
 Page. 
 7-76 
 
 77-90 
 
 91-114 
 
 116-126 
 127-132 
 
 133-140 
 141-147 
 149-151 
 
 91,92 
 
 93 
 
 9ft-101 
 
 103-105 
 
 lOfr-112 
 
 113 
 
 127-132 
 
 'f f! 
 
 ' 'i 
 
 ERRATA. 
 
 In Table of Contents, line 21, for IS rend 8. 
 
 In Table of tJontents, line 22, omit one of them making a teitarate plate. 
 
 W ' t- 
 
 m< 
 
-'^'* 
 
 INTRODUCTOEY NOTE. 
 
 The papers contained in this volume are deemed to be of sufficient military interest to 
 warrant tlieir publication and distribution to the Army. The article <m foreign military schools 
 was prepared in the Military Information Division for the use of the Board of Visitors, United 
 States Military Academy, and was published in the Report of the Board for the year 1895. As 
 tli«' proof of this part of tlie report was not read in tlie Military Information Division the article 
 as published contains a number of errors and misprints. It has, therefore, been <lecided to 
 revise and correct the article, and to republish it in a shape more accessible to officers of the Army 
 
 generally. 
 
 With the exception of a few reprints, the other papers of this number consist of articles pre- 
 pared in, or submitted to, the Military Information Division. The paper on " Laying aliead," by 
 First Lieut. H. O. Davis, Third Artillery, was read as a lyceum essay during the season of 
 1.SD5-96, and recommended tor publication under General Orders No. 68, 1896. 
 
 Washington, May l, 1896. 
 
 '^^4111111 
 
 wmm 
 
Conditions of Admission and Courses of Instruction in the National 
 Military Schools of European Powers. 
 
 l'i;ll'ARKI» IN TIIK MILITARY INFORMATION DIVIHION FOR THK H(>ARi» OK VIHITORH, IFNITKI* 
 SI ATKH MILITARY At!AI»KMY, ANI> I'RINTKD IN TIIKIR LAHT RKroRT.-RKVI8KI) AND CORRKCTKI). 
 
 BBLOIUM. 
 
 The Rcliool which cone8i)oiulH inoHt nearly to tlie United 8tateH Military Academy in tlie 
 i'lfoiu Militaire, or Military Academy, at Ixelles. 
 
 The object of tluH Bchool in t^) supply offlcerH tu the following anim: (I) The infantry, (li) the 
 (MMtlry, (8) the artillery, and (4) the engineers. 
 
 The length of the course of instruction Ih two years for the infantry and cavalry section, and 
 tour years for the artillery and engineer section. 
 
 All students, on commencing the second year's course, must contract to serve for eight years. 
 
 There are no tidmissions to the school except by coni|>etition. 
 
 The number of pliuses or vticancies at the school is announ<!ed every year about the middle of 
 i'\'ln'»iary. 
 
 in 18U5 the total numlier of itlaces to be com|)eted foi was 85. In 1804 the total numlter of 
 vat'itncies announced was 70. 
 
 flONDITIONS OP THE OOMPETITIONS. 
 
 i. The names of all candidates must be entered on the lists of the Military Academy. 
 
 Tliese lists are closed one month before the opening of the examinations. Ko one can be 
 adiiiitted to the competition unless he has previously shown: (1) That he is a native or naturalized 
 Hclgian; (2) that ho is over 17 and less than 21 years of age on the day of the opening of the 
 ('(iiiipetition. 
 
 Youths of less than 18, who under the laws in force in Belgium have at this age the right of 
 rlioosing Belgian nationality, may also be admitted to the competition. They will not, however, 
 1)0 allowed to commence the second year's course unless they have made their declaration of 
 clfction according to the forms pre8cril>ed by the law. 
 
 Exceptionally, the following may be admitted to the competitions: (1) Soldiers of the active 
 army, up to the age of 25 years; (2) university graduates who have obtained one or more academic 
 (Icirrees, up to the age of 23 years. 
 
 jll. Each candidate, on entering his name on the list at the Military Academy, must furnish: 
 i(a) A copy of his certificate of birth. 
 
 (ft) A copy of his father's certificate of birth. 
 
 The documents must be attested in proper form by the president of the tribunal of first 
 instance. 
 
 (v) A declaration of the father or guardian of the candidate, certifying that the father of the 
 latter was born of Belgian parents, or that he has obtained full naturalization by the law of . 
 
 This declaration must be legalized by the burgomaster of the place where the affiant is 
 
 domiciled. 
 
 7 
 
 ■I 
 
 ! ■ 1 
 
; J^^^0f^f^^i^^TS^^^'~ 
 
 8 
 
 If tJie fatlier of the candidate had acquiretl the status of Belgian nationality by fnlflUnient 
 of the formalities prescribed in article 9 tl* the Civil Code, the person so admitted to citizensliij) 
 
 must produce the attestation of competent authority to that effect. 
 
 • « • •♦ * • •• 
 
 (d) Candidates who are not from the army and who are more than 19 years of age on t\w 
 1st of January of the year of the examinations must produce a certificate stating that they hav e 
 taken part in a drawing of lots for the militia. 
 
 Candidates must besides, at the time of entering their names, declare : (1) The language 
 (French or Flemish) with which they wish to prove tliat they are thoroughly familiar, from a 
 grammatical and literary standpoint; (2) the language (Latin, Flemish, French, German, or 
 English, other than that chosen for 1) on which they wish to be questioned. 
 
 When they present themselves for the oral examinations, candidates must deliver to the. 
 president of the examining board: (1) A certificate of vaccination signed by a physician and 
 legalized by the communal authority; (2) a certificate of the communal administration of tlie 
 place of the domicile testifying to their good conduct. 
 
 III. The examinations for admission are held annually before an examining board appointed 
 by the King. These examinations are both oral and written. 
 
 Separate competitions are held (a) for artillery and engii ec rs, (6) for the infantry and cavalry. 
 Candidates may have their names entered for both competitions, or for each of them separately. 
 
 There are for each competition two series of examinations: The first series is the same for botli 
 sections; it hinges upon (a) a thorough acquaintance with French or Flemish; (6) Latin, Flemisli, 
 French, German, or English; (c) history; (d) geography, and(c) drawing. 
 
 The different examinations of this series are either oral or written, and extend over several 
 sessions. 
 
 The second series deals with the mathematical branches; it is distinct for the two sections. 
 
 The examinations for the first series commence on the 30th of July. 
 
 The examinations in mathematics are held as follows: (o) For the artillery and engineer 
 section, toward tbe 1st of September, and (6) for the infantry and cavalry section toward the 1st 
 of October, after the admissions to the first of the sections mentioned have been decided upon. 
 
 The examinations to be undergone for the artillery and engineer section can not secure for a 
 candidate a place on the list of admissions to the infantry and cavalry section. 
 
 IV. For the different branches the following number of points will be allotted: 
 
 (a) For admiBsion to tbe infantry and cavalry section : 
 
 MathematicB— Potato ont of loo. 
 
 Written examination 17 
 
 Oral examination 16 
 
 Thorougli acquaintance with tlie French or Flemish language 25 
 
 History 12 
 
 Geography - .12 
 
 Latin, Flemish, German, or English 16 
 
 Drawing ^ 
 
 Total ^ 1<» 
 
 (b) For admission to the artillery aud engineer section : 
 
 Mathematics — 
 
 Written examination ^ 
 
 Oral examination 25 
 
 Thorough acquaintanoe with the French or Flemish language 20 
 
 History - ^ 
 
 Geography • ^ 
 
 Latin, Flemish, French, German, or English 9 
 
 Drawing ^ 
 
 Total 100 
 
by fulflllineiit 
 to citiKeii8lii|) 
 
 »f age on tlu^ 
 lat they liav e 
 
 Hie langua^'e 
 niKar, from a 
 , Oermaii, or 
 
 eliver to tlie 
 >hy8ician and 
 iratioii of the 
 
 ar<l appoiuted 
 
 y and cavalry, 
 m 8ei)arately. 
 same for butli 
 atiu, Fleinisli, 
 
 1 over several 
 
 vo sections. 
 
 and engineer 
 oward the Ist 
 cided upon. 
 )t secure for a 
 
 t of 100. 
 
 17 
 16 
 25 
 12 
 12 
 15 
 3 
 
 . 100 
 
 25 
 25 
 20 
 9 
 9 
 9 
 3 
 
 100 
 
 9^ 
 
 Every candidate who in the first series of examinations does not obtain in the examination 
 to tost the thorougli acquaintance with the French or Flemish language one-half the maximum 
 number of points assigned to this branch, or in any of the other branches (except drawing) 
 two-flfths of the maximum, will be excluded from the competition and will not be admitted to the 
 examinations of the second series. 
 
 No candidate can be included in the final classification list, whatever be his general average, 
 who does not obtain one-half of the maximum- number of points assigned to all the mathematical 
 branches if he is competing for the artillery and engineer section, and two-fifths of this number if 
 lie presents himself for the infantry and cavalry section. 
 
 Before being admitted to take part in the competitions, the candidates are examined by a 
 niedical board, to determine whether they are fit for the military servi<re. 
 
 V. PROGRAMME OF THE ATTAINMENTS REQUIRED. 
 
 A. — THOROI'GH ACQUAINTANCK with the FUENCII on FI.RMIHII liANOUAGK. 
 
 The programme of this examination is that of the Latin or modern classical courses of the 
 Koyal Athenecs (high schools) up to and including rhetoric. 
 
 Special stioss is laid upon the following parts: 
 
 Style. — Principles, figures, and tropes. 
 
 Fundamental principles of the natrrative and descriptive style, of the epic, of the dramatic 
 style, and of eloquence. 
 
 Literary analysis of an address, of a piece of prose or poetry. 
 
 Composition. — Narration, description, letter, address. 
 
 B.— Latin, Flemish, French, German, or English. 
 
 Latin. — ^The candidates will execute a theme and a translation (the translation without 
 dictionary). They should be able to translate at sight one of the classic authors studied in 
 the second-class year' or in rhetoric. 
 
 Flemish, German, ann English. — The examination will include a theme and a translation 
 (without a dictionary). The candidates must, besides, be able to explain at sight a prose selec- 
 tion, and reply, in the language that they offer, to a few questions that will be put to them in 
 that tongue. 
 
 French. — ^The candidates who have undergone the searching examination in Flemish will have 
 an exercise in grammatical analysis and an exercise in composition. 
 
 C— History. 
 
 The subjects taught in the royal high schools up to and including rhetoric. Stress will be 
 laid on the subjects detailed behiw. 
 
 General history.— The questions cover ancient history as far back as the reign of Alexander 
 the Oreat, mediseval history, and modern history of the principal European and American nations 
 down to the Busso Turkish war of 1877-78. 
 
 History of Belgium. — The questions cover the whole subject of the history of the Netherlands 
 from the time of Julius Csesar down to the separation of Belgium from Holland in 1830, and 
 include the events which immediately followed this revolution, down to the revision of the 
 Belgian Constitution (7th September, 1893). 
 
 D.— Geography. 
 
 The subjects taught in the royal high schools up to and including the rhetorical course. 
 Stress will be laid upon acquaintance with the following subjects: 
 
 Principles of cosmography and of general geography. — Form and dimensions of the earth ; diurnal 
 revolution of the earth; terrestrial circles; zones; astronomical seasons; inequalities in the lengths 
 
 ■ Of the Atheu^ea Royales. 
 
 rll 
 
 ,1 
 Ill:' 
 
 
 ii 
 
i ■ 
 
 10 
 
 of the days and nights; lunations; mean radii of the ecliptic and of the moon's orbit; longitudis; 
 latitudes; division of the globe between continents and oceans; cartographical figure and division 
 of the continents; principal divisions of the oceans, straits, and lakes. 
 
 Phyaieal, political, and Htatifttusal geography of Buropc.—Oomprises a very thorough examination 
 on this subject, with particular reference to the geography of Germany, France, the Netherlands 
 and Austria-Hungary. 
 
 Oeneral geography.^Aaia, America, Africa, and Oceanica; boundaries; principal coasts, 
 seas, islands, gulfs, etc.; nomenclature, situation, and development of the great mountain chains: 
 principal rivers; population; political divisions and important cities. 
 
 Geography of Belgium, phynical, political, and adminiatrative.— Comprises a very searchin- 
 examination, descending to small details. Among the problems is to draw a somewhat detailed 
 map of each of the Belgian provinces, with scale, etc. 
 
 E.— Drawing. 
 
 Candidates will have to draw from nature, and will also shade, a few objects of simple form, 
 approximating in shape to the polyhedrons of solid geometry. 
 
 SUBJECTS OF THE SECOND SERIES OF EXAMINATIONS. 
 
 P. — Mathematics. 
 
 (a) ARTILLERY AND ENQINEERING. 
 
 Programme of the scientific section of the royal high schools, up to and including the 
 rhetorical course. 
 
 (6) INFANTRY AND CAVALRY. 
 
 Programme of the section of the Latin classical course of the royal high schools up to and 
 including rhetoric, besides the part that treats of surfaces and of the volumes of round bodies. 
 
 The programme gives very fully the subjects of the examination, in which the parts that 
 pertain only to the artillery and engineer examination are given in italics. As this programme 
 is extremely long, the subjects will be mentioned only in a general way, and the matters peculiar 
 to the artillery and engineer examination will be indicated in italics. 
 
 ARITBHETIC. 
 
 Notation and nnmeration; the four fundamental rules; common fractions. 
 
 Decimal fractions, and the metric system. 
 
 Operations with complex numbers; proportion; simple interest : discount; partnership; alligation. 
 
 Theory of the divisibility of numbers, etc. 
 
 Resolution of numbers into their prime factors, etc. Theory of the greatest common divisor and least common 
 multiple. 
 
 Cube root of »umher$. 
 
 Theory of prime numhert; Fermat's theorem. 
 
 Different eyitems of nitmeration; fundamental operation! on whole numbers in anyiyttem whatever; character ofdiviei- 
 bility by a diviior of B" ^r. 
 
 Numerical opproxtnuKtona; abridged methods for multiplying and dividing and extracting the sqmre root. 
 Fariout applicaiion$. 
 
 ALOEBBA. 
 
 Through eqnations of the second degree. 
 
 Equations reducible to the second degree; reduction of expressions of the form Va, + v'F 
 
 BeduotioH of expressions of the form yf « -f b-\/zzT 
 
 Properties of trinomials of the second degree, etc. 
 
 Progressions; theory of logarithms by progressions; use of tables; applications to questions of compound 
 interest and annuities. 
 
 Indeterminate coeffidents. 
 
}h 
 
 ; longitndi's; 
 and division 
 
 examination 
 Netherlands, 
 
 ipal coasts, 
 atain chains: 
 
 ry 8earchiii<; 
 lat detail<'il 
 
 simple form, 
 
 eluding the 
 
 8 up to and 
 d bodies, 
 e parts that 
 
 programme 
 tors peculiar 
 
 least common 
 voter of divui- 
 
 f compound 
 
 11 
 
 ifaximum of the proditet x<" y", whe» ox + fry it iion$tant. Maximum or minimum of a function of the uoond degrte 
 with two varitthlet. 
 
 Continued fraetiotu. 
 
 Indeterminate ana/yaia of thefirit degree. 
 
 Theory of arrangements, permutationt and eomhinationi ; binomial theorem ; powere of a poIyNomiat ; eiiraetion ofrooti 
 of number* and polynomialt; summationi of the like powert of the term* of an arithmetical progreetion. 
 
 Powers and roote of monomials higher than those of the second degree. Fractional or negative exponents; exponential 
 iiliialione. 
 
 Theory of logarithms by the exponential equation; concordance of the two definitions; modulus; Naperian logarithms. 
 
 Elementary theory of determinant* of two and three line*. 
 
 Various applications. 
 
 PLANK OROMKTRY. 
 
 Through the Encliclian or elementary geometry. 
 
 Elements of the theory of traniverial*. 
 
 Harmonic and anharmonie divi*ion» and pencils. 
 
 Pole* andpolars; theorem* of Pascal and Brianehesfor the circle. 
 
 Mensuration; leveling; plane eurveying teith theequare, graduated circle, and plane table. 
 
 Various applications. 
 
 SOLID UEOMBTRY. 
 
 Through the subject. 
 
 Theorie* of*imiUtude and eyv^metry; planes, axes, and center* of lymmetry. 
 
 Spherical triangle*. 
 
 Regular polyhedron*. 
 
 TRIOONOHKTRY. 
 
 Through plane trigonometry. 
 Conetruction and u*e of trigonometrical table*. 
 
 Solution of triangles, including the use of logarithmic tables, etc. 
 
 Through spherical trigonowutry, including the meneuration of the volume* of the parallelopipedon and the tetrahedron in 
 fuHctions of the angle*, etc. 
 
 ANALYTICAL OBOMKTRY. 
 
 Through analytical geometry of two diwuneion*. 
 
 DK8CRIPTIVK OEOMBTRY. 
 
 F%rst principle* ; theorem* and problem* relating to the point, right line, and plane. 
 Candidates will have to eolve graphically a problem, and «ii6m{( accurate drawing* of the *ame. 
 
 • • •• • •••• 
 
 The works specially recommended (being those submitted to the Government by the council 
 for the advancement of education in the middle schools for the teaching of the scientific course of 
 the first class year in the high schools of the Kingdom) are the following: 
 
 Arithmetic. — Gelin : Traits d'arlthm^tique ^l^mentaire, h I'usage des ^li^ves des cours professionnels, des candidate 
 anx dooles sp^oiales des universit^s, et k l'£!cole militaire de Bnixelles. Bertrand : Traits d'arithm^tiqne. 
 
 Algebra. — Falisse et Oraindorge : Traits d'alg^bre ^I6mentaire. Bertrand : Traits d'algi^bre. 
 
 Oeometry. — Cambier: £l6ment8 de g^om^trie, d'apr^s A. M. Legendre. Blanchet: fil<$ments de g^m^trie, par 
 A. M. Legendre; aveo additions et modifications. 
 
 lyigonometry. — Cambier: Lemons de trigonom^trie rectiligne et sph^^rique. Gelin: filaments de trigonom^trie 
 plane et sphtfrique, h, I'usage des oonrs professionnels, des candidate anx ^ooles sp^oiales des nniversit^ et ii I'ficole 
 militaire de Brnxellcs. 
 
 AnalyUoal geometry. — Falisse : Cours de g^om6trie analytiqne plane. Briot et Bouquet : Lemons de g^om<^trie 
 analytiqne. 
 
 Deecriptive geometry. — No work is specially recommended, but among the seven works authorized the one which 
 gives the best preparation for the present conrse of instruction at the military academy is the following: Chome: 
 Cours de g^om^trie descriptive de I'ficole militaire, 1 "* partie, livre 1, seconde Edition. 
 
 Det«rm{iiaN(«.^Mansion : Introilaction k la theorie des determinants (seconde Edition). 
 
 I 
 
 ADMISSION OF CANDIDATES. 
 
 YI. The minister of war decides upon the persons who are to be admitted to the military 
 academy, in accordance with the results of the comi)etition8. 
 
 i 
 
 ii 
 
 11' 
 
 I! 
 I 
 
 i i|; 
 
 .,a 
 
 if' '.ih 
 
 »rtfcJ.w^.^ 
 
 i:.:. 
 
 ) : 
 
 (f 
 
 :■ •■ fc 
 
 i if. 
 
 ■ ■ 1 >. 
 
 ,^-\\i 
 
 15- ' 1'; T ■ 
 
 1 ■ 
 
 
 U • 
 
 
 M. 
 
 "\ 
 
 Vr 'f 
 
 ^i^sSS^Vsi^j^v^vTferlai-i 
 
 ^i^^ii^Ut:^gJ^^«(^^ 
 
12 
 
 Every candidate iulraitted a8 a scholar who does not report within four days after tliodate 
 fixed for the opening of the course of studies * * * is considere<l as having resigned. 
 
 On theiir arrival at the school the scholars are subjected to a medical examination. * • • 
 
 VII. lielates to the sums to be paid for maintenance and outttt.' Scholars admitted from tiic 
 ranlcK receive the pay and allowances of their former grade while present at the academy. 
 
 VIII. Relates to scholarsliips and half scholarships, which are granted principally to tliost- 
 whose parents are unable to pay for tlieir etlucatiou. These aids are, as a rale, only granted «luriii^' 
 the first year of the course, except when a scholar greatly distinguishes himself, when the sanu- 
 aid may be granted for the second year. 
 
 KEMARKS. 
 
 In the examination of 1893 there were 384 candidates for 60 vacancies. 
 
 After finishing two years of the course the scholars of the infantry and cavalry section who 
 pass the final examinations successfully are commissioned second lieutenants. The scholars ol' 
 the artillery and engineer setrtion who pass at the end of the second year are also commissioned 
 second lieutenants, but they remain at the academy for two years longer to finish the remuindei- 
 of their course. They are called '' Aleves sous-lieutenants," (student second lieutenants). 
 
 There is a preparatory school called the "Oonrs central de preparation sV I'ficole militairc," 
 the object of whi<^h is to prepare non(?ommisHiou«'d officers of the army for the competitive exanii 
 nation to enter the military academy. About 20 nontrommissioned officers are admitted to the 
 course by a competitive examination. 
 
 Any noncommissioned offit^er who fulfills the required conditions of ago and length of service, 
 and who is recommended by an examining board of the regiment, may present his application to 
 his commanding officer, who, if he considers the applicant to be worthy of a commission, will 
 forward the appli(;ation through the regular military channels to the minister of war, with i\w. 
 necessary legal papers in each case. 
 
 The course is for one year, and no i)erson is allowed to remain more than this length of time 
 at the school. 
 
 The subjects of examination for those who wish to compete for the " eonrs central" correspond 
 to the programme taught in the setrond year of the night-school course for noncommissioned 
 officers of infantry and cavalry, omitting the elements of the natural sciences. 
 
 These branches are as follows : 
 
 French or Flemish language. — Reading, writing, and grammar. 
 
 Arithmetio, — Through extraction of the square root. 
 
 Algebra. — Through solution of equations of the first degree, with one or more unknown quantities. 
 
 Hietory. — Belgium : History of Belgium from the House of Burgundy to the present time. General : From the 
 peace of Westphalia to the present time. 
 
 Geography and ootmographji. — Particular attention is to be paid to the geography of Belgium, a less particular 
 study of the geography of the other European stateH, and an outline of the geography of the rest of the world. 
 
 Writing — Principles of writing. (Instruction in writiug is begun in the first and finished in the second year.^ 
 
 Drawing. — Up to and including the drawing of the simple geometrical figures, plane and solid. 
 
 PAysica and chemistry. — A few elementary ideas on these subjects. 
 
 £C0LB MlUTAIRK 1>K BRLOIQUR. — PROGRAMME OF THK COIJRSK OV INSTRUCTION. 
 
 Artillery and engineer seotion. 
 
 FIRST YRAR. 
 
 Higher algebra (22 lessons) : Commencing with the theory of determinants, through the solution of equatiouH 
 of the fourth degree and the subject of imaginary quantities. 
 
 Analytical ge<unetry (16 lessons) : Through equations of surfHoes of the second order. 
 
 ■The annual charge for "pension," or board, is 800 francs; the amount collected for tlie cost of outfit is about 
 875 francs, and a further charge of 250 francs is made for office and other expenses. These sums are paid by the 
 parents or relatives of the scholars. 
 
W'W 
 
 Iter f1i« (late 
 Ifiied. 
 
 • • # 
 
 ted from tin- 
 emy. 
 
 ally to tliosc 
 anted duriii^r 
 eu the sail)*' 
 
 section who 
 
 schohirs ol 
 
 ommisHioned 
 
 le remaindt'i- 
 
 Dts). 
 
 le militairc," 
 titive exaini 
 iiitted to the 
 
 h of service, 
 pplication to 
 mission, will 
 ^ar, with the 
 
 ngth of time 
 
 " correspond 
 ommissioued 
 
 ral : From tlie 
 
 688 particular 
 the world. 
 8econd year. ) 
 
 1 of equationH 
 
 iitflt Im about 
 I paid by the 
 
 13 
 
 DiiTerentinl i-ii]cnliiN (28 lo88onB) : Commencing with fundamental principles, through the study of plane curves 
 n itii both rectilinear and polar coordinates, and the study of curves nnd surfaooH of double curvature. 
 
 Descriptive geometry (70 lessons): Commencing vith fundamental principles, throngh the subject of shades 
 and shadows, etc. Commencement of the subject of perspective. 
 
 Cinematics (U lessons) r Motions of point* and solid bodies. 
 
 Physics (40 lessons): Commencing with flindamental principles, through thermodynamics and acoustics. 
 
 Chemistry (40 iesso"^ «) : Through the study of metals and their principle combinations. 
 
 French literature (25 lessons) : History of literature up to the eighteenth centnry. Compositions. 
 
 Flemish (35 lessons): There Is a superior oonrse for pupils already acquainted with the language and a lower 
 course for the other pnpils. 
 
 German or English (35 lessons) : Fundamental principles of the language. Practical exercises in conversation. 
 Themes and translations. 
 
 Hippology (16 lessons) : Elements of, and elements of veterinary hygiene.' 
 
 Drawing: Drawing of the figure (25 lessons). Pen and ink (geometrical solids), (15 lessons). 
 
 Military regulations (40 lessons) : Interior service. School of the soldier. School of the company. Firing 
 re);ulation8. 
 
 Exercises I Military exercises and drills. Gymnastics. Fencing. Riding. Swimming. 
 
 SECOND YEAR. 
 
 Integral calculus (37 lessons) : Through the subject. 
 
 Theory of ]trobabilities : Through the subject, including the method of least squares, and applications to 
 <iiiestions arising in firing. 
 
 Descriptive geometry: First part (19 lessons) — Surfaces generated by the motion of a rectilinear element. 
 .Second part (23 lessons)— Applications of descriptive geometry to stonecutting an<1 to the representations of 
 framework and parts of buildings. One-plane descriptive geometry. Drawing (42 days). 
 
 Mechanics: First part (24 lessons)— statics. Second part (24 lessons) — Dynamics. Hydrostatics and hydro- 
 ilynamirs. 
 
 Astronomy (24 lessons) : Throngh the- subject, including celestial mechanics, physics of the earth, terrestrial 
 magnetism, meteorology, and stellar astronomy. 
 
 Constrnotion of maps (7 lessons) : Perspective constructions. Conventional projections. Projections formed 
 by the method of development, including the method of Mercator. 
 
 Gnomonics (1 lesson) : The different kinds of sundials. 
 
 Physics: First part (20 lessons) — Optics, geometrical and physical, including the theory of wave motion. 
 Second part (20 lessons)— Electricity and magnetism. 
 
 Chemistry (25 lessons) : Organic chemistry. 
 
 French literature (25 lessons) : History of French literature in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Exer- 
 cises in composition and elocution. 
 
 Flemish (35 lessons) : Programme similar to the courseof the first year. 
 
 Hygiene (24 lessons) : Anatomy and physiology of the human body ; military hygiene. Surgical guide ; medical 
 truide. 
 
 Drawing: Drawing fh>m reliefs (20 lessons). Landscape drawing (30 lessons). 
 
 M ilitary regulations (35 lessons) : Field service and garrison service. School of the battalion and regiment. 
 Mounting and dismounting of arms. 
 
 Exsrcises: Military exercises and drills. Gymnastics. Fencing. Riding. Swimming. 
 
 THIRD YEAR. 
 
 Applied mechanics (37 lessons) : Hydraulics properly so called. General theory of machines. 
 
 Topography (16 lessons): Map making and map reading. Planimetric methods. Leveling. Hasty topography. 
 Topographicid reconnoissances. Telemetry. Practical applications. 
 
 Applied physics (26 lessons) : Thermodynamics. Electrical physios. Electric lighting. 
 
 Chemistry (20 lessons) : Explosives. Lighting by gas. Water; classification of different kinds of water from 
 the hygienic point of view, and filtration of water. 
 
 Geology (16 lessons): Elements. 
 
 Civil engineering (41 lessons) : Strength of materials. Knowledge of materials. Roads and railroads. 
 
 Military art (55 lessons): First part — Recruiting; organization; mobilization; applications. Second part — 
 Strategy (with applications on the map). Third part — Tactics (with practical operations of small units and 
 applications on different kinds of ground). 
 
 Artillery (50 lessons) : Preliminary ideas, including elementary ballistics. Artillery material; laying and firing. 
 
 I * 
 
 1 1: 
 
 :?r 
 
 tM: 
 
 fsm»mf<-- 
 
 j^itt Mi& tii aifM a* 
 
14 
 
 Fortifloatioii (75 leHsonn) : Permanent fortifloation. Temporary fortification. Attack and ilefenae of fortrvHst^s. 
 Instrnction JonrneyB and practical work. 
 
 Languages (one lesson per week in each language) : Flemish, Oennan, or English ; continuation of the studifs 
 of the first two years. 
 
 Exercises : Riding. 
 
 rOITRTH YRAR. 
 
 Applied mechanics (25 lesaons): Steam engines and other motors dei>ending upon the conversion of heat into 
 mechanical energy. Principles of engine construction. 
 
 Geodesy (16 lessons) : Instruments employed in geodesy. Triangulation, etc. Latitudes, ]ongitudes, azimnthH. 
 Leveling, mechanical geodesy. 
 
 Applied chemistry (25 lesrans): Combnstibles. Iron and steel and various metals. Materials of construction. 
 Manufacture of glass. Oils, colors, paints, and dyes. 
 
 Photography (6 lessons) : Elements and practical applications. 
 
 Civil engineering, etc.: (a) Course of both sections (15 lessons) — Elements of graphical statics; trusses, ('m 
 Course special to the engineer section (4R lessonH)— Trusses ; stability of masonry ; execution of masonry, (o) Course 
 special for the artillery section (6 lesaons) — Resistance of tubes ; hooping of guns. 
 
 Architecture: (a) Course for both sections (16 lessons) — Composition; decoration, orders, and styles of archi- 
 tecture; ogival architecture ; medieval architecture; military arohitecture; modem architecture, (ft) Course special 
 to the engineer section (12 lessonit)— Construction of buildings. 
 
 Military art (30 lesrans) : Fourth part — Military geography. Fifth part — Military history, including the Franco - 
 German war as far as the capitulation of Sedan. 
 
 Legislation (8 lessons) : Elements of military Justice, discipline, the law of nations, and military instruction 
 and education. 
 
 Artillery: (a) Course for both sections (13 lessons) — Service and tactics of artillery in sieges and In fortified 
 places; constmotion of batteries (6) Course with a oommon programme for both sectionx, but more detailed for 
 the artillery than for the engineers (25 lessons for the artillery section and 10 for the engineer section) — Theory of 
 the construction of carriages; machines for mechanical maneuvers; pontoon and temporary bridges, inoludinK 
 foreign bridges; foreign artillery, (o) Course special to the artillery section (35 lessons)— Service and tactics of 
 artillery in the field ; ballistics, exterior, interior, and penetration. 
 
 Fortification : (a) Course for both sections (20 lessons) — History of fortifications ; connection of fortifications 
 with strategy ; defense of States ; Belgian defensive system. ( b) Course special to the engineer section ( 14 lessons ) — 
 Mines; military bridges; plans of fortification. 
 
 Administration (25 lesaons): Preliminaries; service of administration in the units of the troops; allowanceH, 
 etc. Arms, ammunition, clothing, camp and garrison equipage. Funds kept op in the different corps, etc. System 
 of accountability of corps, etc. Practical exercises. 
 
 Languages (one lesson per week in each language): Flemish, German, or English; continuation of studies of 
 the first three years. 
 
 Practical exercises: Visits to the principal military establishments, polygons, powder works, gun shops and 
 arsenals, battlefields, etc. Practical exercises in fortifications, etc., on the terrain. Riding. 
 
 The classification lists drawn up by the director of studies at the end of the third scholastic year serve as a 
 basis for the provisional assignment of the student second lieutenant* to the artillery and engineer arms. 
 
 The graduating examination, held at the end of the fourth soholastio year, serves to determine the definitive 
 assignment of the student second lieutenants to the artillery and engineers. This etamination is oral and public. 
 It covers the most important subjects taught during the applied coarse of the last two yeus at the school. 
 
 Infantry and eavalrg $totion. 
 
 FIRST YKAR. 
 
 Geometry (10 lessons) : Properties and j^phioal constructions of such curves as the ellipse, hyperbola, para- 
 bola, and the helix. 
 
 Descriptive geometry (33 lessons) : Through the elements of perspective. 
 
 Mechanics (16 lessons) : Cinematics, statics, and dynamics, elements of each, with a short course on steam, 
 hydraulic and gas engines, etc. 
 
 Topography (24 lessons) : Same course as in the section of artillery and engineers (third year). 
 
 Physios (36 lessons) : Elements of, and elements of heat, optics, acoustics, electricity, and magnetism, with 
 practical applications. 
 
 Chemistry (45 lessons) : Elements of inorganic chemistry. 
 
 Artillery (40 lessons) : Elements of the science of gunnery, and description of Belgian and foreign small arms 
 and artillery; also bridges constructed with the Belgian bridge equipages. 
 
i¥ 
 
 (>f fi(rtruH8«M. 
 I of the atnditvs 
 
 on of heat into 
 iidea, asimuthH. 
 f oonstruotion. 
 
 • ; trnasea. (h) 
 ry. (o) Coursr 
 
 itylea of arohi- 
 Course spociul 
 
 ng the Franco- 
 
 ny ioBtruotioii 
 
 mA in fortified 
 re detailed for 
 Jn)— Theory of 
 Iges, includiDK 
 and taotios of 
 
 f fortillcations 
 1 (14 lessons)— 
 
 w; allowanceM, 
 I, etc. System 
 
 n of studies of 
 
 ;nn shops an<l 
 
 ^ear serve as a 
 
 rms. 
 
 ) the deflnitive 
 
 •1 and public. 
 
 ihool. 
 
 perbola, para- 
 irse on steam, 
 gnetism, witli 
 ja small arms 
 
 15 
 
 French literature (25 lessons): Samn programme aa in the aoction of artillery and t-ngiuenrs (tlrst year). 
 
 KleniiNb (35 lesHons) : Hame programme as in the sertion of artillery and engineerH. 
 
 Oormau or English (35 lessons) : Bnnie programme as in th<^ section of artillery and engineers. 
 
 Hygiene (24 lessons) : Same programme as iu the section of artillery and engineers (second jear). 
 
 Drawing (66 lesaons) : Picturesque drawing and pen-and-ink sketching. 
 
 Military regulations (55 lessons): Same programme ns in the section of artillery and engineers (first year). 
 
 Exercises: Military exercises and drills. Gymnastics. Fencing. Riding. Swimming. 
 
 BBCONU YEAR. 
 
 Cosmography (14 lessons) ; Elements of. 
 
 Military art (97 lessons): First, second, and third parts — Same programme as in the section of artillery and 
 I iiKineers (third year). Fourth part— Military geography; elements of the military geography of Europe. Fifth 
 part — Military history; same programme as iu the section of artillery and engineers (fourth year). 
 
 Legislation (8 lessons): Same programme aa iu the section of artillery and engineers (fourth year). 
 
 Fortification (60 lessons) : First part — Permanent fortification. Second part— Temi>orary fortification. Third 
 part — Attack and defense of fortresses and the defense of States. 
 
 Administration (25 lessons) : Same programme as in the section of artillery and i-ngineers (fourth year). 
 
 French literature (25 lessons): Same prograiiiiiio as in the section of artillery and engineers (second year). 
 
 Flemish (35 lessouH) : Same programme as in thu section of artillery and engineers. 
 
 German or English (.35 lessons) : Same programme as in the section of artillery and engineers. 
 
 Hippology (16 lessons) : Same programme as in the section of artillery and engineers (HrHt year). 
 
 Drawing (18 lessons): Landscape drawing ; drawing from nature. 
 
 Military regulations (45 lessons): Field tad garrison service; schools of the battalion and regiment; mounting 
 and dismounting arms. 
 
 Exercises : Military exercises and drills. Gymnastics. Fencing. Hiding. Swimming. 
 
 TIME-TABLE — WEEK DAYS. 
 
 The following table of the distribution of studies and employment of time has been in force, 
 with very slight modifications, ever' since the practical organization of the school, in 1838: 
 
 From 5 to 5.45 a. m. : Bise. Policing. Boll call at 5.45 a. m. in the class rooms. 
 
 From 5.45 to 8 a. m. : Studies. 
 
 From 8 to 8.30 a. m. : Breakfast. 
 
 From 8.30 to 10 a. m. : Lessons. . 
 
 From 10 a. m. to 12.30 p. m. : Drawing. Studies. Questions in the professors' rooms. 
 
 From 12.30 to 2 p. m. : Lessons. Studies. 
 
 From 2 to 5 p. m. : Dinner. Military exercises. Fencing. Wednesdays, liberty from 2.30 to 
 4.45 p. m. 
 
 From 5 to 8 p. m.: Lessons. Studies. Questions. 
 
 From 8 to 9.30 p. m. : Supper. Taps (lights out) at 9.30 p. m. 
 
 As a result of the high standard of admission to the Ecole Militaire and the keen competition 
 tor admission thereto, there are generally but few failures to complete the course of instruction. 
 At the examinations for entrance iu the year 1892-93 the total number of candidates was 317, 
 of whom 129 were from the army and 188 from civil life. The total number successfiil was 84, of 
 whom 26 were from the army and 58 from civil life. At the school examination at the end of this 
 year the total number of cadets examined was 305, of whom 33 failed to pass. For the three 
 years previous the total examined and the number of failures are tabulated below : 
 
 Year. 
 
 Number ex- 
 amined. 
 
 Number of 
 failures. 
 
 1891-92 
 
 338 
 329 
 344 
 
 16 
 5 
 4 
 
 1890-91 
 
 1889-90 
 
 
 »l.-*^j»J(i«U*^'.-;>'^^^iSUii;> ^-i^.". 
 
 
 .M-J'!;M 
 
' 
 
 J I 
 
 i V ' 
 
 16 
 
 The iiiiinbor uf failures appears to bo steadily increasing. The cause of this is not dear. 
 
 In the year 1892-93 the niuubt'r of coiui)etitors for entrance to the "Coiirs central le prcpa 
 ration i\ I'lilcole niilitaire" wan 37, of whom 20 were admitted. Of these, 3 were sent buc!' to tluir 
 regiments dining tlie year, leaving 17, all of whom passed successfully at the end of the scIkmiI 
 year. Only 4 of these, however, were successful iu the competition for admission for the I^col(> 
 militaire. 
 
 In the graduating class of the "Cours central*' immediately preceding, out of 25 who pass* d 
 the final examinations 14 wore admitted to the 1<iCole militaire. 
 
 TK.\T-H<»0K8 KMPL0YK1» at TIIK P.C'OLK Miutairr. 
 
 The official programme does not give any of the text-books employed, but a few of them arc 
 mentioned in the list of worlcs recommended to persons preparing for tho entrance examinations. 
 Many of the text books are peculiar to the school, being only issued in lithographed form, and 
 intended solely for the use of the students and instructors of the school. 
 
 ITALY. 
 
 At the present time — April, 1895 — the military schools of Italy are divided into three 
 classes, viz: 
 
 1. The collegi militari, or military preparatory schools, of whicdi there are five, established 
 in the following cities: Naples, Florontre, Milan, Home, and Messina. 
 
 2. The military schools for the training of officers and noncommissioned officers, of whieli 
 there are four, viz: («) The military school of Modena, (&) the military academy of Turin, (c) tiie 
 military sanitary school of application in Florence, and {d) the noncommissioned officers' sclioul 
 in Caserta. 
 
 3. The ''8cu61e militari complementari," or the military schools of application proper, for 
 officers, of which there are three, viz: (a) The war school (Scuola di Guerra), in Turin; (ft) the 
 school of application of artillery and engineers, in Turin; and (c) the school of cavalry, in 
 Finerola. 
 
 There are, in addition to the schools mentioned above, schools for artillery and musketry 
 practice, a school of fencing, and batteries and platoons of instruction for training noncommissioncil 
 officers in their duties. 
 
 Circular No. 3, of the 5th of January, 1893, published in the Giornale Militare Ufficiale for 
 that year, stated that the minister of war would not promise that after the school year 1893-1U 
 there would be any more admissions to the lowest classes of the collegi militari. This order 
 foreshadowed a gradual winding up of these schools. Accordingly, it appears that there were no 
 admissions to the collegi militari during the past year, and none are indicated in the orders for 
 this year. 
 
 Indeed, a royal order of the 6th of November, 1894, decreed the abolition of these schools. 
 Before this decree takes effect, however, it must be approved by Parliament, and it is now 
 considered doubtful whether this approval will be given or whether the collegi militari will be 
 allowed to continue.' 
 
 SCHOOLS FOB THE TBAININO OF OFFICERS. 
 
 Of these, the schools which correspond most nearly to the United States Military Academy 
 are the Scuola Militare, of Motlena, and the Accademia Militare, of Turin. 
 
 ■ Since the above was written a number of changes have been officially announced, which went into effect Octo- 
 ber 1, 1895. Instead of abolishing all the collegi militari/those at Rome and Naples have been retained, provisionally, 
 at least. The noncommissioned officers' school at Caserta has been abolished, and iu lieu thereof a special course for 
 noucommisaioned officers who are aspirants for promotion has been established at the military school of Modena. 
 
 or 
 
 v7ys?gy .;)#j».»/ '' j>jjfcuij.j> ' aiaf , M ' .',ti i iia»s-M ■■,". ■ 
 
 - .-fe i wj i n' Ji mtt 
 
 -'W'i'i'.<ni»ayttMV, w " 
 
not clenr. 
 :ral 'Ui pn'pii- 
 biio!' to tlu'ir 
 of tbe Bclioul 
 for the I^cole 
 
 15 who pa88« (I 
 
 «r of them arc 
 3xaininatioiis. 
 led form, and 
 
 d into three 
 
 ), e8tabli8h('(l 
 
 lers, of which 
 riirin, (c) tlie 
 dicers' Hchoul 
 
 n proper, for 
 Fnrin; (ft) the 
 f cavalry, in 
 
 md musketry 
 commissioned 
 
 5 Ufflciale for 
 I year 1893-1)4 
 . This order 
 there were no 
 the orders for 
 
 bhese schools, 
 rud it is now 
 lilitari will be 
 
 ary Academy 
 
 into etfect Octo- 
 1, proviHionally, 
 [>ecial course for 
 1 of Modena. 
 
 17 
 
 I. TlIK Hi;irol.A MiUTARB, OH MIUTARY HCH«NtL, Of MotiRNA. 
 
 The object of this school is to ftamish officers to tbe infantry and cavalry arms and to tlie 
 commissariat corps of the royal army. 
 
 The course of study is completed in two scholastic years, at the end of which those students 
 who pass the prescribed examinations are appointed second lieutenants in the infantry or cavalry 
 or in tbe commissariat as flist as vat^ancies occur. 
 
 AdmiiHion to the military ichool. — The number of admissions yearly to the lowest class of the 
 military school is fixed by the miniMter of war, and published, generally in the month of January 
 or February, in the Oiornale Militare Ufflciale (Official Military Journal). These places are 
 granted (a) to the boys who have passed successftiUy through the fifth and last class of the 
 collegi militari ; (ft) by competitive examination, to such boys as show themselves to be the liest 
 iinalifled, the examination being based upon the programme of admission; (o) by award based 
 ii])on the ratings shown in school diplomas or certificates, to such boys as have obtained the 
 diploma of a classical school (liceo), or of a technical school (istituto teonico). Diplomas more 
 than a year old are not admitted, unless the candidate has lieen prosecuting bis studies in some 
 higher institution of learning. Only the diplomas of the following courses of the technical schools 
 are accepted : Physics and mathematics, land surveying, commercial course and l>ookkeeping. 
 
 When the nnml)er of qualified candidates is greater than the number of places tobeawarde<l, 
 tiien preference is given first to the graduates of the collegi militari, then to students showing 
 certificates of courses of study higher than those of the classical schools, next to the students 
 showing the diploma of the classical school, next to the students showing the diploma of the 
 technical school, and, lastly, to those who have undergone the competitive examination, in the 
 order in which they pass. ' 
 
 Boys who are Italian citizens, and soldiers with the colors or on unlimited leave are eligible 
 ti) compete for places in the military schools, provided they possess tbe following qualifications: 
 
 1. They must be between the ages of 16 and 20 on the 1st of August of the year of 
 admission. 
 
 2. They must have reached the height of 1.66 m. if they are over 18 years of age. For those 
 wlio are under this age, the height may be less; but in this case they must give promise of 
 reaching the minimum height by the time they attain the age of 18. 
 
 3. They must be well developed and of robust constitution and free from defects that would 
 be a ground for discharge from the army. The chest measurement, for competitors who have not 
 reached the age of 20, may be less than 800 mm., but it should correspond to the physical 
 development of the subject, and should give promise of reaching the minimum by the time the 
 subject is 20 years of age. 
 
 4. They must, if they are minors, have the consent of their fathers. In any case where the 
 fatlier is not living the consent of the mother is necessary, or, if both parents are deceased, the 
 consent of the guardian must be had. 
 
 5. Their moral character must be good, and they must not have been expelled from any 
 military or civil school. 
 
 The graduates of the collegi militari and the other successfiil candidates for admission to the 
 military school are subject to a medical examination on their arrival at the school, and those found 
 to be physically unfit are rejected. 
 
 ■ According to the decision of the minister of w»r (Oiornale Militare Ufflciale, part 1, p. 66, 1896), all' candidates 
 for ndmiasion to the military school and military academy for the year 1896 will be subjected to a competitive 
 examination, the subject-matter of which comprises Italian literature, mathematics, and the French language. 
 From this eiamination, graduates of the collegi militari are apparently excepted. All candidates for this 
 competition must be provided with the diploma of either a classical school or a technical school. Admission to the 
 military academy is still snbject to the passing of the complementary competitive examination. 
 16848 M 8 2 
 
 
 't 
 
 
 ' 'Li 
 
18 
 
 However, graduates of tlio uollegi militnri who do not paflH this physicnl oxamiimtion tnny, 
 nevertheless, be admitted; but it' sucli boys du not qualify physically before HnisliiuK ^1'*^ course 
 at the military school, they are forthwith discharged from the school aud aie not commiBstonnl 
 in the army. 
 
 Requests for admission to the competitive examinations must be made between the Ist ot 
 May and the irith of June of the year in which the admiBHi(m to the school takes pluce; ' requests 
 to be allowed to present diplomas for com|ietition must be made between the Ist of July and tlit^ 
 5th of August. All the requests are eventually transmitted to the minister of war. 
 
 The minister reserves the right of excluding flrom admission such boys as, for any reasoim 
 whatever, he decides to be unworthy of holding a commission in the army. 
 
 Kxaminaiiont for admuHion. — The subjects of the examination for admission to the military 
 school are given in the following table; the programmes in each subject will be given later: 
 
 Oritap 
 
 of iiib- 
 
 Jecto. 
 
 SubJeotM. 
 
 Italian langnage and literature 
 
 History, geography, eleiiients of nat- 
 ural icieuces. 
 
 Arithmetic and algebra; geometry, 
 trigonometry. 
 
 French language , 
 
 Method of 
 examination. 
 
 ( Written 
 
 <Oral ... 
 
 Oral ... 
 
 Oral ... 
 
 ( Written 
 (Oral ... 
 
 Duration of exami- 
 nation. 
 
 4 hours 
 
 20 niinntea , 
 
 50 minutes, altogether 
 
 60 minutes, altogether 
 
 4hoiirB 
 
 15 minutes 
 
 Ciieffl- 
 cienta. 
 
 \ 
 
 The written examination in the Italian language and literature will precede all the others, and 
 in order to be admitted to the other examinations it is necessary to qualify in this. 
 
 The examinations are made by committees, each of which is divided into four subcommittees 
 (one for the oral examination in Italian language and literature; one for the examination in 
 history, geography, and natural sciences; one for that in mathematics, and one for that in tiie 
 French language). Each subcommittee consists of a president and two members. 
 
 In the oral examinations, questions drawn by lot by the president of the sulHsommittce are 
 put to the candidates, one question in each subject, except in the examination in history, when 
 three questions are put (one in Greco-Boman history, one in mediaeval history, and one in modern 
 history), and in arithmetic and algebra, where two questions are put (one in arithmetic aud one 
 in algebra). 
 
 However, additional questions may be put if the subcommittee so desire. For each subject 
 and for each method of examination (that is to say, written or oral) the subcommittees take distinct 
 votes, as follows: 
 
 First, the examiners vote «yes" or <'no'' on the question whether the candidate is qualitiod 
 in any given subject and in any particular kind of examination ; then, another vote is taken to 
 determine the candidate's mark — ^marks ttom 10 to 20 being given to candidates declared to be 
 qualified and marks firom to 9 to those declared to be not qualified. 
 
 The true mark for each candidate on each vote is determined by taking the sum of the marks 
 of the three examiners and dividing the sum by 3. 
 
 The mean of the marks for each "group" is obtained by taking the arithmetical mean of the 
 marks given on each vote in all the different subjects of this group. 
 
 To obtain the general average for any candidate, multiply the mean mark on each group by 
 the proper coeflBcient; take the sum of the products and divide by 20. 
 
 > The limits of time for the year 1896 are fh>m May 1 to August 5. 
 
liiintion iiiav, 
 11^ tlie coiirHc 
 
 COIUmiBHtUIH'tl 
 
 ten the iHt dC 
 iice; ' re<|iiests 
 ' July niul tlii^ 
 
 ir any renHuns 
 
 ) the military 
 u later: 
 
 C<ieffl. 
 oivuta. 
 
 he others, and 
 
 lubcomniittees 
 xamiiiatiou in 
 [>r that iu the 
 
 committee are 
 history, when 
 me in modern 
 oetic and one 
 
 • each Bubjt'ct 
 i take distinct 
 
 te is qnalitiod 
 te is taken to 
 eclared to be 
 
 of the marks 
 
 1 mean of the 
 
 ach group by 
 
 19 
 
 To lie dcohirod qnalitted for admission a candidate must obtain a i|ualiflcation by a mi^jority 
 of votes ill every separate vote. 
 
 However, a candidate may be declared (|ualifled for admission who does not qualify on every 
 vote, provided that his mark on any such vote does not fall below 8-20, and his general average 
 (joes not fall below 14-L*0. 
 
 SYNOPHIH OV TUB I'SlMiKAMMRH ruK TIIR IXAMIMATlnN TO INTRH TIIR riKHT YKAR OK TIIK MiMTAHY 8CHOOI.. 
 
 ItaUan language and Hitraiiire. — Wrilton exAminatinn. A prose oomptwition, an exeroiite in invantion, on n them« 
 Kivon by thn niininter. In this the oanditlat«t uiHst give proof of Icuuwini; hnw to express ami develop thti appropriate 
 iiit'iis in their iogicul order in u Himple, clear, and correct style. 
 
 ftral examiuation. —Tht' candidate must be able to read and explain an eaay piece of proM' or poetry, and to reply 
 til a question relating to ono of the following subjects: (a) Granimarand rhetoric; (b) Italian literature from the 
 twelfth century to the prenent time. 
 
 Hi»tor!/.—(a) Greek and Roman history down to the fall of the Roman Empire; (ft) hiHtory of the Middle Ages, 
 with particular reference to the history of the various ItaUan Htatos, and the House of Savoy especially; (o) nio«lern 
 history, with particular ri>ferenoe to the history of thu Italian States and the House of Savoy; the Reformation, the 
 French Revolution, and the Napoleonic wart; history of Europe since 1815; uniflcation of Italy. 
 
 aeographn.—(a) Elements of coamography. (ft) General principles of geography ; Italy— continental, peninsular, 
 niid insular; political divisions of Italy, Asia, Africa, Oceanica, and America — general ideas only. 
 
 Elementi of natural «o<en(i«*.— Meebanics: Matter, force, solida, liquids, gaaes, elasticity, gravity, heat, ligiit, 
 DiiiKiietism, electricity, ohomistry, astronomy, physical geography, soology and natural history, botany. 
 
 ArithmeUo and a/^eftra.— Arithmetic: Through the subject. Algebra: Through the solution of miiiations of the 
 w'coud degree with one unknown quantity; arithmetical and geometrical progressions; exponential functions and 
 ioKarithnis; solution of exponential equations by means of logarithms. Geometry: Through plane and solid 
 K^oinetry. Trigonometry: Plane. Through the solution of oblique angled triangles, and the determination of the 
 area of triangles. 
 
 French language,— Written examinatioA. Translation of a short tale or romance of an easy style from Italian 
 into French. Oral examination ; Grammatical rules and their application ; Conjugation of the regular verbs ; irregu- 
 lai verbs; Exercises in reading; Grammatical analysis; construction of the sentence. 
 
 The course of instruction at the military school commences in the month of October. The 
 lioys admitted in the year 1893 were ordered to report at the school on the 12th and 14th of the 
 month; those admitted in 1894, on the 14th and 15th of the month. 
 
 The number of admissions, as has already been stated, is fixed every year by the minister of 
 war. Two hundred and seven were admitted in 1893, of whom 60 came from the coUegi militari, 
 <J5 from the diploma competition, and 52 tcom the ordinary competition. In 1804 the total number 
 of admissions was 250, of whom the collegi militari supplied 104, the diploma competition 134, and 
 tlie competitive examination only 12. 
 
 The orders for 1895 state that the number of admissions to the military school this year will 
 be 120.' (Giomale Militare UflBciale, Circular No. 12, 25 January, 1895.) Apparently the number 
 does not include those who will be admitted flrom the fifth class of the collegi militari. 
 
 TervM of payment ; free and haXffree placet. — The cost of pension (or board) is 900 lire, or 
 francs, for the scholars of the military school and military academy, the installments of which are 
 |iaid quarterly and in advance. In addition each scholar must pay, on admission, for his first 
 equipment, a sum of 360 lire. From this last contribution the scholars promoted firom the collegi 
 militari are exempted. 
 
 There is also an annual contribution from each scholar of 120 lire, payable in advance 
 in installments, which is intended to provide for the renovation and repair of clothing and 
 e()nipment, and to supply text-books and other necessary articles. 
 
 Free places, as such, are granted only to the sons of officers of the army or navy and some of 
 the civil services, where such officers have been killed in battle, or have died of wounds or disease 
 received or contracted in the field. 
 
 ' For 1896 the number of admissions announced is 170. 
 
 ijrftWf^jJ -,.,.5 ■*•.'.% 
 
20 
 
 Half free platitm uru granted for tatnily Horvluoii, (a) to tli» mun of oIliioiH of tli« iirmy ami 
 navy who have Nerved at leant ui^lit yeant, (If) to the sons of certain ituiHoiiii who have rev(>iv«<l 
 military dtHsoratioiiB, (r) to boys belonging to families who have rendered diHtinguiHhed Horvicivs 
 to the State. 
 
 llalf-tV-ee placeH are granted on at'oount of iiemonnl merit, (a) to boyn who are admitted to 
 the military attademy or the military school on the diploma competition; (b) to lioys who uri' 
 admitted to either of theHO hcIiooIs on vompi'titive examination, provided they Mtand in the tli-isi 
 tenth of the total number admitted on Huch com|)etition, and provided alHo that their general 
 average docs not fall below 10-20; (v) to such pnpils in the oollegi militari, military msIiooI, aixl 
 military academy as Htand in the flrst tenth of the total number of those promoted a year in 
 ea(;b of these eMtabliHhments, jirovided that their general average does not fall below KI-20. 
 
 A boy may be entitled to a half-free place for two different reaHons; in Hucb a case he getn a 
 free place. 
 
 The exemption accom])anying a tree or half-tVce place refers only to the i)enMion or board 
 money. The contribution for tlrst e<iuipment and the contribution for repairs, etc., must be piii<l 
 in all oases and by all classes of scholars. Pupils coming from the (M)llegi militari, or any of tiic 
 other national military schools, are exempt, however, from the contribution for first equipment. 
 
 AmffnmentK. — Those pupils of the military school who desire to be assignetl to the cavalry 
 must make their applications therefor immediately after entering the school. 
 
 Those who desire to be assigned to the commissariat corps must make their applicatioiiH 
 therefor ii.imediately after their entrance into the second-class year. 
 
 Those who make applications for the cavalry must deposit 4,00U francs, or its equivalent, to 
 pay for two horses and the uecessary horse equipments when they are promoted to be secoii'l 
 lieutenants of cavalry. 
 
 At the end of the first year of the course the aspirants for the cavalry will be 8ubjecte<l to 
 an examination in equitation, and those who are pronounced unfit for the cavalry will be assigned 
 to the infantry section. 
 
 Toward the end of the mouth of January the pupils of the second year who are aspirants for 
 the cavalry are examined again in etiuitation, and those who are pronounced unfit are assigned to 
 the infantry section. 
 
 At the end of the second year those applicants for the cavalry who do not pass in equitation 
 are not allowed to be reexamined, but are turned back a year, unless they choose assignment to 
 the infantry. 
 
 Military tchool—Courie of in»trHcllon, 
 
 Hiibjovt. 
 
 Italian literature: 
 
 Written 
 
 Oral 
 
 Phyaical and natnnil sciences 
 
 Small arms and artillery 
 
 French and German language 
 
 Topography 
 
 Topographical drawing ,. 
 
 Oraphioal projections (descriptive geometry ) 
 
 Military history 
 
 Military art i 
 
 First-year coefficients. 
 Course, 
 
 Num- 
 ber of 
 lessons. 
 
 70 
 
 eo 
 
 40 
 flO 
 60 
 50 
 40 
 60 
 
 Exami- 
 nation. 
 
 Second-year ooefHoients. 
 
 Num- 
 lier of 
 lessons. 
 
 60 
 
 60 
 60 
 
 Course. 
 
 Exami- 
 nation. 
 
tl 
 
 le army ami 
 
 IV« MMH'ivcfl 
 
 hod Mcrviffs 
 
 admitted to 
 f>y» who arc 
 in the lliNt 
 heir geneiitl 
 f HoluN>l, anil 
 I'd It year in 
 
 ine he tfetn .i 
 
 ion or l)oHi'*l 
 lUHt be paiil 
 p any of \\w 
 luipiueut. 
 I the cavalry 
 
 applicatioiiH 
 
 luivalent, to 
 
 be Hecoiid 
 
 subjecte<l to 
 be assigned 
 
 ispirants for 
 
 1 assigned t«> 
 
 n equitation 
 signmeut to 
 
 enta. 
 
 lanii- 
 tion. 
 
 MiHiitrp «('A<t«l — (Umrintf lN«/»'Mr«OH— ('oiitiniiMl. 
 
 Hult|««^t. 
 
 Law, |io1itii-ii1 anil militATJ 
 
 V'ilitury g«'<i)(ri»)>h,v 
 
 Kortittciition (drnwitiK iiiolnil«<I). 
 
 Military .ncimnta 
 
 Military re|{ulatloii» : 
 
 Thoorctioal , , 
 
 I'riiuttcal 
 
 Oy iniia«ticii 
 
 FtMiriug 
 
 KitUuK (for infantry cailetii)! 
 
 Con<lH«'t 
 
 Military aptitude 
 
 ToUl 
 
 Rilling (for tiio cavalry aapiranta) . .- 
 
 Mitrk for the practical perioil of inntmctinn 
 (InRtmotional camp), to b« willed to th(> 
 tlnnl average : 
 
 Military instrnction 
 
 Topograpbio exeroiie 
 
 Firit-year nietltcluntii. 
 
 Nnm- 
 ber of 
 IcMonn. 
 
 no 
 150 
 
 120 
 
 830 
 ISO 
 
 Con me. 
 
 Kxaml- 
 nation. 
 
 Hi<roiiil>year ooelUoieuta. 
 
 46 
 
 .01 
 .01 
 
 Niini- 
 
 Itcr of 
 
 leMODN. : 
 
 no 
 
 70 
 
 100 
 
 30 
 
 50 
 
 ino 
 
 00 
 
 CoiirM', 
 
 Rxanil- 
 iiNtlon. 
 
 8H0 
 300 
 
 47 
 2 
 
 .01 
 .01 
 
 53 
 4 
 
 Marking and utonding, — The final standing of pupils at the military school in determined 
 after the examinations, which are held at the end of each scholastic year, but the ]nipils rectMve 
 marks on the progress they have made during the course, determined by their written work, their 
 drawings, and their answers to questions put to them by the professors and instructors during 
 the lectures and class instruction. 
 
 Marks are also given by the instructors in riding, fencing, and gymnastics for each pupil at 
 the end of every two months. 
 
 Marks are given in conduct and military aptitude by the company comnianders at the end of 
 every four months. 
 
 The standing is made out in the middle of the year, on the battis of the marks given during 
 the term; the average mark of each scholar is multiplied by the corresi)onding coefficient and 
 the sum of the products is taken. Dividing this sum by the sum of the coefficients gives the gen- 
 eral average for each scholar. The scholars then take rank according to their respective general 
 averages. Those scholars are declared deficient who obtain a mark less than 10-20 in any 
 subject. 
 
 At the end of each scholastic year the average for the term's work is determined and com- 
 bined with the average resulting from the examination. In this way is establishe<l the yearly 
 ;;eneral average, on which depends the final standing of the pupils in each class. 
 
 In order to be promoted a class, or to graduate, a pupil must obtain in each subject a genenti 
 average of not less than 10^20, and in all subjects a final general average of not less than 11-20, 
 including the marks given for conduct and military aptitude. 
 
 Those pupils who fail to qualify are turned back a year. If they have already been turned 
 back one year, they are transferred to some corps of the army to finish the time for which they are 
 liable to military service. 
 
 II 
 
 'I J 
 
 
22 
 
 The time for wliich boys wlio enter the military school or the military academy bind themMelvos 
 to serve iu the army is determined by the law of '' Arruolamento voluntario ordinario," or ordiuai.v 
 volunteer enlistment. This time is foar years in the cavalry and three years in all the otlicr 
 arnis. Those scholars of the military school who fail in their graduating year in any brancli 
 except military regulations may enter I'e array as sergeants, being assigned to corps in accor- 
 dance with their applications. Such schi irs must contract to serve for five years, in which time 
 their two years at the military school will bo counted. 
 
 AsHignmcnt to regimentit on grnduation. — The assignments to regiments are ma<le in accordance 
 with the following rules: 
 
 Those graduates who are in the first tenth of the whole class, independently of the arm or 
 corps for which they are aspirants, are allowed to designate the three regiments in which they 
 prefer to serve. The other graduates will have no choice, but will be assigned to regiments in 
 tlH^ir own arms according to the numerical order of the regiments, beginning each year with tlio 
 one designated by the minister. Such graduates as are pronounced physically qualified for Clio 
 "bersaglieri" (rifles), and the "Alpini'' (mountain rifles), by an examining committee api)ointe(l 
 at the school, are commissioned in those regiments, and the tallest graduates are assigned to tliu 
 grenadiers. 
 
 Lots are drawn for the places in the commissariat corps when there are more applicants than 
 there are vacancies or disi)osab1e places. 
 
 The same rule is followed when more graduates are recommended for the rifles than there arc 
 vacancies available. 
 
 As a general rule, applications from newly appointed ofiicers for assignment to i>articnl»r 
 regiments will not be entertained by the minisler of war. Exceptions for the higher graduates 
 have been indicated. 
 
 The cavalry graduates of the military school are immediately sent to taice a post-graduate 
 course at the school of cavalry in l^inerola. Their ultimate seniority is determined by their 
 standing at the end of the course. 
 
 Military organization, etc. — For the purpose of military instruction, drills, etc., the scholars 
 of each class are divided into companies, which in turn are organized into two battalions; the flr^t 
 battalion is formed by the companies of the second year, or sfTiniors, and second battalion by the 
 companies of the first year, or juniors. The number of companies in a battalion depends on tlie 
 number of scholars in the class. 
 
 Each company is organized in a manner conformable to the infantry drill and interior servi«'e 
 regulations. The commanding officers of companies are captains, and the subaltern officers 
 lieutenants detailed from the army. The ticting noncommissioned officers, or '^capiscelti and 
 suelti," are appointed from the cadets of the second year who are specially qualified for such 
 duties, from which class are also appointed the cadet instructors or drillmasters. To each 
 company are also attached two of the noncommissioned officers of the army belonging to the 
 school staff; also two of the schol domestics, as policemen. 
 
 Each battalion of the school is commanded by a field officer, generally a major, detailed from 
 the army. When the two battalions are united for reviews, inspection, etc., the command of the 
 whole is generally taken by tlie colonel, who is second in command at the school. 
 
 The commandant of the school is a general officer, who is directly responsible to the minister 
 of war. 
 
 II. — The Accadbmia Militare, or Military Academy of Titrin. 
 
 The object of this school is to educate boys for the position of officers in the artillery and 
 engineer arms. 
 
 The course of study is completed in three scholastic years, at the end of which those scholars 
 who pass the prescribed examinations are appointed second lieutenants of artillery or engineers, 
 with seniority from the date of their entering the last year of the course. 
 
23 
 
 1(1 theinselvos 
 " or ordinal) 
 all the otlicr 
 any biancli 
 rps in ac'cor 
 n which time 
 
 n accordance 
 
 f the arm or 
 n which they 
 regiments in 
 ear with tho 
 ilitted for the 
 ee ap))ointed 
 signed to the 
 
 plicantH than 
 
 lan there arc 
 
 to particular 
 ler gradnatos 
 
 )08t- graduate 
 ned by their 
 
 the Hcholars 
 ons; the first 
 ;talion by the 
 spends ou the 
 
 terior service 
 Itern oflBcers 
 apiscelti and 
 fled for such 
 rs. To each 
 nging to the 
 
 letailed from 
 imand of tlie 
 
 the minister 
 
 artillery and 
 
 lose scholars 
 )r engineers, 
 
 Admiaaion to the military academy. — Tho number of admissions yearly to the lowest <;lu8s of 
 the military academy is flxed every year by the minister of war, and is published in the (iiornale 
 Militare Ufflciale at the same time that the number of admissions for the luilitary school is 
 announced. These places are all given in accordance with the results of a competitive comple- 
 mentary examination, to which are admitted only such boys as belong to the three following 
 categories: {a) Boys who have graduated at the coUegi militari; (/>) boys who have obtained the 
 diploma of a classical school or technical school, and who satisfy all the other requirements for 
 this class of applicants as prescribed in the regulations for admission to the military school; (e) 
 hoys who have passed in all the subjects of the entrance examination for the military school, and 
 wiiohave obtained in the mathematio^il examination an average of not less than 14-20.' 
 
 All these boys must jiossess the same (lualiflcations with regard to Italian nationality, age, 
 lieight, etc., that are required for admission to the military school. 
 
 Complementary examhmtion. — The subjects of the complementary examination for admission 
 to the lowest class of tho military academy are the following: Trigonometry, complementary 
 j:;eometry, and complementary algebra, in accordance with the programmes, which will be given 
 hiter. 
 
 This examination, which is oral only and whi(;h lasts fifteen minutes for each candidate, is 
 j^'iven by a committee appointed by the minister of wlr, which holds its .nessious suci!essively at 
 tlie military academy and at the various coUegi militari. 
 
 For each one of the throe subjects mentioned above the president of the examining com- 
 mittee draws by lot a question from the list on the programme, and ou this question the candidate 
 is examined during the time allotted to him. The committee may, however, put further ijuestions 
 to the candidate on any of the subjects of examination, and may besides question him on 
 ))rogramme8 8 and 9 for admission to the military school. (These numbers refer to geometry and 
 trigonometry.) 
 
 With regard to the votes to be taken to determine whether a candidate is qualified, and to 
 determine his mark and general average, the regulations correspond in general to those laid down 
 tor the military school. A final vote is taken tor all three of the subjects of examination. 
 
 All those candidates wlio obtain a final mark of not less than 10 are declared (|ualified. 
 
 When the number of qualified candidates is greater than the number of vacancies the 
 valiancies are given to those who have obtained the highest ratings on the complementary 
 examination, irrespective of the class of competitors to whicli they belong. 
 
 SAMPLK QUESTIONS. 
 
 1. Trigonometry. — No. 8 — Area of a triangle; {a) in functions of the two sides and the included 
 angle; (h) in functions of one side and the angles; (c) in functions of the three sides. Area of a 
 quadrilateral in functions of the two diagonals and tho angle included between them. Area of 
 a regular polygon in functions of tho side and the number of sides. To calculate the diag(mals, 
 the angles, the area of a quadrilateral inscribed in a circle, and the radius of the circle, in terms 
 of the sides. Problem of Pothenot. 
 
 2. Algebra. — No. 6 — Product of m binomial factors of the form of a-f />, a-f- c, a-\-d. • • • 
 Number of terms; law of the exponents of a, and law of the c^oeflicients; development of (a+fr)"', 
 in being entire and positive; law of the coeflScients and equality of the cttefiicients of terms 
 equidistant from the two extremes; deveh>pment of (a — &)■"; sum of tho binomial coefficients and 
 sum of the same coefficients with alternate signs. 
 
 3. Geometry. — No. 2 — The sum of the squares of the sides of a quadrilateral is equal'to the sum 
 of the squares of the diagonals increased by four times the square of the segment which unites the 
 
 ■ See the decision of the iniuiHter of war with reference t<> examinatiaus fur admiaeion to the military 8ohool 
 iind military academy for 1896 (footnote on p. 17). 
 
 
 I 
 
 '$.■ 
 
i 
 
 I ■ 
 
 24 
 
 middle points of the diagonals; in every quadrilateral inscribed in a circle the product of tbc 
 two diagonals is equal to the sum of the products of the opposite sides; in every quadrilateral 
 in8cril)e<l in a cin-le the two diagonals are to each other as the sum of the products of the sidos 
 which meet respectively at the extremities of the same diagonals; calculate the area of a quatlri 
 lateral in terms of the sides and the two diagonals; calculate the area and the diagonal of an 
 instiribed quadrilateral, and the radius of the circumscribing circle, in terms of the sides. 
 
 The so called "questions" of these programmes, it will be seen, are really sets of questions. 
 
 The course of instruction at the military academy commences in October. In 1893 and 18»4 
 the boys admitted were ordered to reiMirt on the 14th of this month. 
 
 The number of admissions, as has been stated, is fixed every year by the minister of war. 
 In 1893 the total number of admissions to the lowest class was 42; in 1894 it was 63. Th.f 
 orders for this year announce that 70 places will be oi)en for competition for the class enteiing in 
 October, 1895.' 
 
 Terma of payment; free and half-free place*.— The regulations under these heads are tli« 
 same as those that apply to the military school. 
 
 Military aeademf/— Count of inttmeUon. 
 
 Snbjm-t. 
 
 Approximate iiiiiii- 
 ber of— 
 
 Coufflcienta. 
 
 LeasoiM. 
 
 riK8T VKAK. 
 
 Finite analysis (higher algebra, spherical trigonometry-, 
 
 analytical geometry) | lfl6 
 
 Projective geometry, i. e., higher or non-Euolidiau ; 
 
 geometry 60 
 
 PhysicH (mechanic!), electricity, magnetiHm, optica) ... 90 
 
 Topography 30 
 
 Italian literature 
 
 French literature 
 
 Military law and regulntiouH 
 
 Uiglit-liue drawing 
 
 German language (optional) . 
 
 Total 
 
 SBCONI> YRAIl. 
 
 Infinitesimal analysis (dift'erential and integral oal- 
 
 ciilnH) 
 
 Descriptive geometry 
 
 Chemistry , 
 
 Italian literature 
 
 90 
 
 15 
 
 30 
 
 670 
 
 diSwIng.; t^^»""«- 
 
 I 8 
 
 30 6 
 
 6 
 
 30 4 
 
 < 2 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 30 3 
 1 0.02 
 
 90 ^1 
 
 Examina- 
 tion. 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 8 
 5 
 7(') 
 
 sn 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 0.03 
 
 French literature 
 
 Field fortification 
 
 Military art (organization and logistics). 
 
 lao 
 
 60 
 60 
 
 30 
 
 60 
 30 
 30 
 
 30 
 
 30 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 4 
 
 3(') 
 
 2(») 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 \ 3(') !i 
 ( 2(») i) 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 B 
 
 4(0 
 
 3(») 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 ■ The number of places announced for October, 1896, was also 70. 
 
 < Composition. 
 
 ^ Questions, and oral examination. 
 
 "H'iti i S '.. uM..i m. »u 
 
26 
 
 ,(.' 
 
 redact of th<- 
 qumlrilat^rtil 
 8 of the 8id('s 
 i of a qntulri 
 iagonal of nn 
 lides. 
 
 of questions. 
 S93 and 18!)4 
 
 lister of war. 
 WM 03. The! 
 )8 entering in 
 
 eadH are tlio 
 
 Military aeademji — Cour»e <>/ iMa(rH0«Ott— Continned. 
 
 t«. 
 
 umioa- 
 )ion. 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 8 
 5 
 
 3P) 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 0.03 
 
 2 
 « 
 
 3(») 
 3 
 4 
 4 
 
 Bnbject. 
 
 KECOXI> YKAR — POntillllMl. 
 
 Military hiHtory (ancient, medin^val, and voinnience- 
 
 nient of modern period) < 
 
 Landscape ilrawing 
 
 Oerman laugnage (optional) 
 
 Total 
 
 THIRI> YKAK. 
 
 " Mecciinicoa razionale " 
 
 Ap]ili(;ati«n8 of deHcriptive geometry 
 
 Applied chemistry 
 
 Elements of artillery 
 
 Military art— tactics 
 
 Military history— modem times 
 
 Elements of administration nnd accounts . 
 
 Topography 
 
 Architectural drawing 
 
 German langnage (optional) 
 
 Approximate num- 
 ber of— 
 
 Lessons I . '^"y* 
 *'"'**•"■• ' drawing. 
 
 60 
 
 eo 
 
 510 
 
 ToUl 
 
 120 
 60 
 60 
 60 
 45 
 60 
 
 in 
 
 30 
 
 510 
 
 30 
 
 90 
 
 Coefficients 
 Course. 
 
 3 
 3 
 0.02 
 
 30 
 
 30 
 30 
 
 8 
 6 
 4 
 3 
 3 
 3 
 2 
 3 
 3 
 0.02 
 
 Exaiiiiua- 
 tioi). 
 
 0.03 
 
 12 
 9 
 6 
 4 
 4 
 8 
 2 
 4 
 
 0.03 
 
 90 
 
 For military iustraction and conduct the coefficients are, respectively, 8 and 6 for each year for 
 the "course" only. 
 
 The length of the lessons and of the sessions in drawing is between one hour and an hoar and 
 a (|uarter. 
 
 Marking and standing.— The progress made by the different scholars during the year is raeas- 
 ured by the marks which are given to them by the professors and instractors, and which are baaed 
 on their written work and on the answers to the questions put during the lectures atd class 
 instruction. 
 
 During the first four months of the year the scholars retain the standing they had at the 
 Iteginning of the t«rm. 
 
 At the end of the first term of four months, and also at the end of the second term of this length , 
 the standing is made out anew. The director of the studies causes to be determined the general 
 average of each scholar. The average for each branch is determined from the marks, the written 
 work, and the drawings, if any drawing is included in the subject. 
 
 Marks are also assigned at the end of every four months for conduct and military instruc* 
 tion. 
 
 Each subject ha« its own coefficient, established by the minister of war, for the purpose of 
 determining the classification or standing. 
 
 To obtain the general average for any scholar, multiply the average in each subject by the 
 proper coefficient; take the sum of these products and divide by the sum of the coefficients. To 
 the result add the average for any optional study that has been taken, calculated in accordance 
 with the proper coefficient fixed by the minister of war. All those whose general average in the 
 obligatory subjects fails below 10-20 are declared deficient 
 
 pi: 
 
26 
 
 
 The yearly examinatioHa. — At tbe end of the Hcholastic year, and before the examinations tnk(^ 
 place, the averages of the scholars in each branch of study are determined >u;cordinK to the piii: 
 ciplcM already laid down. The marks are also determined for conduct and military instruction. 
 
 The votes are taken by the examining subcommittee on each scholar and in each subject. 
 The tlrst vote determines the matter of qualiflcation. After this vote, another is taken to deter 
 mine the mark to which the scholar is entitled. If he has been declared qualifled, each of tlu* 
 three members of the examining subcommittee must assign him a mark not lower than 10 and not 
 higher than 20. If he has been declared not qualifled, ea(!h member must assign him a mark 
 iHitween and 9. The detinite mark is the arithmetical mean of the marks given by the three 
 examiners. 
 
 To determine the final general average, on which depends the standing, multiply the annual 
 average in each subject by the proper coefficient, and also tbe average on examination by the pre- 
 scribed coefticieut; take the sum of the products and divide by the total sum of all the coefficients. 
 The general average thus obtained is increased by the average gained on optional subjects, 
 if any. 
 
 Every scholar is declared qualified on examination when he obtains on every subject of exam 
 ination a mark not less than 10-20, including the averages for conduct and military instruction. 
 
 A written examination in Italian literature will prei;ede all tbe other examinations; any 
 scholar who does not obtain on this examination a mark of at least 10-20 will not be admitted to 
 the oral examination in the same subject. 
 
 Any scholar who is declared deficient in any subject is entitled to a reexamination in this 
 subject, provided that his final general average is not less than 12-20. In other cases, schoiais 
 who are not qualified must refieat the year's course, unless they have already lieen turne<l back a 
 year, in which case they are either transferred to some corps or regiment in the army to serve out 
 their time (see page 22) or to the military school. 
 
 The s<;holars who fail in the first or se<;ond year's examination of the military academy have 
 the option of entering the corresponding class of the military si^hool. Those who fail on tlie 
 graduating examination, and who can not or do not wish to repeat the course, have the same rights 
 with regard to promotion as if they had graduated at the military school. 
 
 Asgignmeni on graduation. — Tbe graduates of the military academy who are apirainted second 
 lieutenants are assigned to the artillery or engineers in accordance, as far as possible, with their 
 own applications. However, tbe minister has the power to make assignments according to what he 
 may deem the interests of the service, taking into ac<;ount only the particular aptitude of tlie 
 officer, and disregarding his application for assignment to one thorps or the other. 
 
 Before being assigned to regiments and before doing duty with troops, the graduates of tlie 
 military aca<lemy who are ap|)ointetl second lieutenants are sent to the school of application of 
 artillery and engineers to finish their professional education. Here the officers of the two arms 
 follow separate courses of instruction, and their seniority in their own arms depends on their 
 standing when they finish this professional course. 
 
 Military organization, etc. — ^Tbe scholars are organized into companies, which are divided into 
 sections. The third company is formed of the scholars of the first-year, or lowest class, the second 
 company corresponds to the second-year, and the first company to the scholars of tbe third-yeur. 
 The sections into which the companies are divided are approximately equal. 
 
 Tbe commanding officers of the companies and the lieutenants are respectively captains and 
 lieutenants detailed from the army. 
 
 The three companies united constitute tbe cadet brigade. 
 
 The acting noncommissioned officers, '^capiscelti and scelti," are detailed from the cadets, one 
 '' cai>o-scelto " and a number of '^scelti " to each company. They are taken from the cadets of the 
 third-year, or highest, (tiass. 
 
 nm ' ji i iii.j^.:ji i juu i iLin!U i n.im.a 
 
2T 
 
 linatiniis tnk(> 
 IK to the prji: 
 iiMtruction. 
 each BubjiM-t. 
 nken to deter 
 1, each of tlic 
 an 10 and not 
 I liim a mark 
 by tlie tliioe 
 
 )ly the annual 
 »n by the ]nv 
 le coefficients. 
 >nal 8ubject8, 
 
 >jectof exam 
 instruction, 
 inations; any 
 « admitted to 
 
 nation in this 
 ases, scholars 
 ;urne<I back a 
 y to serve out 
 
 icademy liavt^ 
 10 fail on the 
 le same ri^lits 
 
 ointed second 
 >te, with their 
 ng to what lie 
 ititnde of the 
 
 d nates of the 
 ipplicatiou of 
 ;he two arms 
 snds on their 
 
 I divided into 
 IS, the second 
 le third-year. 
 
 captains and 
 
 e cadets, one 
 cadets of tlu^ 
 
 In the way of practical inntmction the scholars of the second and third years are exercised 
 in ridin.i; threi> times a week, and the scholars of all three classes receive every week three lessons 
 in I'oncint; and two in {gymnastics. They have besides sach drills and practical military instrnctlon 
 as are necessary to tit them for their sjiecial arms. 
 
 Vacations. — There is an ordinary vacation or fiirloagh every year, in the interval between the 
 end of one course and the commencement of the next. For such cadets as have been promoted a 
 class, the maximum length of this vacation is thirty days. For those who are to bo reexamined, 
 the vacation is curtaileil more or less, according to circumstances, and the commandant of the 
 academy may deprive any ca<let of his whole vacation on account of bad <*onduct, etc. 
 
 MoiHjlcation in the organization of the academy. — Among the reforms projected in the royal 
 decree of the (>th of November, 1894, was the consolidation of the military academy and the school 
 ot application of artillery and engineers. At the present time (April 25, 1805) this decree has not 
 yet been approved by Parliament, and may possibly never be carried out. 
 
 AUSTRIA; 
 
 The military schools in Austria which correspond most closely to the United States Military 
 Academy are the Theresa Military Academy of Wiener- Neustadt, and the Technical Military 
 Academy of Vienna. 
 
 Before proceeding to a description of either of these schools a brief reference will be necessary 
 to the schools which prepare for these academies, which are called military "Bealschnlen'' or tech- 
 nical schools. Though these schools are specially intended to prepare for the military academies, 
 there is nothing to prevent boys from getting their preparation in other "Bealschulen" or in 
 private educational establishments. . The ^'Bealschnlen" generally in Austria and Germany are 
 intended to lay the basis for a scientific education, or what in France is called "Penseignement 
 inoderne." The classical schools are called *' Gymnasia." 
 
 The course at the military real schools is seven years, of which four are passed in the " Unter- 
 Uealschule," and three years in the ^'Ober-Bealsclmle.'^ There are four of these under technical 
 Kciiools, situated, resiiectively, at St. Polteu, GUns, Eisenstadt, and Kaschau. They have in all a 
 capacity of about 860 scholars. The superior technical school is at Weisskirchen. It has a capacity 
 of 450 scholars. 
 
 The military technical schools also prepare for what are called the <<Cadetten-SchuIeu" or 
 ciidet schools. The graduates of the cadet schools do Tiot enter the army as officers, but are 
 assigned to corps and regiments as cadets, with the actual or honorary position of noncommis- 
 sioned ofHcers. As vacancies occur they are appointed ^'Oadet-Offlciers-Strelvertreter" (cadet 
 oiticers' substitutes), in which position they exercise the functions of officers and associate with 
 tliem without actually having officers' rank. After a probationary period in this position they 
 may be nominated by the Emperor to be lieutenants of the lowest grade in their resi)ective corps, 
 but they must be acceptable to the officers of the unit where they have been on probation. 
 
 Armed with what is called the matnra certificate, the graduate of the "Ober-Bealschule" is 
 entitled to apply for ai>pointment to one of the military academies. In these appohitments prefer- 
 ence is given to officers' sons first, and then to sons of officials. The standing of at least " good" is 
 required for admission to the academies. Of the graduates with this standing about 60 per cent 
 are promoted to the Theresa Military Academy and about 40 per cent to the Technical Military 
 Academy. Graduates of the ''Ober-Realschule," with only ''sufficient" standing are generally 
 sent to the second class of a cadet school. 
 
 '-■»<&y&te»i,,4-j»ftiiCT.- 
 
 ,^,iSis»rt&*ssSWau(j&d*iife,<. 
 
28 
 
 The following table, showinf; the classiticatioii list of the "Ober-Realschnle" for the year 
 1888-89, will illustrate the Bystein of promotion or recommendation for promotion in the Anstriiin 
 military schools: 
 
 \ 
 
 y- ' 
 
 Clan I. 
 
 Claw II. Clam III. 
 
 Total. 
 
 18 
 54 
 239 
 78 
 16 
 10 
 
 A. 
 
 B. 
 
 C. 
 
 A. 
 
 B. 
 
 o.j». 
 
 1 4 
 6 fl 
 
 B. 
 
 3 
 7 
 
 30 
 4 
 
 C. 
 
 2 
 10 
 26 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 Excellent 
 
 1 
 5 
 24 
 16 
 3 
 1 
 
 2 
 3 
 26 
 13 
 2 
 2 
 
 1 
 3 
 25 
 12 
 4 
 4 
 
 2 
 4 
 
 28 
 9 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 27 
 
 » 
 
 1 
 
 Verv irooil 
 
 Gowl 
 
 30 
 6 
 2 
 1 
 
 23 
 
 7 
 
 Snflloient 
 
 Ininffloient 
 
 UnolMaifled 
 
 
 
 Total 
 
 
 
 60 
 
 48 
 
 49 
 
 46 
 
 47 
 
 45 
 
 43 
 
 44 
 
 42 
 
 414 
 
 Ordered nromoted a olaaa . 
 
 147 
 
 138 
 
 120 
 
 45 1 ii. 
 
 40 
 5 
 
 1 
 
 43 
 2 
 
 44 
 
 • • > • 
 
 41 
 3 
 
 
 
 257 
 
 16 
 
 , 2 
 
 67 
 49 
 14 
 2 
 3 
 2 
 1 
 1 
 
 Reezamination allowed 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 Disoharire aaked bvoarenta ..... .. 
 
 
 
 Recommended for — 
 
 Thereaa Militarv AoademT 
 
 
 
 
 
 22 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 25 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 Technical Militarv Academv 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Transfers to cadet sohoola 
 
 1 
 
 • • • • 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 • • • ■ 
 
 2 
 1 
 
 
 Tnmed back one Tear 
 
 Diamiiaal 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 • ••• 
 
 
 
 
 
 Diacharffe. nlivBioal diaabilitv ..... . 
 
 • ■ ■ • 
 
 • •• * 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 Piirlonirh for six inonthft ... . - 
 
 1 
 
 
 TrAnafoT to nAval soboo^ . .-.. 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 ToUl 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 60 
 
 48 1 40 
 
 46 1 47 
 
 45 
 
 43 
 
 44 1 42 
 
 414 
 
 
 147 
 
 138 
 
 
 129 
 
 Boys enter the " Unter-Bealschule " at the age of aboat ten. The seven years' course comprises 
 three groups of subjects of instruction, viz : 
 
 Group A: Beligious instruction; languages, German, Hungarian or Bohemian (either one), 
 Polish (for boys whose fathers are not citizens of countries of the Hungarian Crown, Polish 
 may be chosen in the Ober-Realstihule course instead of Hungarian or Bohemian), French; 
 geography, history, natural history, physics, chemistry, mathematics (arithmetic and algebra, 
 geometry, geometrical drawing), descriptive geometry, free-hand drawing, calligraphy. 
 
 Group B : Drills, target practice, drills and exercises in field service, gymnastics, fencing, 
 games, including skating, swimming. 
 
 Group G: Service regulations, deportment and sanitary instruction, singing and musics 
 dancing. 
 
 The instruction in the Bealschulen is extremely thorough. Those who do not pass the yearly 
 examinations in July are turned bacic a year in their classes, or may be sent away. By the time 
 the "Ober-Beal" course is reached a sufBcient number has been weeded out to prevent any 
 crowding of the course. , 
 
 THE MILITARY ACADEMIES. 
 
 The Theresa Military Academy of Wiener I^eustad ^ «^<lncate8 officers for the infantry, rifles, 
 and cavalry; the Technical Military Academy of Vienna educates officers for the artillery, 
 engineers, and technical troops (including the railway and telegraph troops). 
 
 treaB 
 payi 
 
 VfJfKHS-J}-',- 
 

 i" for the y«';ir 
 n the Anstrian 
 
 Fotoi. 
 
 18 
 64 
 239 
 78 
 15 
 10 
 
 414~ 
 
 267 
 
 16 
 
 I 2 
 
 67 
 49 
 14 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 4i4~| 
 
 Me comprises 
 
 (either one), 
 rowu, Polish 
 an), Frencli; 
 and algebra, 
 
 y. 
 
 ties, fencing, 
 
 anc) 
 
 iniisic. 
 
 J8 the yearly 
 By the time 
 prevent any 
 
 intry, rifles, 
 le artiller.\. 
 
 99 
 
 ▲DMISSIUN TO TUK MILITAUY ACADBMIB8. 
 
 The different kinds of places at the military academies are: (1) *'Ararial" (imiierial or 
 treasury) places, wholly or half f^ee; (2) "Stiftungs" (foundation or endowment) places; (3) 
 paying places. 
 
 These different kinds of places are at the disposal of the imperial war ministry or the 
 ministries of national defense of Austria and Hungary. The places for which there are endow- 
 ments of private funds are disposed of in accordance with the stipulations of the letter of 
 donation. The '' ArariaF places are given directly by the Emperor. In awarding these places 
 preference is given to the sons of officers, and then to the sons of officials. 
 
 The <' Stiftungs" places are disposed of by competitive examination, the persons who are 
 iillowed to compete being designated by the state, county, or other authorities, or the corimrations 
 01 private individuals interested. 
 
 Board (Kostgeld). — The price of board is 8(M) gulden yearly (about $320) at both academies, or 
 IihM' that amount for the half- free places. Besides the board money, a payment of 14 gulden at 
 tiio beginning of each school year is required flrom each aspirant admitted to a military academy 
 or military technical school. This is called "school money." 
 
 Qualiftcatiotu far admuiHion. — Aspirants must not be under 17 nor over 2U years (»f age on 
 tlie 1st of September of the year they enter. These limits are the same for both academies. 
 Tliey must possess Austrian or Hungarian citizenship (foreigners may be admitted by special 
 IK'rmission of the Emperor, under certain conditions). They must possess also physical fitness 
 for military training and satisfactory moral character. 
 
 ApplioatioHB for plwses. — These applications must be before the proper authorities by the 15th 
 of May in each year. The necessary accompanying papers are: (1) A certificate of domicile; (2) 
 a baptismal or birth certificate; (3) a military surgical certificate; (4) the proper school certificate. 
 
 The surgical certificate filed with the application for a place will not of itself be sufficient to 
 secure entrance to either academy. The applicant must, in addition, pass a medical examination 
 at the academy immediately after his arrival. 
 
 Applicants who are passed at this surgical examination are then admitted to the regular 
 entrance examination. 
 
 Only the aspirants coming ttom private educational establishments are required to pass the 
 complete entrance examination. To enter the Technical Military Academy, however, the **Ober- 
 Uealschule" graduates must pass an examination in descriptive geometry. Otherwise the 
 "Ober-Realschule" graduating certificate, with the notation of at least "good," is sufficient for 
 admission. 
 
 The fiiU examinations for the civil scholars in both academies are as follows; 
 
 I.— Military Academy of Wunbr-Nbustadt. 
 [The llMMM ItiliUry Aoadmny.] 
 
 (a) Herman langttage.—Ortkl: Vnt dslivery of » given and atudisd theme; different kinds of iieriods and 
 • xpreMiona; knowledge of the priucipkl periods of Gennui literary history and of the prominent Austrian writers 
 of the nineteenth century. Written: Paragraphs on historical, religions, and biographical th«meB; logical 
 •irrangement of matter in larger periods in a given theme. 
 
 (6) Geography. — Thorough acquaintance with the physical and political geography of Knrope, cMpecially of the 
 Ntati's bordering on Austria-Hungary, including the statistical military conditions of the latter, and an acquaintance 
 with the Austro-Hungarian monarchy in all its details; general knowledge of other parts of the world, 'with special 
 rofereuce to European colonies; knowledge of mathematical and physical geography. The aspirant must be able to 
 K) ve a good graphical representation of the continent of Europe, and especially of central Europe. Best text-book, 
 Sonklar's "Oeographie flir die k. u. k. Militar Real-und Cadettenschnlen.'' 
 
 (e) history.— Knowledge of the principal historical events of ancient times, of the Middle Ages, and of modem 
 times down to the present, a correct comprehension of the correlation of these events, with special reference to the 
 
 ^iSS^^^^iajjigi^,;:^^ 
 
30 
 
 development nf Aiiiitria-IInngary. Text-books reoom mended : "Lehrbaoh dor allKemeiiien Ooscbichto nirdlu k. u. 
 k. CailettenHobiilen," or A. Oinduly's "Lehrbaoh der allegeniriuen OeHchichto fllr OborgymiiaHicn." 
 
 ((I) i'fcjfffif*. — Ooiioral and itpeclal proportieH of bodies; mecbaiiicH of solid, fluid, and gasi^oiis biidioH; wa\(> 
 motion, aooustios, optics, beat, magnetism, and einctrioity, with the cleiiieutary mathematical truatmuiit of tli< » 
 subjects. (Se« the text-books recommended for the Ober-Realschtile oonrse by Handl. ) 
 
 (e) Ck«mi«(ry.— Haine as the course for the third year of the Ober-Kealsohole course. This course includes ilif 
 elements of organic and inorganic chemistry, and also a knowledge of the synthesis of the more important curlMin 
 compounds. (See the text-books recommended for the higher gratles of the middle schools by Uoscoe. ) 
 
 (/) J/alkema<ic«.— Arithmetic and algebra, including the solution of equations of the second degree with itim 
 or two unknown quantities, arithmetical and geometrical progressions, and the theory of combinations, binomial 
 theorem. — Geometry, Planimetry, stereometry, plane and spherical trigonometry, elements of analytical geometry 
 including right lines and conic sections. Text-book recommended, Moenik's Lehrbiicher t1lr Oberclassen. 
 
 (g) CalHgraitkjf.—GiMd, legible, pleasing, and easy-running style of handwriting, in both German and Lai in 
 characters, 
 
 II. — Thr Tkchnioai. Military Acadkmy. 
 
 The same requirements as for the Theresa Military Academy in Wiener-Neustadt, with the addition of descii|i- 
 tive geometry. 
 
 Various relations of points, right lines, and planes; representation of jtolyhednuis, their plane and otlur 
 sections; representation of curved lines, curved surfaces, and their plane and other sec^tions; tangent planes to 
 curved surfaces; shades and shadows. 
 
 Although scholars may be admitted to any class of the Ileal-Schalen on passing the required 
 examination for that year, no one is allowed to " pass up" a year at the military academieu. 
 Aspirants are only admitted to the academies in the first-year, or lowest, class. 
 
 0OUB8E8 OF INSTRUCTION AT THE MILITARY ACADEMIES. 
 
 Rating and marking. — There are five different ratings in the Austrian military schools, and to 
 each rating is assigned a numerical value, as follows : 
 
 " VorzUglich," or excellent 5 
 
 "Sehrgut," or very good 4 
 
 "Gut," or good 3 
 
 "Oenilgond,"orBuffloient 2 
 
 " ITngenllgend," or insufficient 1 
 
 "Schlecht," or bad 
 
 In order to be graded as '' excellent " the average in any subject must be equal to at least U, 
 or, more correctly, must exceed 4J. 
 
 To determine, for instance, the minimum credit which will insure the rating "excellent,'' 
 take the sum of the number of subjects of instruction in the Group A, for the particular school 
 and year; multiply this sum by 9, and divide the product by 2. When this dividend is divisible 
 by 2, then the half plus 1 will be the minimum credit; when it is not divisible by 2, then the 
 "grossere Halfte," or the half plus one-half, will be the minimum credit. 
 
 In a similar manner is determined the minimum credit for the ratings '' very good " and 
 " good." In the first case the multiplier is 7, in the last case 6. To obtain the minimum credit for 
 the rating of " sufficient," multiply the sum of the number of subjects of instruction by 2. 
 
■ti*\v-t? 
 
 ehto nirilie k. ii. 
 
 UB bodioH; Wine 
 latnieiit of tli.",r 
 
 urselucluden (he 
 ■iiportaiit curlicpii 
 •e.) 
 
 •legrce with onn 
 •tioiis, binoiiii.ii 
 lytloal gKomtttiv 
 usen. 
 uiuii anil Latin 
 
 Itloll of d08lTi|l. 
 
 •liiuo ami othrr 
 ngeut planes to 
 
 tbe required 
 ■y acadeniieH. 
 
 ihools, and to 
 
 >•.. 5 
 .... 4 
 ... 3 
 ... 2 
 ... 1 
 ... 
 
 o at least i^, 
 
 "excellent," 
 icular Rcliool 
 i i» divisible 
 r 2, then tbe 
 
 good" and 
 im credit for 
 t)y2. 
 
 31 
 
 The fullowiiig table exhibits the niininmni credit for all thuHe ratings at both of the a<-adeniioM: 
 
 MiHimum m-aUt for nnmber of •w6/«c<f o/ inilritelUnt of thu Group A of Ike vurrirHlum. 
 
 No. 
 
 12 
 16 
 22 
 
 II 
 18 
 23 
 11 
 17 
 22 
 
 Naiiio of Hohuol. 
 
 ClHM. 
 
 f ' 
 
 Tiiereatt Milttury Academy { II 
 
 1 1 III 
 Technical Military Academy : 
 
 f ^ 
 
 Artillery di viaiuu \l II 
 
 1 1 III 
 
 Engiueer diviaiou |< II 
 
 I III 
 
 Kxofll- 
 l«nt. 
 
 Very 
 good. 
 
 (>o<hI. 
 
 Hum. 
 
 dent. 
 
 55 
 
 43 
 
 31 
 
 24 
 
 73 
 
 57 
 
 41 
 
 32 
 
 100 
 
 78 
 
 5<i 
 
 44 
 
 50 
 
 30 
 
 2M 
 
 22 
 
 82 
 
 tU 
 
 46 
 
 36 
 
 104 
 
 81 
 
 58 
 
 46 
 
 50 
 
 39 
 
 28 
 
 22 
 
 77 
 
 «0 
 
 43 
 
 34 
 
 100 
 
 78 
 
 66 
 
 44 
 
 The length of the whole course of instrnction at both academies is three years. 
 
 The school year, which at both academies begins on the 18th of September and cndH on tbe 
 17th of August, is divided into a theoietical and a practical coarse; the theoretical coniHc is 
 divided into a winter and a summer semester. 
 
 The theoretical coarse at the Theresa Military Academy lasts till the 30tli of June, and at the 
 Technical Military Academy till the 31st of May; the rest of the school year forms the practical 
 course; one month is allowed for the vacation. 
 
 The subjects of instruction at the two academies and the division of these subjects among 
 tlie different years of the course are indicated by the following table: 
 
 Subject. 
 
 Obocp a. 
 
 Military corrempondeuce 
 
 Hungarian or Bohemian language. 
 
 French language 
 
 Geography 
 
 General military history 
 
 PhyHioB 
 
 Phy aicB and technology 
 
 Chemiatry and technology 
 
 Higher mathematics 
 
 Practical geometry 
 
 Deaoriptiye geometry 
 
 Architecture 
 
 Law > 
 
 Army organization 
 
 Military administration 
 
 Artillery instruction 
 
 Study of arms 
 
 Tech nical instruction 
 
 Pionnier service 
 
 Theresa Military 
 Academy. 
 
 ClaHM Class Class 
 I. II. III. 
 
 Technical Military Academy. 
 
 Artillery division. Engineer division 
 
 ClaHB ClaaM Claits 
 I. II. Ill 
 
 Claaa ! Claos Class 
 I. II. III. 
 
 V: 
 
 W i B-i ' . ' i-a-a-.-g-' 
 
 WW^Si^iAf^iS^^-ik. 
 
 m^Bm^iMi 
 
82 
 
 i 
 
 Subject. 
 
 Then 
 A 
 
 ClM* 
 I. 
 
 isa Military 
 
 Teotanloal Mill 
 
 UryA 
 
 Engin 
 
 Class 
 I. 
 
 oadem] 
 
 r. 
 
 oademy. 
 
 Artlll 
 
 sry div 
 
 Class 
 II. 
 
 islon. 
 
 Class 
 III. 
 
 1 
 
 eer di% 
 
 Class 
 II. 
 
 rision. 
 
 Clase 
 III. 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 Class Claaa 
 II. III. 
 
 Class 
 I. 
 
 Okuhp A— Continued. 
 
 FortiHoatlou and attack and defciiae of fortl- 
 flcatlonn 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 ' 
 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 Drill regulatioua: 
 
 Infantry 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 ' 1 
 
 Cavalry 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 ; 
 
 
 Artillery 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 Tactics 
 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 Hervice regulationi 
 
 1 
 
 HorseH and veterinary service 
 
 8tiidy of Kround and representation of ground. 
 Free-hand drawing 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 Total numlterof subjects of instruction 
 ill each year..... , 
 
 13 
 
 16 
 
 33 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 
 38 
 
 11 
 
 17 
 
 ' 1 
 
 33 
 
 Group B. 
 Drills and Meld-servloe exercises 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 ...... 
 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 Gymnastics 
 
 Kencinff ...... .. 
 
 1 ! 1 
 
 * 
 
 Riding 
 
 
 1 
 
 Total number of subjects of instruction . . 
 Group C. 
 Service regulations and deportment 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 3 ! 4 
 
 1 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 i 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 flanitarv affairs .......... 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 
 
 Aitiirinir Anil miiHio .... 
 
 . 1 1 
 
 1 1 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 Dancinir. . 
 
 Total nomber of subjects of instruction . . 
 
 i 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 
 i 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 . — 
 
 The course of iustraotion has been slightly changed ftom the above scheme, bat the changes, 
 though not exactly known, are of small importance. 
 
 The higher mathematics taught at the Theresa Military Academy comprise (1) algebraic 
 analysis, (2) analytical geometry of two and three dimensions, and (3) differential and int/egral 
 calculus. At the Technical Military Academy the course comprises the same branches, but a 
 greater amount of time is devoted to the subject. 
 
 Aaaignment of the atudenU to eour»e». — At the Theresa Military Academy the course of the 
 first two years is common for all the students, but in the third year the pupils are assigned to 
 the cavalry or infantry Abtheilungs according to their fitness for the mounted or dismounted 
 service. At the Technical Military Academy the pupils upon entering are at once assigned to the 
 engineer or the artillery Abtheilung, with a view to a special training for one or the other arm 
 of the service. The division is continued up to the end of the course. 
 
 Organization for military iwtruction, etc.— At the Theresa Military Acsjdemy the pupils are 
 organized into an infantry half battalion (two companies), ofBcered ttom the army; a part of the 
 first (upper) class is formed into a platoon for cavalry instruction, to which all the pupils of this 
 class are assigned by turns. 
 
 CIH' Itl 
 
 wrvi 
 
!Mdemjr. 
 Ber diviaion. i 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 ! 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 17 I 22 
 
 ;be obauges, 
 
 1) algebraic 
 iud integral 
 lobes, but a 
 
 lorse of the 
 assigned to 
 dismonnted 
 igned to the 
 B other arm 
 
 I pnpils are 
 part of the 
 pils of this 
 
 ' tb« III' uuy acti<*'^nii«M whose 
 
 .tiitM; th' • whoHif HiHddilig is at 
 
 <>f iMitiHGk wry are iissigiied to the 
 
 The hair battalion of the TechiiM'al 4iUtar . Aca<leiny uonMiHts of uii«> (•iif(i ^t ct>'\\\i»uy and 
 om artillery comiMiny. It should b«t mri iontf^i that *^ ^m^ in at the TeobBu^l Milit . Aca(l«>iiiy 
 a " Siiiiernumerary Abtheilung,*^ the HtiK' ut^ofwhii liave been judged n«t fit >r :. iivt«mili(.kiy 
 M'i'vice. They are under training for thf mneheit ot lie fwlnn •«trative (m> vitnn- 
 
 liraduatum and obligation to aerve in the firmy. — iifiulii.tt- 
 standing is at least <«good" are as8igne<l to the army n» \mi 
 Wmt "satisfactory" enter as cadets, and those lielow the i;«tii 
 army as nonoonimissioned officers. 
 
 Graduates who have held ''ararial" or '^stiftungs" places mv immiimI to serve in the army one 
 year for every full year's instruction in the military schools or academies; those who have held 
 lialf-f^ee '^ararial" places must serve half a year for every ftill year of instruction, plus the three 
 years' regular service, but no pupil who has held a tVee place is obliged to serve more than ten 
 years, and no one who has held a half-ft'eo place is oblige<l to serve more than seven years in the 
 army. 
 
 Buoh pupils as change from a place of one kind to another during the course of instruction are 
 bound by the service obligation attached to the last kind of place held; but in this case the total 
 time of obligatory service is not to exceed seven years. 
 
 Those pupils who for any reason letive any of the military educational establish men ts without 
 completing the course of instruction are only obliged t4) serve their regular time with the colors 
 (tiiree years). 
 
 The number of students in each of the academies for the year 1805 is tlxed in the army list as 
 follows: Theresa Military Academy, 450; Technical Military Academy, 270. 
 
 These numbers are hardly ever equaled; tbr instance, the budget for 1805 appropriates for 
 only 400 at the Theresa Military Academy and 230 at the Technical Military Academy. 
 
 In the two military academies the number of <<stiftungs" places amounts to 107; the total 
 number of "pay places" is 75, and of the half-free places, 13. The remaioiug places, amounting 
 U) about 450, are apparently all "ararial" or free places. 
 
 ENGLAND. 
 
 The schools which correspond most nearly to the United States Military Academy are the 
 Royal Military Academy, at Woolwich, and the Royal Military College, at Sandhurst. 
 
 I. — THK KOYAL MILITARY ACAOEMT. 
 
 1. This institution is maintained for the purpose of affording a siieoial military education to 
 candidates for commissions in the royal artillery and royal engineers. Candidates must, in the 
 opinion of the commander in chief, be in all respects suitable to hold commissions in the army. 
 
 The commander in chief is the president of the Royal Military Academy. 
 
 An independent inspection will be made annually by a boaM of visitors,' appointed by the 
 secretary of state for war, and reporting to him. Such visitors will not be a permanent body, 
 but will not all be changed at the same time. The report of this board will be presented to 
 Parliament. 
 
 The academy will bo under the control of a military officer, styled governor and commandant, 
 ai)|M)inted by and responsible to the secretary of state for war, through the commander in chief. 
 
 The governor will be assistecl by a staflf officer styled the assistant commandant and secretary, 
 wlio will be responsible in his temporary absence for the charge of the establishment. This officer 
 will command the cadet company, and have the custody of the records and correspondence of the 
 academy, and will give the governor such assistance as he may require. 
 
 im.f 
 
M 
 
 The urganixatioii will be on a iiiilitury baalN. 
 
 The governor will bo iuMiHt4Ml in th«> arinofrenient of the HtmlioM by a lioard coni])OHe<l of the 
 uMMiHtant oommundunt and the profesitorM or senior instructors of the ditt'erent bruncJieH. 'I'lir 
 lieiul of eiu'.li brnnt'b will have the Huiierviition and inspection of the Htndies in his departninit 
 and will reitort on them to the ^ovornor. 
 
 2. Regulatintu /or admimiion. — Adminsion to the Koya) Military Academy as cadets will he 
 crantcMl to the snccessftal candidateH at an open oomiMtitive examination. 
 
 The number of cadetH admitted to the academy will varyaocordiiiK to the ruquiremeiitH of tlie 
 Nervice, and notice will \wi gWeu tVoni time to time of the number of ViusancioH oi>en to comiietitinn. 
 At t\w examinatiou which commenced November 12, 181)5, the unuibor of vacancies to be comiH'hd 
 for WHH 44). 
 
 The dates of a<lmi8Hion will be on the Wudnesday of the week in which the 27th of Janimry or 
 11th of March falls eiu;h year. 
 
 The examination of candidates for admission to the acailemy will be conducted by the (;ivil 
 service commissioners. The examinations will lie held in London and at such other centers hh the 
 (^ommissiouers maj' apitoint. (Fees are from £1 to £3.) 
 
 The number of trials allowed will not exceed three. 
 
 The successful candidates will be insiiected by a medical board, and no candidate will l(« 
 considered eligible for admission to the academy unless oertiflod by the Itoard to be tVee t'loiii 
 bodily defects or ailments, and in all respects flt for Her Mf^esty's service.' 
 
 The limits of age for admission to the academy will be fk-om 16 to 18. Candidates muHt lie 
 within those limits of age on the Ist of July for the summer examination and on the Ist uf 
 December for the winter examination. 
 
 3. Examinations. — The examinations will be held half-yearly, and will commence in June and 
 November; due notice will be given of the dates of the examinations, and every candidate for 
 those examinations must send to the military secretary, on a date not later than the 1st of May 
 or Ist of October, respectively, an application in his own handwriting to attend the examination. 
 Candidates will be supplie<l with a '' form of particulars, *' which should be caref^illy filled up and 
 signed, and returned without delay to the military secretary, accompanied by the following papers: 
 
 (a) An extract ft'om the register of his birth (or an equivalent legal paper). 
 
 (h) A oertiflcate of good moral character, signed by the tutors or heads of the schools or 
 colleges at which he received his education for the four years immediately preceding the date 
 of application, or some other satisfactory proof of good moral character. 
 
 (o) If the candidate holds a commission in the militia, a recommendation fVom the comniaiul 
 ing officer of the regiment. 
 
 4. The subjects of the examination and the maximum number of marks obtainable for each 
 subject will be as follows : 
 
 Class I. 
 
 pri> 
 
 I 
 
 (1) If athematios : (a) Arithmetic, inclading vnigar and decimal Aractiona, pruportion, and simple interest; (b) 
 algebra, up to and ineliiding the binomial theorem; the theory and use of logarithms; (o) Euclid, Books I to IV, 
 and VI; (d) plane trigonometry, up to and inclading solution of triangles, and mensuration; (e) statics; the 
 equilibrium of fbroes acting in one plane and of parallel forces, the center of gravity, the mechanical powers; 
 dynamics — uniform, uniformly accelerated, and uniform circular motion, falling bodies and projectiles in vaciiu. 
 Analytical methods of solution will not be required ; 3,500 marks. 
 
 (2) Latin, 2.000 marks. 
 
 (3) French or German (200 for colloquial), 2,000 marks. 
 
 (4) English composition, including spelling and handwriting, 1,000 marks. 
 
 (5) Drawing, geometrical, including spelling and handwriting, 1,000 marks. 
 
M 
 
 |i|M>M«<i (»r tiif 
 laiicheH. rii). 
 |r depnrtiiii lit 
 
 ladetM will lie 
 
 |unieiitHol tlie 
 C4)iiii>etitiiiii. 
 I> be c<>iii|H'tr(l 
 
 lot' JtiiiiiHry (If 
 
 tl by the civil 
 uentersaH the 
 
 lidate will !>« 
 be fVee from 
 
 lates inuHt lie 
 on tbe Ist uf 
 
 e in June and 
 candidate tor 
 he Ist of May 
 a examination. 
 r filled up and 
 lowing papers: 
 
 >he schools or 
 ling the date 
 
 ihe coninuinil- 
 
 table tbr eacli 
 
 pie interest; (ft) 
 Booka I t<> IV, 
 («) atetics; the 
 lanioal powers; 
 otilea in vaciiu. 
 
 ('itMiildatra will lie retpiireil to ah-iw a aatiiYkotory knowlwlKe iif eaoli of the ttliov«-rii«<ntloiie<l liranclian »( 
 iiiiitliKiiintlca, anil niiiat ala<> obtain miob an aiftiroKate of uiarka in tlin •iibjaota of CIiwm 1 im iniiy Mtialy the olvil 
 ■iitiia eonjniiaaionern. Candiilatea who have previonaljr to January i, tH94, paaaad the iirniy pielliiiinury,' or any 
 iitliir of the exaniiniitlona which have hitherto keen aooepted aa e<|iiivalaDt thereto, will not he ruJeote«l for (klliuK 
 to iiualiCy in arithmetic or to obtain tbe aKK'aK>t« reqnired in Claaa I. 
 
 VlJkM II. 
 
 (1) Higher niutheniutloa : In all tba followinK subject* a great importance will bo attachctl to lurcuraiy In 
 niiiiicrloai results: Further i|ue«tlonB uimI problema on the subjects of the obligatory examination : Htatios; problems 
 anil exercises will be extended to friction; (the graphical or Keometrlcal method of treatiiiK such problems should be 
 miikIIpiI, as well un the nnalytloal; no uppUoation of the dliTerential calculus to statics will lHtre4|uirml). Dynumlos, 
 pri>l>lemN, and exerciitea will be extended to oolliMlons and work. (Analytical methods of solution, but not the use 
 of tint dilTerentlnl culculns will lie involved.) Analytical geometry, problenis on straight line and circle. Conlu 
 Mictions, elementary properties with easy problems, both on the analytical and geometrical nietho«lH, 2,0i)() niarku, 
 
 (2) Oerman or Fr> nch, aa alternating with subject H, in ClaMs I (200 for colloipiial), 2,1)00 miirkM. 
 
 (3) (ireek, 2,000 marks. 
 
 (4) English history! There will Ite set one general paper; one pa|i«r limited to it llxed |ierlo«l, of which notice 
 will be given, 2,000 marks. 
 
 (5) ('bemistry : Elements of inorganic chemistry, 1,000 marks. 
 
 (6) Physios : Elementary properties of electricity, ir^agetism, heat, light, and sound, 3,000 marks. 
 
 (7) Phyaiography and geology, 2,000 marks. 
 
 In each of the subjects (6), (6), and (7) the examination will be partly practical. 
 Only two of the subjects in Class II can be taken up. 
 
 CLA88 III. 
 
 (1) (ieography, 500 marks. 
 
 (2) Drawing, fk'ec-hand, 600 mjrkH. 
 Both these subjects may be taken up. 
 
 The number of marks allowed to each candidate in the several subjects in which he has been examined will be 
 Hummed up, and the resulting total will detevmine the place of the candidate in the competitive list, the Buacessfiil 
 candldat<>a being those who stand at the head of the list up to the number of cadetshlps competed for. 
 
 r>. Time-table, November , 1895. — ^The examinations covered the time from the 12th to the 23d 
 of November, inclusive, tbe hours of attendance being firom 10 a. ni. to 5.30 p. m., with an intermis- 
 Hion for lunch. 
 
 The medical examination of the sucoessftil candidates takes place after the result of the 
 examination has been announced, and is held in London. 
 
 Note. — Some of the rules prescribed for the conduct of the examinations are as follows : 
 
 No candidate may quit the examination room until the expiration of half an hour from the time fixed for the 
 t'uiiimencement of the paper on which he is engaged. 
 
 No candidate who Itas left the examination room during the hours assigneil to paper work may return to the 
 piiper which he haa quitted without special permission, obtained before he leaves the room. In such cases the 
 Gommisaioners will decide whether marks can be allotted. 
 
 Daring the whole of the examination each candidate will be designated by the number assigned to him on the 
 time-table, and he must write this number (not his name) on every Iwok or separate sheet of paper which he sends in. 
 
 ■Formerly the entrance examination for Woolwich was divided into the "preliminary" and the "further" 
 exandnstions. The present regulations, which went into eifeot January 1, 1894, abolished the "preliminary exam- 
 ination." It covered much the same subjeota as those mentioned in the present Class I. 
 
 Wt'\ 
 
 lurement. 
 
36 
 
 5" 
 
 1 
 
 
 t 
 
 H 
 H 
 < 
 P 
 
 M 
 
 o 
 
 
 s 
 
 t 
 
 (9 
 
 '8a{ 
 
 •Xild«jJSo»fj 
 
 'XSoioeS puv 
 Xqd«j8oiBXt{j 
 
 ■BaifiXqj 
 
 ■Xj^isiiiiaqo 
 
 N 
 
 ■ijo:)8!i[ i(tiii8a3 
 
 •3l9»a{) 
 
 I e* 
 
 ■i(anajj 
 
 ■uviuiao 
 
 
 •1 88«10 l«»"X 
 
 ■SniAVjp 
 [ c 9 1 J ^ m o a {) 
 
 -odmoa qsH^^S 
 
 ■uvnusQ 
 
 M 
 
 N 
 
 •qouMj 
 
 '^wn 
 
 M 
 
 ^ 
 
 e 
 
 IM 
 
 
 'Ba{:|«ui9q!|vj( 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 I- 
 
 s 
 
 •^ 
 
 8 
 
 IB 
 
 00 CO 
 
 
 
 
 
 « 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 B 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 ^. 
 
 e 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 s 
 
 
 hI m 
 
 • 
 
 es 
 
 
 • 
 
 f^ 
 
 'A 
 
 4 
 
 W fe * 
 
 . 
 
 
 (*» 
 
 rf". 
 
 1^ 
 
 
 
 
 Is 
 
 
 
 >4 ^ 
 
 M 
 
 •UOj^J 
 
 
 SG* 
 
 P 
 
 -saimiixo ni jaqinux 
 
 
 ^ N 
 
 
 
 •%\i»ui 
 
 
 rt M » 
 
 5 
 
 > 
 
 ,|o ja|MO ni joqiiiiijj 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 J 
 3 
 
 a 
 
 5 
 
 J3 
 
 ■s 
 
 B I 
 
 6 i 
 
 % I 
 
 ^ I 
 
 i « 
 
 " S 
 
 ^ I 
 
 I- IM 
 
 » Ift 
 
 S^S 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 a 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 t 
 
 a 
 
 I 
 
 ■3 
 
 s 
 s 
 
 i 
 
 00 •^ 
 CD n 
 
 ^ 
 
 gJS 
 
 
 
 -2 
 
 p 
 
 I 
 
 a 
 
 s 
 
 H 9 
 
 H 
 
 c 
 
 853 
 
 |5 
 
 M S 
 
 e ji 
 
 a h 
 
 B 
 
 a 1 
 « a 
 
 e 
 t 
 I 
 
 i -3 
 
 -2 
 
 a 
 
 i 
 
 
 I 
 
 4 
 
 d 
 s 
 
 § ^ 
 
 o 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 •a 
 a 
 
 !s := 
 
■ '■-*^--" 
 
 37 
 
 6. Course of itutruction, — ^The length of the ooarse of instruction will be two years, divided 
 into four terras. 
 
 The academy terms in each year will be — 
 
 (a) From about the middle of April to middle of Augnst. 
 
 (b) From about middle of October to middle of March, with a short recess at Ghristmas. 
 The intermediate periods will constitute the vacations. 
 
 All the cadets in the third and fourth classes will be educated together. On leaving the third 
 class the cadets promoted to the second class will bifurcate into two separate divisions for artillery 
 and engineers, respectively, which separation will be maintained for the remainder of the course 
 at the academy.' 
 
 Oadets passing highest on the list of the third class will have the choice of joining the 
 en^'iueer division, so far as the vacancies may be available, with a view to obtaining commissions 
 ill the royal engineers; the remainder will be attached to the artillery division, with a view to 
 obtaining commissions in the royal artillery. 
 
 When once a cadet has joined any particular division, no transfer will under any circnni- 
 stuiices be allowed. 
 
 The following subjects, in addition to drill, riding, and gymnastics, will form the ordinary 
 course of obligatory studies, with the marks assigned to each: 
 
 KOUBXH AND THIRD CUi88K8. 
 
 Mathematics, 3,000 marks, inolnding 200 for plates, sketches, and notes. 
 Field fortification, 2,000 marks, inclading 400 for plates, sketches, and notes. 
 Military topography, 2,000 marks, including 800 for plates, sketches, and notes. 
 French or German, 1,000 marks. 
 
 Chemistry and physics, 1,500 marks, including 60 for plates, sketches, nnd notes. 
 Model drawing, 800 marks. 
 
 SKCOND ANI> FIRST CLASSES. 
 
 SubjeeU commnn to the artillery and engineer diriaione. 
 
 Military topography, 1,000 marks, inclading 400 for plates, sketches, and notes. 
 
 Tactics, 1,000 marks. 
 
 Electricity, 1,500 marks, inclading 100 for notes and examples. 
 
 Special to artillerif division. 
 
 Artillery, 2,000 marks, including 200 for plates and notes. 
 Fortification, 1,000 marks, including 200 for plates and notes. 
 
 ^fecial to engineer ditMon. 
 
 Fortification, 2,000 marks, inolnding 400 for plates and notes. 
 Artillery, 1,000 marks, including 100 for plates and notes. 
 Mathematics, 2,000 marks, inclading 100 for plates and notes. 
 Free-hand drawing, 1,000 marks. 
 
 In addition to the above obligatory course, every cadet will be allowed, at his option, to take 
 up as ft voluntary subrject in the third and fourth classes landscape drawing; also to be examined 
 ill the third class in an advanced paper in mathematics on the course of the fourth and third 
 classes, and in a paper on the differential and integral calculus. 
 
 ■ With rt^gard to this system of " bifurcation," the board of Tisitors of 1806 retaiarks as follows : "The system of 
 liifuroation, although adversely reported upon by successive boards of visitors, still continues in force. The board 
 consider it their duty again to direct attention to this very serious flaw in the educational arrangement of the 
 academy. Tho testimony of the late as well as of the present governor, whose opinion was formed from the experi- 
 (Miue he has had of the yoang officers who have joined the royal engineers during the time he filled the position of 
 roTumandant of the School of Military Engineering, of the commandant, and of the professors, is unanimous in 
 condemnation of the present system, under which there can be no doubt that, in addition to loss of incentive to work 
 by a large portion of each batch, the instruction is not carried so far as it ought to be in some subjects. The board 
 are of opinion that bifurcation diould b« abolished and that the oourses of study should be so regulated in future 
 tliat the study of each subject should be carried so far as and no farther than is alike advisable or necessary for 
 I'iitlets about to be commissioned in either the royal artillery or royal engineers." 
 
 
 » 
 
 i 
 
38 
 
 The maxiinutn marks for these snbJectH will be 700 for landscape drawing, 0.5 being tlic 
 counting niinimuin at each examination, and 400 for eaicli of the mathematical papt^rs above 
 mentioned, 0.4 being the minimum to count marks on each paper. 
 
 A cadet will not be allowed to take up or present himself for examination in voluntary 
 mathematics unless the professor reports that he has previously attained a sufficient prjAcicnt-y 
 in the obligatory mathematics. 
 
 The language to be studied by a cadet mnst be that in which ho iiossesses snch proficiency as 
 will enable him to benefit by the advanced iuHtruction given to the clasK. 
 
 7. Examinations. — There will be examinations at the end of each term, conducted by independent 
 examiners. A cadet failing to p^ss satisfactorily at any examination will not get class promotiou. 
 
 The examination in the third class will cover the fouth and third classes' course, and that of 
 the first class the second and first classes' course. 
 
 The examinations are almost always in writing. 
 
 At the end of the course those cadets who have passed satisfactory examinations will lie 
 entitled to commissions as second lieutenants, in the royal artillery from the artillery division, and 
 in the royal engineers from the engineer division. 
 
 For class promotion from the fourth class, and also from the third class, a cadet will be 
 required at each examination to obtain 0.5 of the marks in the obligatory conr8e of mathematics 
 and in at least three other obligatory subjects, and 0.5 of the aggregate of marks allotted at 
 that examination for the six obligatory subjects, as shown in Table 0. 
 
 To count marks in an obligatory subject, at least 0.25 of the total marks for that subject in 
 the examination must be obtained. 
 
 The marks allowed to count in the fourth class will be added to those allowed to count in tlie 
 third class, and the result will determine the order of merit for appointment to the artillery ami 
 engineer divisions; but no cadet can be posted to the engineer division who does not obtain 0.5 in 
 fortification in the examination in the fourth and third classes. 
 
 For class promotion from the second class, and also for commission at the end of the course, 
 the following qualifications will be required : 
 
 Artillery ({{v»«ton.— Five-tenths in artiUery and in at least three other obligatory subjects, and 
 0.5 of the aggregate of the marks allotted at that examination for the five obligatory subjects, as 
 shown in Table C. 
 
 Engineer <Itvmon.— Five-tenths in fortification and in electricity and in at least three other sub 
 jects, and 0.5 of the aggregate of the marks allotted at that examination for the seven obligatory 
 subjects, as shown in Table D. 
 
 To count marks in an obligatory subject at least 0.25 of the total marks for that subject in the 
 examination must be obtained. 
 
 The marks allowed to count in the second class will be added to those allowed to count in tlie 
 first class, and the result will determine the order of merit, and the cadets will be gazetted to their 
 respective corps in the order in which they pass. 
 
 8. A cadet will be removed fh>m the academy on the following grounds: (1) If he fall more 
 than one term behind the class with which he originally joined the academy ; (2) if he fail to acquire 
 a sufficient proficiency in military exercises. 
 
 Exceptions to these rules are only allowed on account of illness. 
 
 9. Prizes. — Prizes will be awarded as follows : 
 At the end of the first year's course: 
 
 To the cadet who has obtained the highest number cf marks in — 
 
 Mathematics. 
 French. 
 German. 
 Drawing. 
 Chemistry and Physics. 
 
 ■mmmm 
 
 wtm 
 
 mm 
 
39 
 
 9.5 beiiif; tlic 
 [>ap«?r» above 
 
 in volaiitary 
 it prjflcu'iicv 
 
 proficiency as 
 
 ^iiidepeiidciit 
 H8 proniotiou. 
 ), and tliat of 
 
 »tion8 will lie 
 ' division, and 
 
 cadet will be 
 
 matlieiuaticB 
 
 iH allotted at 
 
 liat mibject in 
 
 9 count in the 
 ) artillery and 
 b obtain 0.5 in 
 
 of tlie conrso, 
 
 snbjects, and 
 y snbjects, as 
 
 irve other sub 
 'en obligatory 
 
 subject in the 
 
 count in the 
 setted to their 
 
 ( he fail more 
 
 1 fail to acquire 
 
 loiii ciHir Artillery Division: 
 
 Artillery. 
 
 Fortiftcation. 
 Engineer Division : 
 
 Mathematics. 
 
 Artillery. 
 
 Fortification. •• 
 
 Combined first class: 
 
 Electricity. 
 
 Military Tofiography. 
 
 Tactics. 
 
 Tablk B.-flo*r. of drilh, parades, •'«*«, ete. 
 
 Ordinary hours. 
 
 Special Biinimer hours. 
 
 Reveille 
 
 Defaulter's parade. 
 
 Breakfast 
 
 Hoapital 
 
 First study 
 
 Ordinary. Saturday. 
 
 Orderly room . 
 Second stndy . 
 
 Kidiug drill: 
 First dasa— 
 
 Mondays and Thurwiaya. 
 
 6.15 a. ni 
 
 6.30to7a.ni. 
 
 7.15 a. m 
 
 7.50 a. nt 
 
 8.15 to 9.45 
 
 a.ni. 
 g.45tol0a.ni 
 10 to 11.45 
 a.m. 
 
 11.30 to 12.30. 
 
 .Same as 
 ordinary. 
 
 Sunday. Ordinary. 
 
 8 a. HI 
 
 9 n. ni . 
 
 10 a. m 
 
 Wednesdays 
 
 Set^ond class— 
 
 Tuesdays 
 
 Drill (or gymnastics for fourth class) 
 
 
 30 to 9.30 
 m. 
 
 V 
 10 to 11.30 
 a.ni. 
 
 10.45 to 
 11. iW. 
 
 Saturday. 
 
 Sun- 
 day. 
 
 9.30 to 11 
 
 a. ni. 
 9.15 a. m 
 
 815to9.45 
 
 a.m. 
 9.45 a. ni.. 
 
 11.15 a.m. to 10 to 11.30 
 1 p. m. »• «»• 
 
 8.30 to 9.30.. 
 
 10.45 to 
 11.30. 
 
 Luncheon paraile... 
 Riding drill : 
 First class- 
 Fridays.... 
 Second class- 
 Thursdays 
 Third class- 
 Mondays.. 
 Tuesdays.. 
 
 12 to 1p.m..: 
 
 1.15 p. m .... 1.15 p. ni 
 
 \ 
 
 Defaulter's panule. 
 
 2.30 to 
 
 3.!J0 
 
 p.m. 
 
 
 2.15 to 
 
 3.15 
 
 p.m. 
 2.10 to 
 
 2.40 
 
 8.16 to 9.16 
 a. in. 
 
 p.m. 
 
 2.10 to 2.40 
 p.m. 
 
 > This subject is voluntary for the artillery .'.ivlH.on. 
 
 1. 
 
■KaMiiSiSiiSSStliiitSiMiaMMa 
 
 40 
 
 Tahlr h.—Bour» of drills, parade$, aludie*, etc. — Continued. 
 
 Ordinary hours. 
 
 Ordinury. 
 
 I)rill(argynmaHtics for fourth class). 
 Gymnastics for third class 
 
 Voluntary study (Weduestlays ex- 
 cepted). 
 Third study 
 
 Diuuer parade. 
 Kollcall 
 
 LiKhta out . 
 
 Check para«l«s. 
 
 Sundays : 
 
 Church parade . 
 
 Coffee lunch 
 
 Tea in hall 
 
 2.10 to 3.10 
 
 p.m. 
 2.10 to 3.10 
 
 p.m. 
 4 to 5 p. m . . . 
 
 6.15 to 7.15 
 p.m. 
 
 7.30 p. m 
 
 10 p.m., on 
 Tuesdays 
 at 10.30 
 p.m. 
 
 10.30 p.m., 
 on Tues- 
 days at 
 11 p.m. 
 
 r3.45 p. m 
 
 8.30 p. m .... 
 
 ^9.30 p. m 
 
 Saturday. 
 
 7.30 p. m . 
 10 p. m 
 
 10.30 p. m 
 
 3.45 p. m .. 
 
 6p. m 
 
 8.30 p. m .. 
 
 Sunday. 
 
 Siiecial summer honr«. 
 
 1.15 p. m . 
 10 p.m... 
 
 11.30 p. m 
 
 3.45 p. m 
 8.30 p. m 
 9.30 p. m 
 
 11 a. m .... 
 5 to 6 p. m 
 8 p. m. ... 
 
 Ordinary. 
 
 8.15 to 9.15. 
 
 Saturday. 
 
 Sun 
 day. 
 
 Note. — Where leaders are used in columns of " Ordinary hours," it signities that there is nothing detailed lor 
 these hours. Where nothing is shown in column of " Special summer hours," the hours are the same as shown iu 
 " Ordinary hours." 
 
 Tablk C. — Marks, fourth and third classes. 
 
 Voluntary subjects. 
 
 Obligatory. 
 
 Voluntary. 
 
 
 Marks. 
 
 Count- 
 ing 
 mini- 
 mum. 
 
 s 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 500 
 
 (*) 
 
 1,600 
 
 (•) 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 u 
 e 
 
 I 
 
 250 
 
 (•) 
 
 7B0 
 
 s 
 
 a 
 
 t 
 
 s 
 
 1 
 
 Ml 
 
 a 
 
 1 
 
 •s 
 
 75 
 (•) 
 
 226 
 
 ■(-) 
 
 • 
 
 1 
 
 a 
 
 2 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 1 
 
 a 
 
 > 
 
 5 
 
 ; 1 Differential and integral 
 ; { calculus. 
 
 1. Landscape drawing 
 
 2. Advanced paper in 
 
 mathematics 
 
 3. Uifl'erential inte- 
 
 gral calculus 
 
 700 
 400 
 400 
 
 0.5 
 
 ... 
 
 Fourth class: 
 MATifniim 
 
 760 
 375 
 
 2,250 
 1, 125 
 
 600 
 
 (*) 
 
 1,500 
 
 (•) 
 
 500 
 
 n ' 
 
 1,000 
 
 (•) 
 
 2,676 
 1.287 
 
 7.225 
 ' 3,1»2 
 
 175 
 87 
 
 625 
 2&i 
 
 
 Minimiitn 
 
 • 
 
 1 
 
 Third class : 
 
 Maximum 
 
 400 
 160 
 
 i 
 
 400 \ 
 100 1 
 
 Minimum ..- .,. 
 
 
 * .See page 38. 
 
 mm 
 
41 
 
 Tablk n.—M*rk», itvond attdftrtt olatie*. 
 
 r koiiM. j 
 
 rdity. 
 
 81111 1 
 day. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 ing detailed for 
 kuie as shown iu 
 
 liiutary. 
 
 
 — 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 .g 
 
 
 -^ ■ 
 
 fa 
 
 s s 
 
 I 
 
 ^? 
 
 7 
 
 e 
 
 1 
 
 a 
 
 ■31 
 
 4} 
 
 > 
 
 € 
 
 5 
 
 s 
 
 400 
 
 1 
 
 400 
 
 leo 
 
 100 
 
 Engineer and ar- 
 tulvry divisionif 
 oombined. 
 
 Second t-lass : 
 
 Maximnui . 
 
 Minininm . 
 First class : 
 
 Maximnin . 
 
 Minininm . 
 
 H 
 
 250 200 
 
 (0 : (') 
 
 750 750 
 
 s 
 
 H 
 
 i-s. 
 
 Artillery 
 division. 
 
 500 
 =•250 
 
 1,000 
 >500 
 
 1 
 
 700 
 350 
 
 1,300 
 650 
 
 § 
 
 I 
 
 250 
 
 (') 
 
 7S0 
 
 Engineer division. 
 
 to 
 
 I 
 
 500 
 250 
 
 1,500 
 750 
 
 a 
 
 250 
 
 (») 
 
 750 
 
 1 
 
 a 
 « E 
 
 Total 
 
 Total 
 , *'"*'l*s i engiiiwr 
 
 1,000 250 
 
 (') (") 
 
 1,000 750 
 
 (») i (') 
 
 '1,960 
 »50 
 
 3, 000 
 1,500 
 
 ■4,500 I 6,500 
 2,275 1 3,260 
 
 ' These figures do not include markn for fVee-hand drawing. 
 » See pa^e 3X. 
 
 •Compnlsory qualifi'ing subject for engineer divlHiou. 
 10. SjiUahHt of tht eoHi'ge of inrtrncUon. 
 The marks are apiwrtioned as follows: 
 
 MATHEMATICS. 
 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 Fourth 
 class. 
 
 Third 
 class. 
 
 Engineer 
 on 
 
 division 
 
 
 Second First 
 class. class. 
 
 
 
 200 
 2,060 
 
 
 100 
 
 900 
 
 Notes, plates, etc 
 
 Examination .............•••-•-• 
 
 750 
 
 1,000 
 
 Total 
 
 750 
 
 2,250 
 800 
 
 1,000 
 
 1,00U 
 
 Voluntary papers 
 
 
 8,060 
 
 
 
 
 3,800 
 
 2,000 
 
 rOL'RTH CLAM. 
 
 Subject. 
 
 Marks. 
 
 Algebra 
 
 Trigonometry and mensuration. 
 
 Analytical geometry. 
 Mechanics 
 
 Total. 
 
 150 
 150 
 
 150 
 800 
 
 750 
 
 Treatise. 
 
 H?.!l and Knight's Highw Algebra. 
 Goodwin's or Todhnnter's Trigonometry 
 (smaller edition). Brabant's Mensuration. 
 Smith's Conic Sections. 
 Robinaon's Treatise. 
 
 
 ¥ 
 
42 
 
 Syllahui of the cohtm of <M«(rMc(ioti— Continned. 
 
 THIRD CLASS. 
 
 Subject. 
 
 Analytical Kcometry— repetition of the fourth- 
 class conrse. 
 
 Mechanics (plates connt 200 additional), rep- 
 etition of fourth-class course in dynamics 
 and statics. 
 
 Applied mechanics. Stability of structures, 
 200 marks ; strength of materials, 200 marks. 
 
 Hydrostatics 
 
 Plates (in mechanics) 
 
 Marks. 
 
 400 
 
 ma 
 
 400 
 
 300 
 200 
 
 Total. 
 
 Voluntary nuithematics— problems in trigo- 
 nometry, analytical geometry, applied me- 
 clianics, and hydrostatics, 400 marks; differ- 
 ential and integral calculus, 400 marks. 
 
 2,260 
 
 800 
 
 Treatise. 
 
 See fourth-class course. 
 Do. 
 
 Crofton's Applied Mechanics, second edition, 
 
 188ft. 
 Resant's Hydrostatics, edition 1892. 
 
 Demoivre's Theorem; Smith's Conic Sections; 
 Croftou's Treatise on Applied Mechanics; 
 Resant's Hydrostatics; Oreenhill's Treatise 
 on Differential and Integral Calculus, edition 
 1891. 
 
 HSrONI) CLASS, ■NOINRRR DIVISION. 
 
 Geom<)try, including spherical trigonometry.. . 
 Differential and integral calculus 
 
 300 
 
 450 
 250 
 
 Smith's Conic Sections. 
 
 Spherical Trigonometry, Ooml win's 
 
 fourth edition, 1893. 
 ^feenhill's Treatise, edition 1891. 
 Iiectures. 
 
 Treatise, 
 
 Statics and dynamics .. 
 
 Total 
 
 1,000 
 
 
 riRST ClJkSS BNOINUU DIVISION. 
 
 Statics and dynamics. 
 
 Hydrostatics 
 
 Mechanism 
 
 Plates 
 
 Total 
 
 400 
 250 
 250 
 100 
 
 1,000 
 
 t Lectures. 
 
 Goodeve's Treatise, edition 1888. 
 
 //. Fortification, practical »olid geometrtf, and military engineering. 
 The marks are apportioned as follows: 
 
 
 Fourth 
 class. 
 
 Third 
 class. 
 
 300 
 1,200 
 
 Engineer 
 
 division. 
 
 Artillery 
 
 division. 
 
 Second 
 class. 
 
 First 
 class. 
 
 Second 
 class. 
 
 50 
 200 
 
 First 
 class. 
 
 150 
 600 
 
 Notes, plates, etc. 
 
 100 
 400 
 
 100 
 400 
 
 300 
 1,200 
 
 Examination 
 
 Total 
 
 500 
 
 1,500 
 
 500 
 
 1,500 
 
 250 
 
 750 
 
 
 «■ 
 
 mmm 
 
48 
 
 First 
 clasa. 
 
 150 
 600 
 
 750 
 
 . 11. Fart\/lcaUan, practical m,Udg»melrt,^ndmmimrte»9il»»»rint-i:ontinneA. 
 
 FOUKTII OLAtW. 
 
 Snlijeot. 
 
 Practical wiUd geometry, elemenUry, ortho- 
 graphic projection. 
 Fleia fortification 
 
 Notes, plates, etc. 
 Total 
 
 Miirks. 
 
 r 
 
 ! 200 
 
 aoo 
 
 100 
 
 Treatise. 
 
 Rosa's Practical Solid Geometry, edition IH87, j 
 
 pages 1-38. Flrat six problems, piiges 29-!W. ^ 
 
 Text-Book of Fortification and Military Kngi- | 
 ne^ring. Part I, edition 1892. Paragraphs 
 
 1.4,6,8,10,16,18,27,66-«1. Alsolitliograplis 1 
 of works of modem typo. 
 
 BOO 
 THIRU CLASS. 
 
 I ino Ross's Practical Solid (ieometry, eilition 1887. 
 IWlcal solid geometry, elementary 400 ""'^l^Ttonri^.-cU^ conL Also Con- 
 
 tonred Plans of ParapeU, etc. 
 800 Text-Book of Fortification and Military Kn- 
 gineering. Part I, edition 1882. Review of 
 fourth-class course, and as far as paragraph 
 133. Also lithographs, etc. 
 
 Field fortification 
 
 Notes, plates, etc. 
 
 900 
 
 Total »•«» 
 
 ABTILLKKY MIVISION. 8KC0ND CLASS. 
 
 Field fortification (applle<l). 
 
 Pioneer duties (applied) . 
 Camp duties (applied)... 
 
 Coast defenses (applied) 
 
 Notes, plates, etc. (applied). 
 
 Total. 
 
 ! Text-book of Fortification and Military Kn- 
 glneerlng, Part I, edition 1892. 
 Do. 
 — I Regulations and Instructions for Encamp- 
 ments. 
 Engineering, Part. II, etlltlon 1893. 
 
 50 
 
 250 
 
 KNOnrSKR DIVISION, SKCOND CLASS. 
 
 Practical solid geometry (advanced), ortho- 
 graphic projection. 
 Pioneer duties ' 
 
 Field fortification (applied). 
 Camp duties 
 
 Coast defenses 
 
 Notes, plates, etc. 
 Total 
 
 200 
 
 200 
 
 100 
 
 Ross's Practical Solid Geometry, e«lition 1887. 
 
 Text-book of Fortification and Mllitory En- 
 gineering, Part I. 
 Do. 
 
 Regulations and Instructions for Encamp- 
 ments. 
 
 Text-book of Fortification and Military En- 
 
 i glneering, Part II, edition 1898. 
 
 500 
 
44 
 
 ■ B 
 
 tl 
 
 It. Forl^oat<«Mi«, prwitieal mIM geometry, ani miUiw$ fti^Mr<iif<~ContiiiiMd. 
 AKTILLERT DIVISION, VIRHT CLASS. 
 
 Btibjeot. 
 
 Marks. 
 
 Treatise. . 
 
 Ptsriiiaiient futtiflciitiou 
 
 > 600 
 150 
 
 Text-boolc of Fortification and Military KnKi- 
 neering, Part II, edition 18i». 
 
 Attack Hiut defense of forts and fortresses 
 
 Hecond-olass course, review of and reexamina- 
 tion in. 
 Notes, plates, etc 
 
 Total 
 
 760 
 
 
 KNOINEKR DIVISION, FIKST CLASS. 
 
 Permanent fortification 
 
 Attack and defense of forts und fortresses 
 
 Second-class course, review of and reexamina- 
 tion in, including extra paper for engineer 
 division, covering the whole year's course. 
 
 Notes, plates, etc 
 
 Totol 
 
 1,200 
 
 300 
 
 1,500 
 
 Text-book of Fortifloation and Military Engi- 
 neering, Part II, eilition 1803. 
 
 IS. Militarfi topograph^. 
 The marks are apportioned as follows : 
 
 roURTH AND THIBD CLASSES. 
 
 
 Fourth 
 class. 
 
 Third 
 class. 
 
 Notes, plates, etc 
 
 200 
 300 
 
 600 
 400 
 
 500 
 
 Examination, indoor 
 
 Examination, outdoor; uncontoured sketch by aid of prismatic compass and sketching 
 case .. ........ ....... ... ...... ............................... 
 
 Total 
 
 
 500 
 
 1,500 
 
 
 Fourth-class course: Text-book of military topography; practical work indoor; practical work ontdoor. 
 Third-class course: Text-liook of military topography; practical work indoor; practical work outdoor. 
 
 SECOND AND FIRST CLASSES. 
 
 Notes, plat<'S, etc. 
 
 I Examination, indoor 
 
 ; Examination, outdoor; oontourwl sketch by clino-compass and sketching case. 
 
 Total. 
 
 Second 
 class. 
 
 100 
 160 
 
 250 
 
 First 
 class. 
 
 900 
 150 
 300 
 
 750 
 
 Second-oIoHH course: Text-book of military topography; practical work indoor; practical work ontdoor. 
 First-class course: Text-book of military topography; practical work indoor; piiiotlcal work outdoor. 
 
 Biii i iMiiiiaiii 
 
 mm 
 
iry Kagl- 
 
 ry En«i- 
 
 
 Third 
 elan. 
 
 
 
 600 
 
 
 
 400 
 
 
 BOO 
 
 
 
 1,500 
 
 ontdoor. 
 
 mtdoor. 
 
 I 
 
 li 
 
 
 1 
 300 
 
 
 150 
 
 • 
 
 300 
 
 
 750 
 
 45 
 
 ll\. Frenvk or Oerman; the markM allotted to eaoh uf tlieHu luiigiiMgeM »re upiNtrtioiitNl tu) 
 foUowH : 
 
 Fourth Third 
 
 ClkM. OlSM. 
 
 Written exumlnatiun : 
 
 Writing fruHi diotittion 
 
 TmnslKtion from Engliah 
 
 Tnuialfttion Into £ngliith 
 
 Oramnidtionl <|ueati«>nB 
 
 Compoeition 
 
 Oral examination : 
 
 Converution 
 
 Viva vm-e tranalation fVom Kngliah . 
 
 ToUl. 
 
 35 
 
 90 
 
 50 
 
 150 
 
 45 
 
 130 
 
 30 
 
 95 
 
 35 
 
 116 
 
 i 30 
 
 U6 
 
 25 
 
 75 
 
 250 
 
 750 
 
 1,000 
 
 14. Ckemi$trif and php$ic§. 
 The markH are apportioned as fnlluws: 
 
 
 Fourth 
 class. 
 
 Third 
 class. 
 
 Second 
 class. 
 
 460 
 50 
 
 First 
 
 class. 
 
 960 
 50 
 
 Kxamination . 
 
 500 
 
 960 
 50 
 
 NotcM. exaninlsA. sto .--.-. ...... .-.-.. .. ..--.. ...••■ .... ...... .... 
 
 Total 
 
 , 
 
 1.500 
 
 1.500 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 FOURTH CLASS. 
 
 Snbjeot. 
 
 Marks. 
 
 Treatise. 
 
 Theoretical chemistry and physios: (a) ele- 
 mentary chemistry and physios; (() chem- 
 istry of metals. 
 
 Practical chcmiatrv 
 
 400 
 100 
 
 Notes on chemistry, practical eieroises, and 
 (for chemistry of metals) notes of lectures. 
 
 Total 
 
 500 
 
 
 THIRD CLASS. 
 
 Sound, heat. liirht. and exnlosives .......... 
 
 650 
 
 300 
 
 50 
 
 Notes on heat; notes on explosives. 
 Practical exercises on chemistry. 
 
 Practical chemistrr 
 
 Notes, examnles. etc 
 
 Total 
 
 1,000 
 
 
 outdoor, 
 tdoor. 
 
 IK*8iaSB*!S5«SJSi^eg^i5!j»y,,^tS?ffiSi^*^vS#?W 
 
46 
 
 l.'i. KtectrUifif and m»gtnH»m, 
 Till' iiiurkM are npportioiivd ah follows: 
 
 8K0UM) OliAKH. 
 
 Sniijeot. 
 
 'rhnorotioHl . 
 
 I'rHvtioul 
 
 NotuN, exaiupleii, ete . 
 
 Total 
 
 Marks. 
 
 200 
 50 
 
 . . . j 500 
 
 I 
 
 KIKST CLA88. 
 
 Trraiitie. 
 
 NoteM on electricity. HylvaiiiiM TlioiiiMm'H 
 Klovtricity, for rufereuve. 
 
 I Th«oretioBl 
 
 ' l>raotiottl 
 
 Noten, exumples, viUs . 
 
 ToUl 
 
 5B0 
 
 400 
 
 SO 
 
 1,000 
 
 16, Taetica (not minor tactici). 
 
 The luarkB am apportioned as follows: 
 
 MECOKD AND FIRST CLASHES. 
 
 Second oIiim. 
 Kirat cIhm... 
 
 Kxamination. 
 
 2B0 
 
 760 
 
 Total 1,000 
 
 17. ArMltrg. 
 
 The inarkH are apportioned as follows: 
 
 SRCONU AND FIRST CLASSES. 
 
 NoteH, plates, etc . 
 Examination 
 
 Total 
 
 Artillery di- 
 ▼isioD. 
 
 Second 
 olau. 
 
 40 
 
 First 
 class. 
 
 160 
 1,140 
 
 Engineer di- 
 vision. 
 
 Second 
 class. 
 
 25 
 225 
 
 First 
 class. 
 
 76 
 676 
 
 700 1,300 
 
 260 I 760 
 
 ARTILLERY DIVISIOK, SECOND CLASS. 
 
 Subject. 
 
 Marks. 
 
 Treatise. 
 
 Ordnance 
 
 180 
 
 Treatise on Ordnance, 1893. 
 Treatise on Ammnuition, 1892. 
 Handboolc on Gunpowder nud Uun Cotton, 
 1888. Notes on Cordite. 
 
 Ammunition 
 
 Explosives 
 
 Mechanism .... . .. 
 
 180 
 100 
 
 200 
 
 Notes, olates. etc 
 
 40 
 
 Total 
 
 700 
 
 
 
ne«r «li- 
 Bion. 
 
 1 
 
 Finit 
 olasfl. 
 
 i 
 i 
 
 76 
 675 
 
 ) 
 
 760 
 
10 
 
 T«blt E 
 
 WuKLT DnAiL ors 
 
 Itr Clam. 
 AflilOTT INvtitoa. 
 
 I 
 
 RafliiiMr DtfMen. 
 
 i 
 
 
 t«»uua. 
 Artillwy PIvMon. 
 
 I 
 
 ■iikiwt. 
 
 lit 
 
 aua^m. to &«••.«. 
 nJla.».l»ltMNB. 
 
 ■,UpA.I*rM^M. 
 
 Aittltoo . 
 ! Drill. 
 
 m 
 
 ArUllwjr. 
 
 &»•.». to tt.4*a.M. 
 IM K.a. le 11.9 •■w. 
 
 llJt • JB. to IIM ^Hl. 
 
 (cowpMiOfy) 
 I.U p.*. to 7.11p.m. 
 
 lit 
 
 aMliwIMlL 
 
 r«if«Mw- 
 
 th«. 
 
 •.IIMH. If MpjH. 
 
 r«piiimph)r 
 
 VoL 
 
 «.• p.*. to M IM*. 
 •.U pjn. to T.M p.m. 
 
 
 lLUMi.toap.n. 
 
 ▼•L 
 
 MMklPMpM. 
 
 MlfJB.lP*JlpLa. 
 
 
 '•.»•■■. to Mp-a. 
 
 $M%jm.t»lJ»PM. 
 
 Ul 
 
 
 tPlUI 
 
 ilpUpbi 
 
 I.UMkl»*.Upk» 
 
 £upb«.l»r.Upba. 
 
 MiMktpMpa. 
 
 tSrilL 
 
 tUwmmtmlMpM. 
 iMpjB.tPfJMp.B. 
 
 }i&2&. 
 
 M 
 
 Mlika.t«L*pja. 
 IMiMiklolU«la.M. 
 
 IMMMtolJtPM. 
 
 ■J*pjiht»*J«PA. 
 
 HMMHlin 
 
 lMMa.ton<«MB. 
 
 lMllMMtoMp.lli. 
 
 •Mpk&toTJapiM. 
 
 U»»m.U1»Mi 
 
 } 
 
 MB. 
 
 •.U«.a.tolL«ika. 
 
 lMfcn.tolUla.a. 
 
 UJlMB.IOllbNpA 
 
 IMMktPlUI 
 
 }. 
 
 TA 
 
 4y»pJiut«MpkK 
 
 UlfM.«>rj| 
 
 •.UpAletJSpJik 
 
 Uip.aktoaJlpjik 
 
 uipi&«*r.up& 
 
 ■MINI Drift 
 
 Ul 
 
 IMajiktolLM 
 IMaMMlolj* 
 
 Mtpjik«»yjlp.aL 
 
 AitmiiT 
 
 M 
 
 DriU 
 
 M 
 
 •.Uua.tolL«Mk 
 lM*.m.lelLM»jB. 
 
 IMMontoMpjM. 
 
 tMPiBkt«taJtp.in. 
 
 I.U p.m. to 7M p.a. 
 
 }-? 
 
 DriE 
 
 ■MtawDrin. 
 
 ■.UukieMak,m. 
 
 lM».M.toll.MA.«. 
 
 lMMoatol4p.M. 
 
 ToL 
 
 4«p.m.toMp«i. 
 
 ■.U9.B.toT.UpwB. 
 
 DrflL 
 
 { 
 
 •LUMi.toMLUMk 
 llL«ia.B.toUJlAJM. 
 
 m 
 
 BMii«DriIL 
 
 •.U».ai.toMkU 
 I«.4t«Atoll40 
 
 ElMtrMtr. 
 nrilL 
 
 Ut 
 tnd 
 
 •.U««.to«.Ma 
 lM»A.toUJ>i 
 
 1 
 
 AHUhnr. 
 
Tftl>l« E 
 
 ^UKLT Drail orSruom avd Dulu. 
 
 ta»Uua. 
 AHttlvy INvMmi. 
 
 tlOCtiMi 
 
 ■•ftuMT DIf Wm. 
 
 UVOUM. 
 
 «aOi4» 
 
 INT. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■«».. 
 
 ■iikiwt. 
 
 i 
 
 Mmn. 
 
 M«Ml 
 
 1 
 
 u^ 
 
 takHn. 
 
 i 
 
 ■-* 
 
 MlHl. 
 
 
 .Ua.m.ifiMp.M. 
 
 T4l{Si!:i3;, 
 
 M< 
 
 |l.Ua.n.toM9«. 
 
 THMinipMr- 
 
 M 
 
 IM«.m.toll.«i.a. 
 
 IMMMtolJpklL 
 
 Mip.a.toMt»M. 
 
 QmIMI. 
 
 ■MiiiiiMn. 
 
 M 
 
 tbU».M.to0wMa.a. 
 lMa«kton4la.«. 
 
 IMMMtoMpbM. 
 
 •.MpLa.to«.WpM. 
 
 
 
 ».• p,ai. In M p.m. 
 
 usa 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ▼•i 
 
 
 iKSg 
 
 
 .Upjn.to1Mp.m. 
 
 'tt- 
 
 M 
 
 ■bUMi-l>M«».a. 
 
 'tnJAl 
 
 M 
 
 Mapji.tor.upbM. 
 
 •ttJ" 
 
 M 
 
 •.Upba.toT.Upba. 
 
 »es. 
 
 
 
 ■MwlMI 
 
 
 
 ■lilvDrlH 
 
 lal 
 
 M«>.a.toMlaJii. 
 
 }•«- 
 
 IM 
 
 MI*mtoMlMk 
 
 \^^^ ' 
 
 M»kB.laMMk 
 
 ^aSSi" 
 
 
 MlA.MtoUMib 
 
 ♦ jWito .1 
 
 IM 
 
 
 Ml 
 
 IMMktoUwMUk 
 
 J 1m; 
 
 
 IMMMt»lJ»p.«. 
 
 }i8fe 
 
 M 
 
 Ml 
 
 NhMMlktoU^Mb 
 IMMMtoUMk 
 
 }^iaft. 
 
 ▼•L 
 
 ULtMMtoUphto. 
 
 UlpjbtoMfpjik 
 
 OmMIL 
 ■MtollMIl 
 
 
 IMMMtoMMl. 
 4«pba.toMp«. 
 
 'tt-r 
 
 'IwHH^* 
 
 
 «-—,. 
 
 M 
 
 ■kUMktolOlMi. 
 
 BIMVni^y* 
 
 M 
 
 nupkM.toy.upji. 
 
 •ttLr 
 
 Ml 
 
 MSpAtoTJCpba. 
 
 
 
 
 }•«- 
 
 ill 
 
 •JIMi.toli«».M. 
 
 }•«- 
 
 lal 
 
 •.UMi.toMlMk 
 
 iMtM. to 11.41 a.a. 
 
 }i£Sa, 
 
 M 
 
 
 }2Ri&| 
 
 lU MM to MM*. 
 MfpAtoTJSpiM. 
 
 AtNlHir. 
 
 M 
 
 lMMMtol.*r<H. 
 
 •>up.«.tor.upd^ 
 
 AiMliwy 
 
 M 
 
 lMaoMtot4p.B. 
 M>p«.toV.Upm 
 
 OmlMIL 
 
 M 
 
 lMMMtol4p«. 
 tiWpb«.toawpba. 
 
 lbUMi.tofJI»A 
 
 
 -ar 
 
 
 IdSKS 
 
 tot 
 
 
 }*-- 
 
 tto 
 
 MfajikWMauib 
 
 }■*- 
 
 M 
 
 
 }i»U 
 
 
 IM«JB.tolUlaM. 
 
 M 
 
 lMaiM.tolMts.M. 
 
 M 
 
 1»»%M.HUM»M. 
 
 •i* 
 
 1M»M.UUM»M. 
 
 
 n«MMtoL»Mi- 
 
 •Mi^lMiL 
 
 
 IMMMtoUp^M. 
 
 •vwiMIL 
 
 
 IMMMtoLtpM. 
 
 OwlMIL 
 
 
 IMHMtolJtpba. 
 
 t» 
 
 
 
 ■MiMilMtt. 
 
 ATVHHiy* 
 
 M 
 
 MVMiktoMipLa. 
 
 uivkMtor.upb& 
 
 ■MtafMIL 
 ArtUtay. 
 
 M 
 
 tMpjiktoUtpbm 
 
 4*pbM.toMpba. 
 
 ■.upji.tor.upbfB. 
 
 ■sar 
 
 M 
 
 UipjiktoUtpM. 
 Mlpba.MTJIpha. 
 
 liMiMIL 
 
 flwaa. 
 ItoMDnv 
 
 'cMMiiirf 
 
 •bUajih to •«■.». 
 IM ».fli. to 114k «.a. 
 
 
 111 
 
 lM*.ni.toll^a.a. 
 UOBOMtoU^a. 
 
 vMlMi. 
 
 Ut 
 
 •.Ua.a.toMI«.«, 
 ULtamtolUlur. 
 
 IMMMtoUMk 
 
 jsnss. 
 
 ■ssr 
 
 M 
 
 IMamtolUBaA. 
 
 IMMMtoUpbB. 
 
 {MM. 
 
 
 iajlMMtoUp.M. 
 
 
 OrilL 
 
 
 jars 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 UtpuiktoMtpjib 
 
 OjTMMliM. 
 
 
 t.Up«.toU»Mk 
 
 ' vns^p* 
 
 4*^ai.toMHik 
 
 Dnvtog. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 V«L 
 
 
 "tta 
 
 
 ■.U9.K.to7.Up.B. 
 
 HtcMiitf. 
 
 M 
 
 Mtpka.to7.UpA. 
 
 ■betrMty. 
 
 M 
 
 •.Up.a.toTJlpba. 
 
 IfaMDnw. 
 
 tad. 
 
 »« 
 
 
 ftoMk «r 
 OarwM. 
 
 
 I.UMi.toMI».H. 
 
 AHUlMjr. 
 
 in 
 
 •.UMiktoM»a.m. 
 lMaj».toUJI*.aL 
 
 rwUtai- 
 Itoo. 
 
 m 
 
 Mia.«.toMla.a. 
 IM>dii.tolL»sm 
 
 
 ito 
 
 ■iU«.a.toM>aA 
 
 lMika.tolUia«. 
 
 1JS& 
 
 I«r 
 
.V fi»> jn,j| »;i,..t I inU 
 
 .xiff Mi,tfii>,.'t line [_, ] 
 
 ■i.H o.i a; .mjs 
 
 «4-f-^i 
 
 i-.«(SI^ 
 
 » -J I btm i; m 
 
 ijcifiK 
 
 «'^.,t- -'^J«*«*-'*'* *"- 4| '; 
 
 jn« 
 
 lir" i| ii i, rirmiirti itffiimi tjti » 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 :o*uwj5«J.a j tnr. 
 
 
 
 '.«(*,.>- 
 
 
 4»-.. -. .. 
 
 
 vHhOsJtJ.iafi.m.ii'.as.SfWvlt'iifflfcffl ', '' 
 
 
 1 
 
 t .iin'-.HirHl 
 
 
 , J^ 
 
 •-^^l<MIMjiwl i M4i»W<l nW. >i Hii tt H.iir^Mi«i< 
 
 •Mii4»««iM ■■i»»i.'«».«»ii-^«iM» »i«',iffi«a.Fr-<-i.i-.- -- -v-y.." - |-.-^- 
 
 I 
 
 
 'I'- MiJt AU: m ^.%W«.4. »#■' H*0tai%^»egi 
 
 
 
 I ,m^O,J-*»-(«!<WS**^ j 
 
 
 * w.'r'ITi'' 
 
 .»t**-«*«*W:«3fl 
 
 .r 
 
 !..-j*i»'f ji.J9| ,ln.<ti«««»».ltt4fer-*'? i' 
 
 ,..,„-.-i-,v..iiiy ai i jf i tnii < )i i a i f ii mi8nf»ini i i i )iMiii i ( S (i i. |'t; < aa> ; '--'r ' i-i 
 
 iii W^i li nn i n wi iw i ym i 1 1 1 liiiwii j | » 4^*».^^.* 
 
 
 
 
 .fs4Mg4^.<ia4 
 
 >a2,q^^it,«rii_^^|JU 
 
 Iwf 
 
 Jo7 
 
 «"?]. 
 
 %life«i;»)T 
 
 
 
 
 ■ »r r /., ,..,, .J J (^^^ ,j 
 
 >^i-5i^irj<»i.< j «k« -; ' ''■*' ■ 
 
 
 Ssz \ 
 
 '"■«*"*■"- -I I 1,1 II 
 
 
 f • 
 
 if * 
 
47 
 
 ''htfitt 
 
 
 '{«(j«fiy<)'; 
 
 *fwm 
 
 17. Jrliffwy— Continued. 
 ARTILLKRT DIVI8ION, FIK8T CLASS. 
 
 Subject. 
 
 1 
 
 Marks. 
 
 Treatise. 
 
 ■ Ordn&iic6 -,.- .--. ...... ...... ...... .... .... 
 
 180 
 180 
 340 
 340 
 100 
 
 160 
 
 Treatise on Ordnance, 1893. 
 Treatise on Ammunition, 1895. 
 Treatise on Military Carriages, 1K88. 
 Text-book of Gunnery, 1887. 
 Field, siege, and garrison artillery drill liuuks; 
 notes and lectures. 
 
 ' Aininiiiiitioii 
 
 Militarv oarriairoM ... 
 
 i PrinciDleaof Bunnerv 
 
 1 Organization, equipment, and employment of 
 artillery. 
 Nutes. dIaIoh. ©ic ........ .. . ........ . ... 
 
 Totol 
 
 1,300 
 
 
 EMGINEER DIVISION, SKCOKD CLASS. 
 
 Ordo«noe , 
 
 Ammunition , 
 
 Notes, plates, etc . 
 
 Total 
 
 125 
 
 100 
 
 25 
 
 250 
 
 Treatise on Ordnance, 1803. 
 Treatise on Ammunition, 1892. 
 
 KNOINEER DIVISION, FIRST CLASS. 
 
 Ordnance " 
 
 Ammnnition .- 
 
 Military earriag*?" 
 
 125 
 100 
 200 
 200 
 50 
 
 75 
 
 Treatise on Ordnance, 1893. 
 Treatise on Ammnition, 1892. 
 Treatise on Military Carriages, 1888. 
 Text-book of Gunnery, 1887. 
 Field, siege, and garrison artillery drill books; 
 notes and lectures. 
 
 Principles of gunnery 
 
 Organization, equipment, i nd employment of 
 
 artillery. 
 Notes, plates, etc 
 
 Total 
 
 760 
 
 
 18. ArtilUry drilla and exercises. — Artillery division, second class: Field- Artillery Drill (hand- 
 book, 1893). Field-Gan Drill. Garrison Artillery, Vols. I and II, 1892. First class: Garrison 
 Artillery, Vol. 1, 1892. 9-inch B. M. L. gan drill. Garrison Artillery, Vol. II, 1892. Exercises. 
 Siege- Artillery Drill, 1891. Exercises. Miscellaneoas. Sights and range and position finders. 
 
 Engineer division, second class : Field- Artillery Drill, 1889. Field-Gan Drill. Garrison Artil- 
 lery Drill, Vol. I. Laying ordnance. 9-inch R. M. L. gnn drill. Garrison- Artillery Drill, Vol. II. 
 Exercises. First-class : Garrison- Artillery Drill, Vol. II. Exercises. Siege- Artillery Drill, 1891. 
 Exercises. Laying. 6.6-inch B. M. L. gnn drill. Miscellaneoas. Scott's sight and depression 
 range finder. 
 
 19. Military organization. — ^The cadets are organized into one large company, under the direct 
 command of the assistant commandant and secretary. This company is Habdivided into three 
 divisions, each of which is ander a lieutenant of the army. The noncommissioned officers are 
 appointed ftt>m the cadets. There is one senior nnderofficer appointed from the first c}ass, who is 
 senior in rank to all the other cadets at the academy. There are also three divisional under- 
 ofBcers appointed i^om the first class, one for each division. 
 
 The other noncommissioned officers are of the grade of corporal. They are selected, as a mie, 
 from the first class. All the cadet noncommissioned officers are selected for their general fitness. 
 
 iiWiiiimM 
 
 MM 
 
-:' lL-Hi.tH*-jf^Titj 
 
 48 
 
 Their appoiiitineuts are made by the governor, upon the recommendation of the assistant com- 
 mandant. They enjoy certain privileges not usually granted to the other cadets and have an 
 increased allowance of pocket money. They may be reduced to the ranks for neglect of duty, 
 misconduct, or incapacity, with such additional punishment as the governor may impose. Oudets 
 reduced to the ranks for unfitness are not to be recommended for commissions in the army unless 
 they obtain reinstatement at least to the rank of corporal before graduation. 
 
 The establishment reported at the last inspection by the boartl of visitors, in June, 1895, was 
 12U8 cadets, including 1 Queen's cadet. The spring term of 1896 commenced with but 176 cadets, 
 Ah for a number of years more cadets have been graduated than there were vacancies available, 
 a m^jority and sometimes all of the class have been obliged to wait several months or a year before 
 receiving commissions in the army. The policy will probably l>e to admit fewer cadets each year, 
 so that the number graduated may be at once provided for in the artillery and engineers. 
 
 20. Pay and terms of payment. — ^The terms of payment for cadets are regulated by the articles 
 of the royal warrant for pay, etc. 
 
 The amount to be contributed on behalf of a cadet at the Boyal Military Academy shall 
 dei)end upon the position held by his father. The amounts are payable half-yearly in advance. 
 
 The half yearly contributions range firom £150 for the son of a private gentleman and £8n 
 for the son of a general or admiral down to £40 for the son of an officer below the rank of 
 lieutenant-colonel in the army or commander in the navy, the minimum contribution being £20 
 for the son of a deceased officer whose family has been left in pecuniary distress. 
 
 Pay at the rate of 3 shillings a day shall be credited to a cadet to cover the exiienses of 
 regimental clothing, messing, washing, and othei' contingencies. All other necessary expenses 
 which can not be covered by his pay shall be chargeable to his parent or guardian in addition 
 to the regulated contribution. 
 
 Among their necessary expenses must be included pocket money, which is issued T'""<*kly "^nd 
 charged in the cadets' accounts according to the following scale: 
 
 SbUMu^ < 
 
 Swiior nnderofflcer i- 
 
 DiviMional nnderofflcer 4 - 
 
 Corporal 3 
 
 Cadet 2 
 
 If a cadet be rusticated or removed > during a term, his daily pay shall cease from the date of 
 such rustication or removal, and the contribution made for the half year shall be forfeited. 
 
 Each cadet, other than a Queen's cadet,* on first joining, will be required to pay, in addition 
 to the regulated (M)ntribntion, a sum of £25 toward covering the expense of uniform, books, etc., 
 and to bring with him the articles of clothing of which he will receive notice, and which must 
 afterwards be kept up at bis own expense. In addition to the half-yearly contribution in advanec, 
 he must also deposit £5 for contingent expenses, which sum he will be required to make up on 
 returning to the academy after each vacation, toward covering any expense that may be incurred 
 on his account during the ensuing half year. 
 
 II.— THB ROTAL MILITARY COLLEGE. 
 
 1. The Boyal Military College is maintained for the purpose of affording a special military 
 education to candidates for commissions in the infantry and cavalry. Candidates must, in the 
 opinion of the commander in chief, be in all respects suitable to hold commissions in the army. 
 
 > Removal or expulaion pravanto admiaaion into any braooh of Her M^Jeaty'a aervice. 
 
 * A Queen's cadet has no contribution to pay and no admiaaion fee. A Qneento cadet at Woolwieh mnat enter 
 by competitive examination, having no advantage in this reapeot over the other oandidatea. At Pandhnrat, how- 
 ever, It Qneen'i cadet has to pass a qnalifying examination only. There was only one Queen'a cadet at Woolwich 
 on the 24th of June, 1896, the date of the laat Inapeotion by the botod of risiton. 
 
 W.. 
 
li 
 
 listant (roin 
 nd havo an 
 ect of duty. 
 «e. Omlets 
 army uuIchs 
 
 e, 1895, w.is 
 176 cadetN, 
 18 available, 
 year before 
 B each year, 
 its. 
 the articles 
 
 idemy Hhall 
 in advance, 
 an and £8(i 
 he rank of 
 1 being £2U 
 
 txiienses of 
 y expenses 
 ill addition 
 
 v--«'kly -^nd 
 
 i- 
 4 
 3 
 2 
 
 the date of 
 ted. 
 
 in addition 
 [M>okB, etc., 
 rhich must 
 n advance, 
 take ap on 
 »e iuutUTed 
 
 al military 
 nst, in the 
 Barmy. 
 
 miut enter 
 Lhnnt, how- 
 it Woolwiob 
 
 49 
 
 The commander iu chief it) the president of the Boyal Military College. 
 
 An independent inspection will be made annually by a board of visitors, api>ointcd by the 
 s(>(;retary of state for war and re]M>rting to him. The report of this board will be presented 
 ro Parliament. 
 
 The college will be under the control of a military oilicfir, styled "governor and commandant,'* 
 iippointed by and responsible to the secretary of state for war through the commander in chief. 
 
 The governor will be assisted by a staff officer, style<l "assistant commandant and secretary," 
 who will command the cadet battalion and have the custody of the records and <;orres))ondence of 
 t!ie college. 
 
 The organization will be on a military basis. 
 
 The governor will be assisted in the arrangement of t;he studies by a board composed of the 
 iissistant commandant and the professors or senior instructors of the different branches. The 
 head of each branch will have the supervision and inspection of the stndies in his department, 
 aiul will report on them to the governor. 
 
 2. Regulationa for tidmi»»ion. — Admission to the Royal Military College will be granted (a) 
 to snccessflil candidates at a competitive examination; {b) to Queen's cadets, honorary Queen's 
 cadets, Indian cadets, and pages of honor, subject to a qualifying examination. 
 
 The other requirements under the head of "regulations for admission" are the same as those 
 sot forth for Woolwich under the same' head, with the following exceptions and additions: 
 
 The dates of admission will be the 10th of February and the 1st of September in each year. 
 
 The limits of age for admission to the college will be Arom 17 to 19. Competitors who 
 desire to obtain commissions in the West India regiment may be admitted up to the age of 
 L'2 until July, 1894, and up to that of 21 after July, 1894. 
 
 3. Examinatioiu. — The regulations under this hood are the same as those comprised under 
 till' same subject, paragraph 3, of the Woolwich examinations. 
 
 4. SnbjeeU of examinaiiotu. — The subjects of the examination and the maximum number of 
 marks obtainable for each subject will be as follows: 
 
 CLAM I. 
 
 (1) Mathenwiies: (a) Arithmetic, inclnding vnlgsr uid decimal fhwtiona, proportion, »ii<t Himple intereet, 
 :t,000 marks; (6) algebra, np Ut and inclnding the Itinomial theorem, the theory and use of loKarithms, 3,000 markM; 
 (') Enclid, Booka I to IV and VI, 8,000 marks; {i) plane trigonometry, np to and inclnding solution of triangles 
 aud mensuration, 8,000 marks. 
 
 (2) Latin, 2,000 marks. 
 
 (8) French or German (200 for colloquial), 3,000 marks. 
 
 (4) English composition, inclnding spelling and handwriting, 1,000 marks. 
 
 (5) Drawing, geometrical, 1,000 marks. 
 
 Oandidatos who have not previously to the Ist of January, 1894, passed the army preliminary 
 or other examinations which have been accepted as equivalent thereto, will be reiiuired to qualify 
 in arithmetic, and must also obtain such an aggregate of marks in the subjects iu Class I as may 
 satisfy the civil service commission. 
 
 CLASS U. 
 
 (1) Higher mathematics: (In all the following subjects great importance will lie attached to accuracy in 
 numerical results,)— Further questions and problems on the subjects of the obMgatory examination, 2,000 marks, 
 statics: The equiltbrinm of forces acting in one plane and of parallel forces, the center of gravity, the meohanical 
 ;'t>wers and friction (the graphical or geometrical method of treating such problems should be studied as well 
 IS the analytical; no application of the differential calculus to statics will be required), 2,000 marks. Dynamics: 
 I niform, uniformly accelerated, and uniform circular motion, fklling iMidies and prcjectiles in vacuo, collisions and 
 work (analytical methods of solntion, but not the use of the differential calculus will be involved), 2,000 marks. 
 Analytical geometry: Problems on straight line and circle, 2,000 marks. Conie sections: Elementary properties, 
 with easy problems both on the analytical and geometrical methods. 
 10848 M S A 
 
 M 
 
 lil 
 
 --■•mm)t^!mirm>»*i iim a i^mt » * '!>^ r0mmM> rwmtiiiii' 
 
 *SSJ.:Sia3E^ 
 
50 
 
 (2) Owmau or French, as »lt«ruatiug with Hubject H, of CImm I (20U fur cuUu«iiiiul), 2,(IUU iiiHrkH. 
 
 (3) Greek, 2,000 marka. 
 
 (4) English history: There will be set, uuo general paiior, one pafter Iiuiite<l to a flxud i>erio<l, of wliivh iiotirti 
 will be given. 2,000 marks. 
 
 (6) Chemistry: Elements of inorganic chemistry, 2,000 marks. 
 
 (6) Physics: Elementary properties of electricity, magnetism, heat, light, and sound, 2,000 marks. 
 
 (7) Physiography and geology, 2,000 marks. 
 
 In each of the sabjects (6), (6), and (7), the examinations will be partly prautiual. 
 Only two of the subjects in Class II can be taken up. 
 
 C'LAOS HI. 
 
 (1) Oeography, 500 murks. 
 
 (2) Drawing, fteehand, 600 marks. 
 
 Both these subjects may be taken up. 
 
 5. The number of marks allowed to each candidate in the several subjects in which hu Ims 
 been examined will be summed up, and the resulting total will determine the place of the candidati' 
 in the competitive list, the successful candidates beirg those who stand at the head of the list up 
 to the number of cadetships competed for. 
 
 (a) At the examination held June 26, 1805, the number of cadetships to be awarded was 101, 
 of which 83 were for the infantry, 14 tor the cavalry, and 4 for the West India regiment. T1k's<; 
 numbers, however, were subject to reduction according to the number of cadetships awarded under 
 paragraph (c). Intending competitors are always to inform the military secretary before the dat« 
 fixed for the examination whether they elect to be considered candidates for cavalry or infantry. 
 They may return their names (1) for cavalry only; (2) for infantry only; or (3) for cavalry or infantry 
 (infantry preferred); and must, in addition, state whether they would prefer appointment to tlic 
 Indian stafT corps. Oadetships will be given to successful candidates, subject to the above 
 limitation of numbers, in order of merit, in accordance with the election they have made. Candi- 
 dates electing under (3), with the exception of those noted for appointment to foot guards, will nut 
 be brought forward to the successfhl cavalry list while there are candidates electing under (1) to 
 be provided for. Candidates must distinctly understand that the election made by them before 
 the examination will be absolutely final, and that it can not be altered after the result of tlie 
 examination has been declared. 
 
 (b) The West India cadetships were awarded in the same manner as heretofore. The number 
 of competitors is usually small, and as the candidates are generally above the regular age of 
 admission to Sandhurst, they can go in for the West India regiment only. 
 
 (c) Thirty-five cadetships, with a view to commissions in the Indian staff corps, were awarded 
 to candidates who qualified. Competitors must, when notifying their preference for the cavuliy 
 or infantry, as above, state whether they wish in addition to be considered candidates for the 
 Indian staff corps. AH Queen's cadets (British and Indian) and honorary Queen's cadets nomi 
 uated by the secretary of state for India in council have the option of electing whether they will 
 join the military college for appointment to the staff corps or for commissions in British cavalry 
 or infantry. The cadetships remaining after the claims of the Queen's cadets and honorary 
 Queen's cadets (Indian) have been satisfied are allotted in order of merit to successfiil candidates 
 other than candidates for the West India regiment who have elected for the Indian staff corpH. 
 
 {d) The total number of vacancies each half year at Sandhurst is 120, and as there are three 
 classes or " educational divisions," the total establishment is 360. Supernumerary cadets ai e, 
 however, admitted. The number of supernumeraries at the date of the last inspection of the 
 board of visitors, June, 1895, was 5. 
 
 6. QvteeiCi eadets, h<morarif Quenfa caAet», Indian cadets, and pages of honor. — A limited number 
 of the sons of officers, who have earned the privilege by service of a specified nature, are 
 
i>Siiwiv 
 
 ifiii|iiiri-inf'TTr< "•"'-' 
 
 utrkH. 
 
 , of wliicli iiiiiicx 
 
 ttrlcB. 
 ticttl. 
 
 which hu has 
 thecuudidiitu 
 of the li8t up 
 
 ailed was 10], 
 iment. Thcs(; 
 iwarded under 
 tefore the date 
 ry or iofautry. 
 Iry or infantry 
 utment to Mic 
 to the above 
 made. Caudi 
 aards, will nut 
 ig under (1) to 
 y them before 
 I result of the 
 
 51 
 
 appointed Queen'H or honorary Queen's cadets, or Queen's India or honorary Queen's India 
 cadets, and are admitted to Sandhurst on passing a qualifying exauiination only. The number 
 ot admissions of this class is about 18 every half year. 
 
 Pages of honor, youths who have served in the household of the Queen, may also lie atlnutted 
 to Sandhurst, being admitted in the same manner as Queen's cadets. 
 
 Queen's cadets will be granted an educational allowance of £40 a year, tenable between the 
 ages of 13 and 17, and they are exempt ftom the payment of any contribution while at Sandhurst 
 
 With regard to Queen's cadets, the direotorgeneral of military education remarkH as follows: 
 
 The object of giving a money ■llowMce from the age of 13 is to enable the catlet to obtain an education which 
 ]ii8 mother'e meanii would not otherwise enable her to secure for him. Instead of this it liecomes a guaranty for his 
 entering Sandhurst without that education. To give money for edaeation and then to admit on a low qualification 
 set'Uis to me to be illogical. 
 
 Queen's India cadets are also exempt from payment at Sandhurst. 
 
 The total number of cadets at each rate of contribution at Sandhurst at the time of the 
 inspection by the board of visitors in June, 1896, was as follows: 
 
 Who do not pay contribution : 
 
 Queen's cadetH 10 
 
 India cadets 16 
 
 At jCaO per annum '-.-• 3 
 
 At £40 per annum 42 
 
 At £60 per annum 31 
 
 At £70 per annum 3 
 
 At £80 per annum 3 
 
 At £150 per annum 202 
 
 Total 365 
 
 7. Pay and term$ of pajfment.—Tht) pay of cadets and the terms of payment at Sandhurst are 
 the same as are prescribed for Woolwich, with the exception not«l for the privileged cadets. 
 
 8. Timetable, June^ 1895.— The examinations covered the time from the 26th of June to the 
 (itli of July, inclusive, the hours of attendance and the intermission in the middle of the day 
 ))eing practically the same as for the Woolwich examination. 
 
 The niles for the conduct of the examination quoted under paragraph 6, Woolwich, note, 
 apply also to the Sandhurst exunination. 
 
 The number 
 regular age of 
 
 were awarded 
 at the cavalry 
 idates for the 
 8 cadets uomi 
 sther they will 
 tritish cavalry 
 and honorary 
 fill candidates 
 staff corps, 
 liere are thne 
 ry cadets are, 
 lection of the 
 
 imited number 
 id nature, are 
 
 Wms:' 
 
 ■^"•™*i(SI®sS!9iaiS^*l9i^*^IWB?P5^ 
 
52 
 
 !■. 
 
 i 
 
 a 
 § 
 
 s 
 
 a 
 
 e 
 
 t* 
 
 w 
 
 a 
 « 
 
 '8n{ii«jp pa«q-«uj 
 
 *il{dvjSo9{) 
 
 ■^8o[o 
 -•> pa« iCqd«j8o|aiqj 
 
 ■aaiiiqj 
 
 'Xi^afmaqo 
 
 •Aio^^n qaiiSaa 
 
 e* 
 
 04 
 
 •JiawO 
 
 'qaasjj 
 
 'avauoQ 
 
 ■lai^vmoq^mn J9q)H|H 
 
 04 
 
 I 
 
 e 
 
 J 
 
 •I «w«IO 'l«»ox 
 
 '8a}ii«ip i«0!J}enio«{) 
 
 Sn}ii«da Safpniani 
 'ao{t{aodaioa qaiisdg 
 
 *a«au9f) 
 
 'qoaaij 
 
 •aB«l 
 
 'ao)9«ii»q!|«]( 
 
 I 
 
 ■ao{!(«a{nraxo a; jaqmntj 
 
 S.i 
 
 §• g 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 rf -r 
 
 3/ i 
 
 '<« do 
 
 S* 3 
 
 
 
 B 
 
 • 4 
 
 ■S « 5 
 
 
 *^u9in JO aapjo a{ jsqumn 
 
 !g. 9!; 
 
 5 
 
 M 
 H 
 
 M 
 
 I 
 
 g 
 
 S 3 
 
 CO 
 
 «0 
 OS 
 
 i 
 
 § 
 
 ■* 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 (0 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 s 
 
 0) 
 
 
 § 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 3 
 
 9f 
 
 § 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 n 
 d 
 
 i 5 
 
 g' 
 
 -. 8 
 
 09 J 
 
 s ! 
 
 5 I 
 
 4> 
 
 » % 
 
 I 
 
 H i 
 
 i 
 
 1^ 
 
 5 
 
 i 
 
 si I 
 
 1> u IS 
 
 |8| 
 111 
 
 ^§1 
 III 
 
 lit 
 ill 
 
 lis 
 
 ill 
 
 ;g - ~ 
 
 o 
 
 p< 
 
 111 
 
 li 
 ! » b 
 
 g » S 
 
 <M C -A 
 
 •3 .S * 
 • " s o 
 
 im 
 
 S.S o « 
 
 s S.21 
 
 § Ssl 
 
 lill 
 
 a .a 9 
 
 
 nai 
 
68 
 
 9. Sjtnoptit of ike cour»e of imtruetion, «<<!.— The lenjcth of the course of In»tni«tion will be 
 eighteen months, aivide<l into three terms or classes of six months each. The classci* arc known 
 its seniors, intermediates, and Janiora. 
 
 The college terms will be — 
 
 First term: From the Weilnesday of the week in which the 27th of January falls to the 27tli 
 ol June, with a vacation of eleven days at Easter. 
 
 Second term: From the Wednesday of the week in which the Iflth of August falls to the 21 «t 
 
 of December. 
 
 The intermediate periods will constitute the vacations. 
 
 10. The following subjects will form the ordinary course of obligatory studies: 
 
 Courne of iimtrnotion. 
 
 Marks. 
 
 Senior 
 division. 
 
 MiliUi^ )*!> linistration. 
 
 Military law 
 
 Tactics and mnskstry 
 
 Military history and geography. 
 
 Fortlflcation 
 
 Military topography 
 
 Drill 
 
 Riding 
 
 Gymnastics , 
 
 300 
 
 300 
 ■000 
 
 150 
 *900 
 '800 
 
 200 
 
 aoo 
 
 200 
 
 *°*f'; I Junior 
 mediate - ,i|_.«,«„n 
 division. ' '"^'•'"»- 
 
 Aggregate 3,660 
 
 300 
 300 
 300 
 ISO 
 300 
 300 
 nil. 
 nil. 
 nil. 
 
 1,660 
 
 300 
 300 
 300 
 nil. 
 300 
 300 
 nil. 
 nil. 
 nil. 
 
 1,500 
 
 ■ Inolading 150 for tactical schemes and 150 for musketry. 
 * Inolading 300 for plates, sketches, etc. 
 s Including 200 for plates, sketches, etc. 
 
 Fifty marks will be given toward the aggregate of each of the underoftlcers as a reward for 
 tbeir services if recommended by the governor. The text books used are the following: 
 Fortifications, including artillery: Phillips's Fortification; Manual of Military Engineering. 
 Military topography : Richards. 
 
 Military law: Queen's Regulations; Manual of Military Law; Morrison's Text-hook. 
 Tactics and musketry : Clery's Tactical Text-book; Musketry Instrnction. 1896. 
 Military administration: Queen's Regulations; Mannal of MUitary Law ; Pay Warrant; Morrisons Text-book 
 
 (Notes on Military Law, Organization, and Interior Economy). 
 Drill: Infantry Drill, 1893; Cavalry DriU, 1896; Rifle Exercises, Lw-Metford, 1882; Musketry Instruction, 
 
 Lce-Metford, 1896; gword Exercises. 
 Oymnastics: As laid down in the regulations. 
 Riding: As laid down in the cavalry drill. 
 
 There are some voluntary subjects of instruction mostly practical, such as ambulance and 
 stretcher drill, first aid, etc.; range finding; signaling. 
 
 11. Emminatiom.— There will be examinations at the end of eacli term, conducted by 
 independent examiners. Some questions will be set on the work uone in previous terms. Failure 
 to pass involves a warning that a subsequent failure will result in removal from the college. No 
 ciulet will be permitted to reside for more than three terms at the college except in case of 
 pi otracted illness. 
 
 Cadets of the senior division who have completed their course satisfactorily, if reported to he 
 duly qualified in all respects, will be eligible as vacancies occur and will be gazetted to regiments 
 as second lieutenants, as far as possible in their order of merit. 
 
 ■'mHtm^mi0' 
 
54 
 
 Oandidates for commissionH will be permitted to expresH a general preference for Iioinc, 
 coloniefl, or India, but muHt understand tliat in the intereMts of the service they will be requiitil 
 to fill any vacancies, wherever available, irrespectively of such preference. 
 
 In catMs where a Hpecial claim on any particular rcKlment may exist, any fully qnnlifinl 
 candidate may make application accordingly to the mlUtaiy secretary, and, should the same Ih> 
 approved, he will be i)ermitted to wait for a vacancy la ntk regiment, for a p<triod not exceeding; 
 twelve months, being liable, in consequence of such waiting, to a loss of seniority in the anny. 
 
 The qualifying minimum at the several examinations is one-half of the aggregate markH and 
 one-tliird of the examiner's marks in each subject, except in riding and gymnastics, in which a 
 counting minimum of one-third will be required. 
 
 Cadets who obtain 0.75 of. the marks at the final examination will be recorded as having 
 passed with honors. 
 
 A cadet will l>e removed from the Royal Military College on the following grounds: 
 
 (a) If he fails to pass at two consecutive examinations. 
 
 {b) If he fails to acquire a sufficient proficiency in military exercises, viz, drill, gymnastics, 
 and riding. 
 
 No exception to the above rule will be allowed on account of absence from any cause 
 excepting illness; cases of protracted absence on account of illness will be specially referred foi 
 decision to the secretary of state for war through the commander in chief. 
 
 A cadet who fails to pass the examination at the end of his third term of residence will not Ite 
 permitted to return to the Royal Military College, but will be allowed to be examined at the next 
 ensuing examination if specially recommended by the governor. A failure at this examination 
 will disqualify a cadet for a commission in the army, and his name will be at once removed from 
 the books. 
 
 Prizes will be given at the final examination for proficiency in each subject. 
 
 A sword will be given at each final examination as a special reward to the most deserving 
 cadet of his term. 
 
 12. The following time-table, in force in the spring of 1895, will give an idea of the employ- 
 ment of time in summer and winter. The time-table is subject to frequent changes, though 
 generally the variations are slight: 
 
 Tablk B. — Summer time-tahle. 
 
 Studies, exercises, etc. 
 
 Rouse 
 
 Drill, ridiug, and physical train- 
 ing. 
 Commandant's parade 
 
 First study, physical training. 
 
 Breakfast 
 
 Hospital attendance 
 
 Drill and riding 
 
 Di vine-serrioe parade 
 
 Extra drill,riding,or gymnastics . 
 
 Second study. 
 
 Sunday. 
 
 8a.m. 
 
 9 a. m . . . 
 9.30 a.m. 
 
 10.30 a.m. 
 
 Monday. 
 
 5.45 a.m 
 
 6.10to7.10a.m. 
 
 7.a0to8.a0a.i 
 
 8.20 a.m 
 
 8.30 a. m 
 
 9 to 10 a.m.. 
 
 10.15 a. m. to 
 2.15 p. m. 
 
 Tuesday, 
 
 Thursday, and 
 
 Friday. 
 
 5.45 a.m 
 
 6.15 to 7.15 a.m. 
 
 7.20to8.a0a.m. 
 
 8.20 a. m 
 
 8.30 a. m 
 
 9tol0a.m 
 
 10.15 a. m. to 
 2.15 p.m. 
 
 Wednesday. 
 
 5.45 a.m 
 
 6.15 to 7.15 
 a.m. 
 
 7.20 to 8.20 
 a.m. 
 
 8.20 a.m 
 
 8.30 a. m 
 
 2 to 3 p.m... 
 
 9 a. m. to 1 
 p.m. 
 
 Saturday. 
 
 6.45 a. m. 
 
 6.15 to 7.15 
 
 a.m. 
 7.20 to 8.20 
 
 a. m. 
 8.20 a. m. 
 8.30 a. m. 
 9 to 10.30 
 
 a.m. 
 
 11.30a.m. to 
 12.30 p.m. 
 
M 
 
 ice for lioiin', 
 II be requind 
 
 Ully qnnlifird 
 the Haino U- 
 
 notexcee4liii<> 
 the nnny. 
 
 te markH and 
 
 D», ill which a 
 
 ed as having; 
 
 ids: 
 
 I, gymnaHties, 
 
 m any cause 
 y referre«l f(»i 
 
 ice will not be 
 id at the next 
 I examination 
 removed tmi\ 
 
 ost deserving 
 
 f the employ- 
 mges, though 
 
 Tablr n.—S»mmer f<m<!-(«k(*— ContlniiMl. 
 
 Saturday. 
 
 >.45 a. m. 
 
 1.1B to 7.15 
 
 a.m. 
 .20 to 8.20 
 
 a.m. 
 .20 a. m. 
 .30 a. m. 
 
 to 10.30 
 
 a.m. 
 
 1.30a.m.to 
 12.30 p.m. 
 
 HtiidioH, flxerciHOM, eto. 
 
 Sunday. 
 
 1 p. m. 
 
 LiiiiohiMin 
 
 KidiiiK uiid gyuinaatirs 
 
 Riding 
 
 KeHtrictioii nnd ntoppage of ' 5 p. m 
 leave, roll rull. 
 
 8word drill ..j 
 
 Men 
 
 First ])aat 
 
 Lantpont 
 
 Lights out 
 
 Monday. 
 
 Tueaday, 
 
 Thnrtilay, and 
 
 Friday. 
 
 3.1Bp. n 3.1Bp. ni 
 
 .S.ir>to4.ir>p.iii. 3.15tol.l5p.iii. 
 
 4.iriton.l5p.nic 
 
 8 p. ni . . . 
 ».15p.m. 
 9.4Rp.m. 
 11 p. m.. 
 
 e.into7.15p.ni 
 
 7.45 p. m 
 
 9.15p.m 
 
 9.46 p. ni 
 
 10 p. m 
 
 4.l6tor>.lftp.m. 
 
 6.1Ato7.1Bp.m. 
 
 7.45 p.m 
 
 9.l5p.ni 
 
 9.46p.ni 
 
 10 p. m 
 
 WiMlneadny. 
 
 1 p. m, 
 
 Hntiirday, 
 
 I p. tn. 
 
 5 p.m. 
 
 7.46p. m 8 p.m. 
 
 9.15p. m 9.15 p.m. 
 
 9.4ftp. m 9.45 p.m. 
 
 10 p. m I 10 p.m. 
 
 Winter time-table. 
 
 Studios, exerciaes, «to. 
 
 Rouse 
 
 First study, riding or physical train- 
 ing. 
 
 Breakfast 
 
 Hospital attendance 
 
 Parade, riding, and gymnastics 
 
 Commandant's para«le 
 
 Second study 
 
 8und»y. 
 
 8n. m 
 
 9 a. m 
 
 9.30 a. m .. 
 
 10.30 a. m 
 
 Divine-service parade 
 
 Kxtra drill, riding, and gymnastioa 
 
 Extra study 
 
 Luncheon ! Ip. m 
 
 Parade, riding, and sword drill.. . 
 
 GymnaHtics 
 
 Restriction drill or roll call 
 
 Stoppage of leave roll call . . . . 
 Private study : 
 
 First and second divisions. 
 
 Third division 
 
 Gymnastics 
 
 Mess 
 
 First post 
 
 Last post 
 
 Lights out 
 
 5 and 9.30 
 p.m. 
 
 5p.m. 
 
 8 p.m 
 
 10.15 p.m 
 10.46 p. m , 
 11 p. m 
 
 Monday, Tnes«lay, 
 Friday. 
 
 may, i 
 rsday. 
 
 Thu 
 
 6.30 a.m... 
 7 to 8 a.m. 
 
 Wednesilay. 
 
 8 a.m 
 
 8.30 a.m 
 
 9 to 10 A.m... 
 
 10.15 a. m to 1.45 
 p.m. 
 
 1.45 p. m 
 
 4.15 to 5.15 p.m. 
 5.15 to 6.15 p.m. 
 
 6 to 7.15 p.m... 
 6.30 to 7.15 p.m. 
 6.16 to 7.15 p.m. 
 
 7.45 p.m 
 
 9.45 p.m 
 
 10.15 p. m 
 
 10.80 p. m 
 
 6.30 a.m... 
 7 to 8 a. m . 
 
 8 a. m 
 
 8.30 a.m.... 
 
 9 to 10 a.m. 
 
 10.15u.m.tol.45 
 p.m. 
 
 2.30 to 3.30 p.m. 
 1.45 p.m 
 
 Drill, 3 to 4 p.m. 
 
 7.45 p. m . 
 9.45 p. m . 
 10.15 p. m 
 10.30 p. m 
 
 Saturday. 
 
 6.30 a. m. 
 
 7 to 8 a. ni. 
 
 8 a.m. 
 8.30 a. m. 
 
 9 to 10.30 a. ni. 
 
 12 m. to I p. m. 
 12 m. to 1 p. m. 
 1 p. m. 
 
 Drill,12m.and3 
 to4 p.m.; roll 
 call, 5 p. m, 
 
 5 p.m. 
 
 9.30 p. m. 
 10.15 p.m. 
 10.45 p. m. 
 11 p.m. 
 
 13. Military organization. — The military organization of the college has already been briefly 
 indicated.' Each of the cadet companies into which the corps of cadets is divided for the purposes 
 of parade, messing, and quarters is under the command of an officer of the army, detailed from 
 the instructional staff of the institution. The noncommissioned officers are detailed from the 
 
 'See note to Table C. 
 
 ,i»<aii8»»s»«v««sw*w*wewj<wi««*!»ff^ 
 
 ;-.5^|»«!ffl*B!lS*«»*if V ?--■* « -itj,-. 
 
I 
 
 66 
 
 vndetM. For (mm'Ii nulct company tlieri^ arv ap|Hiiiite<l oii« iiiiderofllrer, two Nenior vorporaN. 
 and foar cor|MiralM. I'nderoflirorH and vorporaU take H<>niority among tlienim'lvt'M by datu ni 
 apiiointnient or an fixed in college orders. Tbey are not liable to minor puniHiinientH otlni 
 than ''reprimand," bnt may lie duprive<l of their appointment**, or be reduceil to a lower gi'adc 
 in addition to other pnniHliment by the governor. 
 
 The aftaiHtant commandant, who cxirreHpimdfi very nearly to the commandant of cadetK at 
 WeHt Point, liaM command of the cadet battalion, and liaM charge, nnder the Kovernor, of the 
 diHcipline of the ca<letH. il'in dnty u to direct personally the instrnction of the cadetM in all drills 
 and military exerciMeM. He prcpareM and iHHaeH all neceHKary daily orderH, an<l id reNiM>nHib]e for 
 the duty roHters. 
 
 14. The headwork or intelle<;tnal work at SandhurHt takes up only alMiut four hourn each day, 
 but the time of the cadets is taken up in some way or another from 7 in the morning until about 
 r> in the afternoon for four days of the week, and from 7 a. m. to 1 p. m. on two dayH of the week. 
 The afternoons on which there are no military exercises or studies are Saturday aiul Wednes<Ia.v, 
 and cadets who are not under restriction are generally given leave fnmi Saturday notui to Monday 
 morning. 
 
 Although the course is nominally eighteen monthn, the breaks due to the Saturday and 
 Sunday holidays, the summer and other vacations, reduce the actual academic work in the year 
 from twelve nionthK to less than eight. 
 
 Compared with the lloyal Military Aca<lemy, the Sandhurst vacations were formerly consid 
 erably longer. The board of visitors of 1804 called attention to the fact that the vatratiotiH at 
 Woolwich iind Sandhurst were of different lengths and nt different seasons of the year. They 
 recommendcd that the vat^ations at the two institutions should be at the same peri(Nls, and tliat 
 they Mhould coincide, if possible, with those of other educational institutions. Acc«)rdingly, in 
 lS9a, the vacations at Sandhurst were reduced to the same length as those at Woolwich, and th«- 
 board for 1HU5 rei)orted that the vacations for 1890 will be as nearly as possible coincident. 
 
 The working of the classes at Sandhurst is seriously affected by having two kinds of c;tdets 
 at the institution, i. e., the competitive cadets and the Queen's cadets. The Queen's cadets find 
 themselves side by side with youths who are more a<lvanced than themselves, so that there is u 
 tendency to delay the instruction of the abler cadets, or to hurry over it with the privileged 
 eailets. As might be expected, the pro|)ortion of the Queen's cadets who fail to pass their exami- 
 nations is greater than that of the competitive cadets. The professor of fortification at Sandhurst 
 reiiorted on the 2Sth of November, 1803, ''that out of the 12 cadets who failed to qualify at th<> 
 first term examination for removal from the third division to the second division, 7 were Queen's 
 or honorary Queen's cadets, i. e., 58 per cent." Yet the Queen's cadets only form about 15 per 
 cent of the total strength of the division. 
 
 The director-general of military education in his report for 1893 gives the following figures: 
 
 From June, 1889, to December, 1891, the whole number of cadets who passed the final exami 
 nations was 1,012, of whom 891 entered by competitive examination and 121 by qualifying' 
 examination. The number who failed at the final examinations during the same period was 22, of 
 whom 13 entered by competitive examination and by qualifying examination. 
 
 OENEBAL REMARKS ON THE TWO INSTITUTIONS. 
 
 The characteristic features of the Woolwich and Sandhurst schools are the brief period ol 
 instruction and the somewhat exacting competitive standards for admission; the two occupying 
 to a considerable extent the relation of cauise and effect, and some diversity of judgment is 
 expressed as to their expediency. On the one band it is asserted that too prolonged a course 
 would tend to discourage young men of the class from which the supply of officers in England is 
 naturally drawn from undertaking an arduous training following the years spent under tuition at 
 
I 
 
 tr uorportils, 
 i l>y (Into III 
 iiientH otli«-i 
 lower giMW. 
 
 of ciidetN lit 
 eriior, of tlh- 
 * ill all UrillN 
 '4jM>nHib]e t'oi 
 
 irs eiich day, 
 until about 
 of tlio week. 
 Wednewlay, 
 ti to Monday 
 
 iturday and 
 ill the year 
 
 lerly consid 
 ^ai'atioiiM :it 
 year, Thoy 
 l8, and tliat 
 ordin{f)y, in 
 icli, and thf 
 ident. 
 
 Is of citdets 
 I catlets find 
 it there is ti 
 B privileged 
 their exaini- 
 t Sandhurst 
 lalify at the 
 ■ere Queen's 
 ibout 15 per 
 
 ing figures: 
 final exanii- 
 ' qualifying 
 >d was 22, of 
 
 Bf period of 
 } occupyiiifj 
 udgment is 
 ed a course 
 England is 
 Br tuitiou at 
 
TABII C . 
 
 
 
 
 
 Fmbmaiimb of 9nmai Mid 
 
 KxnoMi 
 
 for «Im 
 
 fcf 
 
 ^^ DriU,lUtHMlPlk>i^tfI 
 1^ k-uaiMi^m. 
 
 OrtlLRii^i^l aiul 
 
 9.«r4wi u i.iirM. 
 
 SnAS 
 
 $U U •.!• 
 
 ■r4Mk 
 
 DaUJaf Waft 
 
 r. 
 
 
 1 
 
 A,a. c»a9-»rai 
 
 C. Bi«»aP~J)ria 
 
 
 CUif UatvuaUra ■ 
 
 Milil 
 
 
 & 
 
 
 A mAB-MIum. 
 
 C.P, c»ur-B^ 
 
 
 TaNf 
 
 
 
 C ««4 P-C;)MRMtl'»«- 
 
 A «UB-(i:(MMMiw. 
 
 
 CtamilMAV/, 
 
 
 II 
 
 Mt«i^. 
 
 
 
 
 
 flit Bt^lM 
 
 CUaiaaJi *iU V , 
 
 II HAM 
 
 U 
 lilP.M. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 f ><iari 
 
 ClaaNtlli «iUlV, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Cuk fieri 
 
 
 
 
 9 
 
 Orill 
 
 OtiU 
 
 TMtitt, B«. 
 
 LaataN an l^^iUiy to«, in M*. i 
 
 r*ir K 
 
 
 
 
 
 Laatuit NaU, ««r, 4»A CUm 
 
 Ac 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 IwintctwR. 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 CD, C an! P— Prill. 
 
 A.a.c«»Ar-2)>iU. 
 
 TMliM, Jm. 
 
 UotHia aM A4MNi«<ralMM mNa. t 
 
 P«irr 
 
 
 
 A ftiaB-R>Aiig. 
 
 C*nAO— XiaiN|. 
 
 
 iMlMit H«U, «U, aU Ckw 
 
 fnftiiiiftn 
 
 a« 
 
 
 % 
 
 c,o.B*ar-^«u 
 
 A.B.BMUr.DnU 
 
 MiliMM 
 raftMMlttib 
 
 Ga« iMltiottaN 
 
 Milit 
 
 IViMiatf- 
 
 1 
 
 Ornt. 
 
 OfW. 
 
 Uatwe i<t N« ) Laatara M«U, 
 
 r p 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 IMU IO.M*.m. 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Clau iMCrualwN, 10.10 A.M. U 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 \%MWH0k. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Ua« •! Omm CaliaM Mar N«N 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 IMaukt, Itlal.l5f w. 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 CO.t •MP-Aritl 
 
 A.ACwiAB-DriU. 
 
 F«rtHi«ftkMM 
 
 CUitMllaH4V. A 
 
 \IIMw«MH^- f.«fta 
 CluMiUlMiAiV. I|.ttill«. 
 
 Viaiit«Ma«frM4a. 
 CUHatlAwAVl 
 
 VUltypacartaaJa. , IIMtO 
 
 
 wiHMm. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CUMfiiiMaiV 1.19 P. M> 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 CO.CwifiPoJ)^. 
 
 A.B.C«n4»-l)«»l 
 
 tutKt. 
 
 Water «HMy. J 
 Lackin M MAlaN Uh m|t« 1 
 
 LoclM* ftetl. f H Ai^ CiMI 
 
 iMtraatta* 
 
 
 
 
 A ii*B~ayiiMMiiM- 
 
 fi «Map-aiymM«M 
 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 IMU. 
 
 j>rai. 
 
 Miiiteiy 
 
 
 
 •■•. 
 
 
 Ontt.iUaM|«niPhyMM] 
 
 IVMINIf 
 
 iAfftollfAJt. 
 
 
 lUttaAir. 
 
 •i«9 «.« t* 1.19 VJK 
 
 1.19 1< 
 
 »«-» 
 
 o«wi«nir«k. 
 
 
 1 
 
 t 
 
 ▲ mmaiiAV^lMi. 
 
 ▲.l.B.aiiAf.-na- 
 
 C.9.B.MIAV-MD. 
 
 A-wAB—BUHL 
 eO.B.«i4V.-lAl. 
 
 'Sz- 
 
 Caaat Inalnietim 
 
 Chaa iMbMUoB Mil Oh^Amt 
 
 
 
 
 eitp.-<iji»iiiMii 
 
 A. idB.-qywMtiM 
 
 
 C1mw» I> mA YI., 4>l«f TimOw 
 
 IIM 
 
 n»*y, 
 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 Oum II. Mi T^ Co* liAi, 
 
 lllBAJt. tP 1.19 FM. 
 
 MNtft 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CI«M» in- UA IV., Sta#a Loi^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 11.40 AJK. ta 1.19 ».ic 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 ** 
 
 IMI. 
 
 IWttif^lcc 
 
 Laatw* m tvMtfk. te M» & 
 Ltcnw BaD, O^l a.h- ai^ 
 C9aaaJbitfnic3Bi». ^ 
 
 Wr»a 
 
 
 
 A. B.C.««<. 0.-9(0. 
 
 A.AB.mJLV.-IhilL 
 
 Tactic*, lib 
 
 LoetuM a» ImMu, m N*. a 
 
 •MbMb 
 
 «w-r. 
 
 1 
 
 a 
 
 jLB.C.MiAD.-lMiL 
 
 a«iii]>.-BiiiV- 
 ▲.B.E.M«r>IkilL 
 
 lliilaqr 
 
 lactam HaO, •■48 ajc, mA 
 ClMlMtnwtUt 
 
 •fiU 
 
 
 « 
 
 & AM y>"-^WIIM0(HV> 
 
 C.—AB.'-fly'"— tin. 
 
 SSttCfi! 
 
 Laetor* i» Ba 1 Laatara Htfl, 
 9>I9 AM. t> 1040 AA, Chtf 
 Iitftnictioa. 
 
 
 JKqr. 
 
 P 
 
 •.aotTraoAji. 
 
 8.IOtat.M4Jtf. 
 
 IMD. 
 
 10.0 AM. to 11.0 AJK. 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 A.B.B.MMir-lMI 
 
 ^etart OB NM^ Ti«« 
 
 ■ 
 
 s-^. 
 
 % 
 
 CuiD. SMlM. 
 
 ▲.■.■.MAfTiRin. 
 
 CmAB. Bjiiiwrtii 
 
 |N«kj^teJfcvBMMkr 
 
 
 
 
 % 
 
 IMD. 
 
 tfo. 1 iMtar* Haa 
 
 < 
 
 
TABU C. 
 
 Md 
 
 iKWfiiii 
 
 for Um Wtak oiidbiC 2Mi Jom IIM. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 PM. 
 
 tlCUJ-M- 
 
 l(iiiiM| mJ fiy mm* 1; iu . 
 
 SwcriOaU 
 
 
 1^ 
 
 t>^. 
 
 \l Wart 
 
 tJtri»4»S 
 
 ^^ruJAf 
 
 64r 7 If 
 
 f. 
 
 •V, 
 4tyt| 
 
 9.4»r, 
 
 • ll.lf AM. 
 
 II ISAM 
 
 U 
 III r.M. 
 
 «, in H*. t 
 4«ACUit 
 
 III. 
 
 Ac 
 
 D. B «iULF^C^MMlM< 
 
 >. ■ »«AC--Gj|illlMltM<. 
 
 A AiUi r4N4r 
 
 Militafi 
 
 U*AU in 
 
 inittwt. 
 
 1 
 
 MmUg. 
 
 MiNtMlMnmN*.! 
 9U,«U C|»M 
 
 N 
 
 ) LMl«r« I4«U, 
 m, 10.10 > H U 
 
 ZaUm MM N«« 
 
 • i.i3rM. 
 
 TaU Note* 
 lie 
 
 MiiitarH 
 
 r p p(«*i 
 11. 
 
 A.M. «nA C-CyMMiUu 
 
 A«NAB-Xidiii| 
 0. C MMtr—QymMiAiu. 
 
 Cm«ID AtnAI 
 
 rUvoiM. 
 
 i 
 
 & 
 1 
 
 TiMdbdi. 
 
 V. ^ 
 
 t ^ 
 
 IV 
 n. 
 
 , IIMM 
 
 I.IS r.M. 
 Ml »ii« 1 
 
 , Mi CtMf 
 
 
 
 iSyjK 
 
 XI9t«t.l< 
 
 XidUf aai GywiM^itiM. 
 
 SwwAftrfH. 
 
 
 • * 
 
 u 
 
 iwr. 
 
 •#W«Fk. 
 
 I4«ti44i. 
 
 4k4t te •.«. 
 
 ftfti 
 AJO. 
 
 7. If. 
 
 n 
 
 Ite till OHk^^MT 
 
 n., 4rlH TlwAv 
 
 *.M. 
 
 1 T., Ca* IhMi. 
 I.IS rM. 
 
 1.19 *.m; 
 
 BMtleL te M» » 
 n, MS A.H, mA 
 
 lII.t»W 
 
 <Mt»»jBl« 
 
 a...Ai-i«ti^. 
 
 C MiO -Rdini 
 
 jLmtU 
 
 clMio. 
 
 iS 
 
 1 
 
 A 
 S 
 
 TkuMa^. 
 
 EmMu, m N» a 
 D|«.48 ^JC, mA 
 
 0. 1 Lm«d« lUI, 
 » 1040 JLM., ChH 
 
 
 
 s.r. wii^. 
 
 B.B.r OynMiin 
 
 CmAD 
 
 itudr. 
 
 
 1 
 
 a 
 • 
 
 **r, 
 
 .OA.IS. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 E <¥> r, are the deBij- 
 
Hifitg. 
 
 I 
 % 
 
 A,B.C MAO-Sritt. 
 
 Onll 
 
 C. ft. eAnaF-PrA 
 
 CO, CAtar-itniL 
 
 A Mil— GiiNMNitf. 
 
 OrtU. 
 
 PoTtilicftlim 
 
 TMiia,fte 
 
 CUSt lASttH£ti»li ■ 
 
 Ct4WU I mU Vf , 
 
 f tte ttldM*- 
 CUssMJiAiUV, 
 
 Cknvlli awliV, 
 
 Calk f tOTS. 
 I.MUM an MiliUiy Lfw, in N*. 1 
 
 Lutun H«U, 9-4I-, 4«a, CUtf 
 
 twtrucban. 
 
 II ISAM 
 
 U 
 |.I(P.M. 
 
 IkoAay- 
 
 1 
 « 
 
 CO, CaiUP— Orin 
 A aiidB—R'iiiiig. 
 
 A *«A B — CyiNMaMiet. 
 Orni. 
 
 A.B.C««aP— Drill. 
 C andD— KidiRl. 
 
 A.ji,s*iar~orai. 
 
 TofltlM, Itc. 
 MiliUiy 
 
 P*fti»Mlt«R 
 
 Laeturt tii AdiMiMCratMn i»N«. t 
 UOwt H«ll, f.«5, c»4 Ckti 
 iMtltutMll. 
 
 Ckai InilrMUMN 
 
 Uctwe tn No 1 L«ctar« M«U, 
 
 945 U IO.MA.W. 
 CImi iMtruatMn, lO.IO XH- U 
 
 l».« MM. 
 Ut« at Oun CtttaR «•» 
 
 X«d*iikt,lltol.i5r.M. 
 
 C.O.S Mid P -Drill 
 A Mtd B->-JluUtg- 
 
 A.ACmAD-DriU. 
 S Mid P —llidnif 
 
 PortUUttktMi 
 
 C.D.e«iAP-J)i>a. 
 DriU. 
 
 A.B.C«nAO-Onll 
 C omA P >-aym«ail«s 
 
 AriU. 
 
 PhyMa 
 
 CUsmiIImUIV. <) 
 
 Ul Mtd IV. 
 
 Tutici. 
 
 MilitAiy 
 
 Visit t|Mt«fTM4t. 
 
 CUM«r*«AVt 1 
 
 VUittyp«*ftMJ&l II.MM 
 CUMHiiJ omAIV f I.I9P.M- 
 
 WaUrCufrN. J 
 LMtMiB MMAlaii Um mj<« 1 
 
 Utcfau* Itell, »««, Ml Clfti* 
 
 ImtntDtnw ■ . 
 CUMlm ttn ui to t n . 
 
 DiM, 
 
 •StjI 
 
 iJlOtollfAA. 
 
 IMB, 
 
 It" 
 
 9l49 A.K.t* 1.19 VJC 
 
 IVWiafWorii. 
 
 ▲.B.B-WIAF. 
 
 CmAn 
 
 C.J).l.wAP-MIL 
 A.MAB.— liiki. 
 
 C D.S.«i4V.-0iffl. 
 JL. — dB.— O ymnnhM 
 
 OMfl. 
 
 TMfkf^fee. 
 
 ClMt iMbrUCtiHi 
 
 Cbw 
 
 ffoAc . 
 
 ClMK* !■ mA VI., 4-laf TtMdw 
 
 lI.4CtiaI.lS*.M. 
 Oum II. Mil T, Ca* "Bahtt 
 
 IVUAJt.tO 1.15 VM. 
 
 C21iMM» la. ud IV., Sii^ IioA^ 
 
 11.40 AM. te LIS rx. 
 LMtum m IterttciL is !!» » 
 
 LccOM HaO, MS am^ mA 
 
 CluilMiraclim. 
 
 weiy. 
 
 iLB.CM«.S.-»DrflI. 
 
 a 
 
 A.B.C.MAD.-1ML 
 S.«iiAf. 
 
 A.B.B.uAV-DfeiiIL 
 
 TacUo,^ 
 
 IfiilMy 
 
 iMliii* M. lM«iu« m Ns. a 
 Lwstar* HdL9.«9 ajc, mA 
 
 Clun livlraBtian - 
 
 Laeture in So. 1 LmAwo HMI, 
 9.45 A.K. to lOJO iMC, CkH 
 Inflraction. 
 
 J>qr* 
 
 StfMnd^, 
 
 Drfn, 
 
 •MAlliyipkMl 
 
 •.aotorwAjfi. 
 
 &ao«o9.«o 
 
 C.anAD. SMm. 
 ▲.B.S.MA7. iRiD. 
 CmAD. 
 
 StiO. 
 
 iiiVo.tLMlMkb]l. 
 
 «•«}», taJfcv loaoM.- 
 «miBmm. 
 LMtero Voro&caltev. i& 
 ir* 1 iMlvr* Hall. 
 
 DriD. 
 10.0 A K. to 11.0 
 
 Cammandon^ P«m^ 
 
 Mote.- The letter* A, I 
 nations of the »ix coapo 
 divided, each coi»p«;y.o« 
 the«e companies eontfani 
 from each of the eivcati 
 the college. 
 
UatHteitMn- 
 
 AttUtw^ 
 
 C4iiao-RidiiM 
 
 
 A AiUB e«Mir 
 
 illilitaii 
 
 1 
 
 
 InitniotMii, 9i«3 (o 1 1 .1 ff AM. 
 
 
 
 c a«a.r HUmg. 
 
 _ _ 
 
 ir^Tf, 
 
 a» 
 
 
 tllMUVI, \ 
 
 II ISAM 
 
 III. 
 
 
 
 
 t«^«a«- 
 
 
 MoNloy. 
 
 Mar*. 
 
 U 
 
 1 It P.M. 
 
 
 
 
 
 a»tlit4itli 
 
 
 
 It m And IV , 
 
 
 
 
 
 inltant. 
 
 
 
 Ik gim$. J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 M m MikUiy l.#w, m N». t 
 
 r«ir Notu 
 
 
 A. B a.ftlC— CjfmiMfliu. 
 
 ^ — • 
 
 Rtvitim. 
 
 9 
 
 
 tfuic H«U, 9.HS, *«A CUtf 
 
 kc 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 tructwn. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 u« (li AdmiHMtratMn mN*. 1 
 
 Fair Note* 
 
 Coiidr— xi4iR|' 
 
 
 CaiiaO AanAB 
 
 RavUioa. 
 
 I 
 
 
 •Ctoit Hftll, fftS, «U C|»a 
 
 ftc 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 itmatMn. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 IiuU««UMn 
 
 Military 
 IbfofMlty 
 
 
 A andA— Xidiag 
 
 — — 
 
 *3 
 
 X 
 
 TuMdb^. 
 
 IMC tn No ) l.«et«rc H«U, 
 
 r P. Pt«lt 
 
 A, JB. *nl C-CymHAOiU. 
 
 0. C aJiAr — flyiMaihu. 
 
 — •» 
 
 t 
 
 
 15 u io.«o ».m. 
 
 II. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 iMCroAtiMt, io.«e xm u 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 M MM- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 af Qun CattoK mm Hvh 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 id»ukt, llU|.l3f.M. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 mjIIahAV. 1 
 
 
 
 
 ••UlMl/lV, 
 
 ».«Sto 
 
 
 
 sy!:::vr*'> 
 
 
 
 
 iittyp«r*f«Mia. 
 
 , ll«OM 
 
 
 
 McliJ ohAIV 
 
 I.19P.M- 
 
 
 
 kUs« HaU. fys, Ml Clui 
 
 
 
 
 
 ItniBlMN.. 
 
 
 
 ilMtnicbm. 
 
 
 
 litstiuir 
 
 I A-Kt* 1.19 »JC 
 
 uastuiy. 
 aLi9t«».i« 
 
 AM. 
 
 Kidwif ani GyMnastiai. 
 
 S«m4 OrAl. 
 
 tjO«i0.4K 
 
 •1 . 
 
 « (* 
 c3 
 
 iv. 
 
 IMiHafWflA. 
 
 a4fte44«. 
 
 44fe»S.«l. 
 
 5.4V «i 
 •JO. 
 
 •JO«o 
 
 7. If. 
 
 • IMnietim 
 
 M IiMboelMB tai tMrioat 
 
 
 ■.aaAl.'SaU^. 
 
 C MdX) -lUlini 
 
 A-mAB 
 
 CLanAO. 
 
 Tail ^>Mi« A ■ 1 
 
 1 
 ft 
 
 
 rwkccMfMCM 
 
 lU.«iU 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ««>I.»aAVI.,«-l«f iMdw 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Mil 9 
 
 |.4Ct»l.lSV.K. 
 
 jMttatfiQ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ThiMMiy. 
 
 Mw II. Mi y., CiA Viftt, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i.isajw. to l.lSrit. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 lH»m.uAIir.,Si»#iLoih^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1.40 A.K. te LIS V.IC 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Mctun H«^ MS iMS mA 
 
 WrNol^^. 
 
 
 A,B «NiC— (^ytMHaiUw- 
 
 *^ 
 
 ■"• 
 
 JkriMl. 
 
 t 
 
 
 liM an. iMtiM, m N^ a 
 
 Nir]iBt«ft» 
 
 A.anll-JMniff 
 
 
 CanAO. 
 
 X.aa«r 
 
 ta^WM. 
 
 
 
 mtvt HdL f .49 ▲«., nA 
 •LMtbatraatkn. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 Aiitar. 
 
 ture itt >«. 1 LMdtM HaU, 
 
 ¥y&- 
 
 JL* S. MM C QyMIISMilf . 
 
 11.1. r fljwMiin 
 
 
 
 j^SeSl 
 
 a 
 
 ■■^■r* 
 
 .49 A.K. to 1040 .*r«., ChH 
 
 n. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 nftroction. 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 hiirfiifc> 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 
 SiAlabr. 
 
 
 
 Bnn. 
 
 
 
 lAlt.toll.OAJ>. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Pav^e. 
 
 - The lottera A, B. C, D, I V» F, aro the d«»l|- 
 
 componioo contain* •••obdirioion of *l>o«* f® 
 saeh of the oducational division* or claiso* of 
 
 >ll«ge. 
 
;/|i^:6 ;. 
 
 t.: 
 
 m 
 
 se 
 
 
 i «ti UfsJ 
 
 y^^^^\^rf*ii,.i j: ji.-j,.4,((! ij 
 
 •t.tf ^1^ 
 
 
 4- — ' ')'■' 
 
 »«»t4 
 
 ->4..tt <k« di 
 
 'Ml 
 
 
 '^.:. I 
 
 i ; -y-'^:^ •■.-4 . ! 
 
 M.A«J i! 
 
 '•■ •-^•JS£) 
 f 
 
 
 ;»J ( « .i r . 
 
 •r: 
 
 ,. -,#4<«ia|^ft*,,|_. i«'- 
 
 'f .« : 
 
 >..<k O^.ettfOt; 
 
 Uswt^fe.tn.Ss'-Sifl'J'Hfl i I 8 
 
 ' .■ ■; ,,,..„._ y « ..1* 
 
 ;Mt<J>!*.5C^iiiiW6. 
 
 .A»v .^*^t •r^ 
 
57 
 
 the public schools, particularly in view of tbe fact that the army as a profession is not paid 
 (Mioiigh to be self-supporting, and not all who enter it can be sure even of continued employment 
 on full pay. An alternative proposed is to raise the standard of admission and thereby take 
 advantage of the competition, to counteract the brevity of instruction later, and at the same 
 time to supply a means of pretty thoroughly sifting the material at the outset. 
 
 Ou the other hand, it is contended that mere academic proficiency is not by any means the 
 surest test of those qualities which go to make a soldier, however desirable as an auxiliary, and 
 liat a period of training sufUciently long to develop and modify individual characteristics and to 
 saturate the pupil with the traditions and essential re<iuiremeuts of the military service is needed 
 both to impart the requisite technical knowledge and military instinct, and in particular to 
 inculcate habits of discipline that are essential and that can not be required if the period of 
 tutelage is too short. 
 
 In the case of Sandhurst, the course of instruction has within the last few years been length- 
 ened from one year to eighteen months, so that a demand for a still further lengthening of the 
 course would probably meet strong opposition. With regard to Woolwich, it is very generally 
 conceded that the course of instruction is too short, or, as the boards of visitors of 1893 and 1894 
 express it, "That no amount of instruction that can be given during the two years which cadets 
 now pass at the academy can by any possibility be considered adequate for the completion of the 
 instruction of ofScers of artillery any more than it can be for that of officers of engineers." 
 
 An additional argument for longer courses of instruction is found in the fact that, especially 
 in the case of Woolwich, the army vacancies are fewer than the graduates, and thus the young 
 men are kept waiting without occupation or pay for prolonged periods after completing the course. 
 Of the graduates from Woolwich, for example, of March, 1894, the greater number were still 
 inprovided for in March, 1895.' 
 
 It is evident that such an intervening stage of idleness and freedom from restraint is highly 
 disadvantageous to the individual at the age of graduation. 
 
 The matter has been brought before Parliament, and the secretary of state for war has agreed 
 that provision should be made for continuing instruction and supervision until commissions are 
 given and the young officers ordered to duty. 
 
 I 
 
 FRANCE. 
 
 The schools which correspond most nearly to the United States Military Academy are the 
 I^cole Polytechnique, at Paris, and the l^cole Sp^ciale Militaire, at St. Gyr, or St. Cyr, as it is 
 popularly designated. 
 
 I.— L'ficOLE POLYTECHNIQUB, OE THE POLYTECHNIC SCHOOL. , 
 
 Thin school is at Paris and was founded in 1794. It has been reorganized by various decrees, 
 the latest of which was dated March 13, 1894. 
 
 The object of the school is to train students for the following branches of the public service, 
 viz: The artillery of the army and the marine artillery; the engineer corps of the army (g^nie 
 militaire); the engineer corps of the navy or naval constructors (g^nie maritime); the corps of 
 naval officers; the hydrographic corps; the marine commissariat corps; the corps of highways 
 and bridges (ponts et chaussiies); the manufactories of the State; the engineers of the powder 
 and saltpeter service; the mining engineers, and the telegraphic lines; also for such other public 
 services as require a profound knowledge of the mathematical, physical, and chemical sciences. 
 
 Admittance to the school is exclusively by competitive examination. After a two years' 
 course the student may go to one of the special schools of application for any of the above- 
 
 ■ "niis applies more p»rticalarly to cadetH reoommended for the royal artillery. 
 
 •*^£??i«^v»'ri-,i 
 
 f.^ ^ ^^f ^am ^itf tii / i m 
 
pi 
 
 68 
 
 mentioned services, provided be can pass Huccessfully the final examinations and be declared 
 to be acceptable for this service by tlie decision of a committee wbiuli draws up the classification 
 list for the public services. 
 
 Fulfillment of these conditions does not give an absolute right to enter any of the public 
 services; admission to any service depends upon the number of vacancies existing at the time of 
 leaving th«) school, upon the physical aptitude of the student, and his place on the order of merit. 
 
 The polytechnic school is subject to military discipline and is directly subject to the minister 
 of war. 
 
 The number of students to be admitted is fixed every year by the minister of war. In 1894 
 the number was fixed at 210. The admission depends partly upon the capacity of the school 
 buildings and partly upon the prospective number of vacancies, although the minister is author 
 ized to admit one-tenth more than the number necessary to fill vacancies that will presumably 
 occur. 
 
 The cost of board (pension) is 1,000 francs per year. The cost of the outfit is fixed every 
 year by the minister. A deposit of 100 francs in addition is required on entering to constitute the 
 student's individual fund (masse). 
 
 Full or half bursars are appointed from those whose family financial circumstances require 
 such concessions. These are required to bind themselves to serve the State for ten years, unless 
 they reimburse the treasury the cost of their respective bnrsarships. On graduating into the 
 artillery or engineers each bursar cadet receives the cost of a first outfit. 
 
 Tlie competition for admission to the Polytechnic is public, and takes place every year in 
 Paris and in certain cities designated by the minister of war. 
 
 All candidates must be French born or naturalized, must have been vaccinated or have had 
 the smallpox, and must be between the limits of 17 and 21 years of age on the 1st of January of 
 the year of the competition. Temi)orarily, soldiers who have served six months with the colors 
 are eligible up to the age of 25. 
 
 Candidates must enter their names by the 1st of April at the latest, either at the prefecture 
 of the department where they are studying, if they are civilians, or, if they are soldiers, at the 
 prefecture of the department where they are garrisoned. Only the students of the Prytance 
 Militaire are exempt from the requirement of entering their names. 
 
 Before they are allowed to enter their names, candidates must produce the following papers: 
 
 (1) The legally attested birth certificates of the candidate and his father. 
 
 (2) Proof that the candidate possesses one of the following diplomas: Bachelier cs sciences, 
 or bachelier de I'enseigueraent secondaire special ou moderne. Oertiflcates that the candidate 
 has passed the first examination for the baccalaureate are also admitted in lieu of the diplomas 
 above mentioned. 
 
 (3) A certificate of physical aptitude. 
 
 (4) A declaration of the place where he wishes to be examined. 
 
 (5) A declaration from the father of the candidate with regard to the payment of the. board 
 (pension) for his son, or an application for a bursarship or demibursarship. 
 
 Every candidate who succeeds in obtaining an appointment to the school and who does not 
 report to the commandant of the school within the time fixed by the letter of appointment will 
 be considered as having resigned. 
 
 0~i u- "iving at the school every appointee will be subjected to a medical examination, and 
 all those who are found fit for miiicary service are required to sign an engagement to serve three 
 years from October 1 in the army. The two years' service at the school is credited to the scholar, 
 but in case a scholar fails in his studies, or is dismissed for misconduct, he is required to serve out 
 his full term of three years as a soldier in some line regiment. 
 
n 
 
 e declared 
 aBSifioatioii 
 
 the public 
 the time of 
 sr of merit, 
 le minister 
 
 In 1894 
 
 the school 
 
 is author- 
 
 »resamably 
 
 fixed every 
 tstitute the 
 
 cea require 
 ars, unless 
 g into the 
 
 ery year in 
 
 r have had 
 
 January of 
 
 the colors 
 
 prefecture 
 iers, at the 
 > Prytanee 
 
 ag papers: 
 
 8 sciences, 
 candidate 
 ) diplomas 
 
 the.board 
 
 ) does not 
 ;ment will 
 
 ition, and 
 »rve three 
 e scholar, 
 serve out 
 
 59 
 
 For certain reasons, such as failure in health or on account of injury, scholars may be turned 
 back for one year, but not more than once, and this year does not count as a credit against the 
 three years' engagement. 
 
 By article 15 of the new decree, a certain number of foreigners may be permitted by the 
 minister of war to follow the course as externals, provided their aptitude has been established by 
 means of a special examination, but no such foreigner may be admitted as a resident scholar. 
 
 The scholars live in barracks, and are divided into four companies for purposes of discipline 
 and military instruction ; for academic purposes they are classed into two divisions, corresitonding 
 to the years of the course. Twice a year the standing of each scholar is published by bulletin. 
 At the end of the school year an examination fixes the relative order of merit in each division, 
 and the average of the results of the final examinations of both years fixes the order of merit of 
 the graduating class. The scholars of the graduating class select the public service which they 
 wish to enter before they go up for the final examination, and they also declare their secondary 
 selections. If they decide not to enter any of the public services, they so declare, and are then 
 sent, equally with those who have selected a civil position in the public service, to serve one year 
 in the reserve of the army as second lieutenants. They must all fulfill the three years of service 
 for which they contracted on entering the school. 
 
 If, for any reason, any scholar should not accept the place in the public service assigned to 
 him, or if his graduating standing should not have obtained for him a vacancy in some of the 
 services supplied by the polytechnic school, he may be appointed a second lieutenant in some part 
 of the army or navy not specified in the list of services sup iied by the school, or may be sent to 
 the school of forestry, or to one of the schools of application for the civil service. 
 
 Those who graduate in the artillery and engineers of the army and the marine dllery are 
 sent, as el^ves sous lieutenants (student secoiid lieutenants), to take a post-graduate course at 
 the school of application for the artillery and engineers at Fontaiuebleau (formerly Metz). 
 
 Of the graduates of 1894, who went into the army or marine, 76 entered the artillery of 
 the army, 24 the marine artillery, 10 the marine engineers (naval constructors), 1 became a 
 hydrographer of the navy, and 21 went into the engineer corps of the army. 
 
 The polytechnic school, though under the minister of war, is much more of a scientific school 
 than a military one. A diploma from this school is considered invaluable for any scientific career. 
 
 ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS. 
 
 The competition is divided into three successive examinations: First, the "compositions" or 
 written papers; second, the preliminary examinations or examinations of the first degree (oral), 
 and, third, the examinations of the second degree (oral). 
 
 Papers {^'compositiono^^).— These include a paper on the course of special mathematics, a 
 problem in descriptive geometry, a paper on the French language, a paper on physics and chem- 
 istry, a trigonometrical problem, a pen-and-ink (or india-ink) drawing, am: '^ drawing of a bust 
 from a plaster cast. 
 
 All the papers are corrected and marked. When the marks allotted to any paper, multiplied 
 by the proper coefficient, amount to less than the sum fixed by the examining board, the candidate 
 is not allowed to enter the examinations of the first degree. 
 
 KXAMINATION OF THE FIRST DKORKB. 
 
 The oral examinations of the first degree are held on the subjects specified in the programme 
 of admission, and serve, in connection with the mathematical papers and the papers in chemistry 
 and physics, to exclude from the oral examinations of the second degree such candidates as are 
 insufficiently prepared. 
 
60 
 
 To accomplish this result, the mean of the marks of the two examinations will be mnltiplied 
 by 10; to this will be added the mark of the physical and chemical paper multiplied by 2, and 
 tlie mari{ on the mathematical paper. When the sum of the points thus obtained is less tlinn the 
 minimum fixed by the exaniinint; board, the candidate will be eliminated. 
 
 KXAMINATION OV THE 8RCOXD DKGRKB. 
 
 The oral exansinations of the first degree serve, in connection with the papers and the oral 
 examinations of the second degree, to determine the classification in order of merit. 
 
 CoejSlcient$. 
 
 Oral examinations of the flrat degree 10 
 
 Mathematical paper 1 
 
 Physical and chemical paper 2 
 
 For final admisHion : 
 
 Mean of the two oral examinationH of first degree 18 
 
 Examinations of the second degree : 
 Mathematics — 
 
 First examiner 20 
 
 Second examiner 20 
 
 Physics 10 
 
 Chemistry 5 
 
 Gorman 5 
 
 Papers : 
 
 Mathematics 4 
 
 Descriptive geometry 3 
 
 Trigonometrical problem 1 
 
 Drawing 4 
 
 Pen-and-ink sketching 1 
 
 French 6 
 
 The marks on the difl'erent papers and examinations range from to 20. 
 
 Any candidate who obtains in any subject a mark less than 5 shall be reported to the board 
 and may be excluded for insufficient preparation, and any candidate who turns in, in any subject, 
 a blank sheet yfiW not be allowed to enter the oral examinations. 
 
 PROGRAMME OF SUBJECTS OF EXAMINATIONS (1895). 
 
 The examiners are always allowed to satisfy themselves that the candidates are properly 
 grounded in the elementary mathematics (arithmetic, geometry, and algebra). 
 
 (1) Algebra: Through the higher algebra. 
 
 (2) Trigonometry: Through plane and spherical trigonometry. 
 
 (3) Analytical geometry : Analytical geometry of two and three dimensions. 
 
 (4) Mechanics: Cinematics, dynamics, and statics. 
 
 (5) Descriptive geometry: As far as the intersection of conical or cylindrical surfaces of the 
 intersections of surfaces of revolution whose axes intersect. 
 
 (<)) Physics: Optics, measuring instrament«, such as verniers, micrometers, and spberometers; 
 weight, laws of falling bodies, etc.; hydrostatics, statics of gases; heat, calorometry; changes of 
 state, such as fusion, solit^lfication, and surfusion ; hygrometry. 
 
 (7) Chemistry : Organic and inorganic. 
 
 (8) French language: A composition of the same style as those prescribed by the programmes 
 of the class of i)hilo8ophy. 
 
 (9) German language: The principal rules of grammar; translating at sight; answering in 
 German questions addressed to them in that language, etc. 
 
 (10) Geometrical drawing, drawings in india ink, and copies: Candidates must execute a 
 problem in descriptive geometry, an indiaink drawing, and a copy from a plaster cast, in penciL 
 
61 
 
 anltiplied 
 by 2, and 
 tliHii the 
 
 the oral 
 
 } 
 
 be board 
 ' subject, 
 
 propflrly 
 
 ss OP the 
 
 ^meters; 
 mjifes of 
 
 rammes 
 
 >ring in 
 
 icute a 
 [)enciL 
 
 (11) Problems and drawings to be handed to the examiners: Candidates mnst tarn in to the 
 examiners a number of descriptive geometry problems, and drawings in pencil and India inic, 
 executed by themselves during the current scholastic year. This work must be proi)erly attested, 
 HO as to make sure that the drawings presented are really the work of the candidates in question. 
 Attempts at deception with regard to these matters will rule out a candidate from further 
 competition. 
 
 FUBTHBB BaOULATION». 
 
 An advantage of 15 points will be granted to those candidates who produce the diplouia of 
 bachelier ^s lettres, or a certificate that the candidate has passed the first examinations for tliis 
 baccalaureate degree. 
 
 An advantage of from 1 to 5 points is granted to those candidates who show themselves 
 proficient in some living language other than German. 
 
 A number of points, varying from 1 to 15, will be allowed the candidates for their aptitude in 
 physical exercises (fencing, gymnastics, and riding). Candidates are not admitted to the exami- 
 nation of the second degree unless they can preoent a certificate from the physical examining 
 board to the effect that they have passed the tests required by this board. 
 
 All the subjects included in the programme are equally obligatory. Candidates whose infor- 
 mation on any of the subjects of examination is deemed to be insufficient are to be struck from 
 the list, whatever may be the rank they occupy in the order of merit. 
 
 OOUBSE OF INSTEUCTION. 
 
 The course comprises the following branches : Analysis (the higher branches of analysis), 
 mechanics and machines, descriptive geometry and stereotomy, physics, chemistry, astronomy, 
 architecture, history and literature^ drawing, including drawing of machinery, and German. 
 
 There is also a department of military instrnotion, .^resided over by a chef d'escadron of 
 artillery. 
 
 No list of text-books is available at present. 
 
 II.— I/fiooLB Sf^oiale Militaibe i St. Otb. 
 
 The special military school of St. Oyr, or St. Cyr, as it is popularly designated, dates from the 
 time of Louis XIY. It was last reorganized in 1882. It is intended to supply officers for the 
 infantry, the cavalry, and the marine infantry. 
 
 The course of instruction lasts two years, and no scholar is allowed to remain more than 
 three years at the school. The privilege of taking a third year to complete the course is only 
 allowed where circumstances of exceptional gravity have compelled a student to suspend work at 
 the school. 
 
 The school is subject to military discipline. 
 
 The cost of board (pension) is 1,000 francs and that of the outfit from tfOO to 700 francs. 
 
 Bursarships or half bursarships may be granted to young men whose parents are unable to 
 support them at the school. Outfits or partial outfits may also be allowed in such cases. 
 
 Admittance to the school is exclusively by competitive examination. The competition is 
 divided into three parts: 
 
 (1) The papers ("compositions"). 
 
 (2) The examination of the first degree (oral). 
 
 (3) The examination of the second degree (oral). 
 
 Competitors are limited to those who have obtained degrees as bachelier es lettres, bachelier 
 ^8 sciences, bachelier de I'enseignement special, or a certificate of qualification for the baccalau- 
 reate degree in secondary or classical modern schools. 
 
62 
 
 PoBBession of one or more of these degrees or oertifloates gives n right to a nnniber of imints, 
 varying from 40 to 15, according to the number and Icinds of degrees possessed by the competitor. 
 These count for admission only. 
 
 Tlie programmes and dates of the entering examinations or competitions are published every 
 year suffloiently long in tulvunce to give candidates from the remotest parts of France plenty of 
 time to compete. Candidates must be French born or naturalized, robust and well- formed, free 
 from any ailment that would unfit them for the military service, and not loss than 17 or more than 
 21 years of age on the 1st of January of the year of the competition. They must be registered as 
 candidates before the night of the 15th of April, those not belonging to the army at the prefecture 
 of the region where they are completing their studies, those already soldiers at the prefecture of 
 the region where they are garrisoned. Scholars of the Prytan^e Militaire need not register. The 
 competitions for admission are held during the months of June and July at all the principal 
 centers of each army corps region. 
 
 Accompanying his application to register, the candidate must famish the proper birth certifi- 
 cates, a surgeon's certificate of vaccination, and a certificate from the local recruiting officer that 
 he has military aptitude; also a statement of the place where he desires to be examined, and a 
 statement from his parents or guardians that they are able to pay the expenses of board, etc., or 
 if not so able, a request for a full or half bursarship. 
 
 COMPETITIONS. 
 
 Papers {^^eompositiona"). — (a) A paper on the French language of the grade of the class of 
 elementary mathematics; {b) an exercise in German, German script to be employed; also a 
 translation from the German ; both exercise and translation to be made without the help of a 
 dictionary; (e) a mathematical paper; {d) a logarithmetic calculation, solution of a triangle; 
 no tables allowed, except a five- place table of logarithms; (e) a simple problem in descriptive 
 geometry, or in one- plane descriptive geometry; (/) a drawing in pencil, fh>m a plaster cast; {g) a 
 shaded copy of a landscape; (h) a topographical drawing, copy of a map on a scale of 1-20000. 
 
 A failure to turn in any one of these papers will exclude the candidate from the rest of the 
 competition. However, an unfinished paper will not necessarily be a ground for exclusion. 
 
 In all the papers stress will be laid upon legible writing and correct spelling. Failure on 
 these points will exclude a candidate from flirther comi)etition. 
 
 The papers are judged by examiners and "correctors" appointed by the minister of war. 
 
 The marks given by the "correctors" range ftom to 20. 
 
 The mark given to a paper is multiplied by the corresponding coefficient, and the result is the 
 number of points gained by the candidate on such paper. 
 
 The mean of the marks on the pencil drawing and the landscape drawing gives the number 
 of points allowed for drawing. 
 
 In any case where the sum of the products formed by multiplying the marks on the different 
 papers by the corresponding coefficients is less than a certain limit the candidate is excluded. 
 
 This limit is fixed every year by the minister on the recommendation of the examining 
 committee under the presidency of the director-general of infantry. 
 
 KXAMINATIUNS OF THE FIRST OBGRBB. 
 
 Taken in connection with the papers the examination of the first degree decides the question 
 of "admissibility" in the case of any candidate. The subjects of this examination include all 
 those mentioned in the programme, with the exception of the German language. 
 
 The board is composed of three examiners, one for the literary part and two for the scientific 
 part. 
 
 The questions put to any candidate are drawn by lot from a number prepared by the 
 examiners. Each examiner marks the candidate on the answers to the questions he has put to 
 
 him, 
 and 
 

 of |N)intN, 
 ompetitor. 
 
 liwl every 
 plent}' of 
 rnied, free 
 more tban 
 mistered m 
 prefe<;turo 
 sfeuturo of 
 ter. The 
 priucipul 
 
 rth certifl- 
 fficer that 
 led, and a 
 d, etc., or 
 
 e class of 
 i; also a 
 help of a 
 triangle; 
 Bscriptivc 
 ast; (g) a 
 L-20000. 
 BSt of the 
 on. 
 i'ailure on 
 
 war, 
 
 alt Ih the 
 
 ) number 
 
 different 
 
 ded. 
 
 :amjning 
 
 luestion 
 ilade all 
 
 cieutific 
 
 by the 
 I put to 
 
 him, on a Hcale ranging from to 20; he multiplies this number by the corresponding coetticient 
 and puts down the partial pro<lucts on a sheet bearing the name of the candidate. 
 
 To obtain the total number of points to which a candidate is entitled on this oral examination, 
 Hie examiners luld together all these partial products. 
 
 To determine the total numl>or of the points which will fix the positio.i of the candidate in 
 the order of merit, add together the total number of points obtained as just mentioned, the total 
 number obtained on papers, those allowed for physical aptitude, and the credit or "mt^oratiou," 
 if any, allowed for the literary diplomas or certificates. 
 
 Each examiner devotes, in general, twenty-five minutes to the examination of a candidate. 
 All the answers of the candidate are considered in giving him his mark, which ranges between 
 and 20. 
 
 The examiners of the first degree put down, on a sheet bearing the name of the candidate, 
 the three marks obtained, multiply each by the corresponding coeflflcient, and take the sum of the 
 products. This result is added to the total number of points obtained on the papers. 
 
 In any case where the sum of all the pointti thus obtained is less than a certain limit the 
 candidate is excluded from the examinations of the second degree. 
 
 The candidates who satisfy all the above conditions receive a certificate of « admissibility," on 
 the presentation of which they are admitted to the examinations of the second degree. 
 
 XXAMIMATI0N8 OP THK SKCOMU OBORKK. 
 
 For the examination of the second degree the l>oard is composed of five examiners — three for 
 the scientific part, one for history and geography, and one for German and English. 
 
 ' PHYSICAL APTITUDE. 
 
 Independently of the written or oral examinations, the candidates undergo another to deter- 
 mine their physical aptitude, their skill in riding, fencing, and gymnastics. The last three are 
 obligatory. 
 
 A mark, ranging from to 20, is given each candidate for each of the three separate exami- 
 nations in riding, fencing, and gymnastics. 
 
 The effectives of the school are fixed every year by the minister of war, upon which depends 
 the number of vacancies to be competed for. Heretofore the effectiv<^s were usually fixed at 900, 
 which would give a yearly number of 450 admissions, or rather more. In 1894 the number of places 
 to be competed for was 475, for which there were about 2,200 entries. For 1895 the number of 
 admissions has been raised to 600, and the 150 additiouals may be taken from those at the top of 
 the list of successful candidates for entrance to the naval school. 
 
 Every candidate who receives an appointment, and who does not report to the commandant of 
 the school within the time fixed by his letter of appointment, is considered as having resigned. 
 
 No one can be admitted to St. Oyr who is under the height of 1 meter 540 millimeters (about 
 61 inches), or who is laboring under any of the disabilities that would involve discharge from the 
 army. Gonsequently, the appointees on their arrival at the school are subjected to a medical 
 examination. If they pass this examination, they are required to sign an engagement to serve 
 for three years. 
 
 Bursar cadets are required to serve for ten years, unless they make good the sums that have 
 been advanced by the State for their board, etc 
 
 PBOOBAUME OF THK 8UBJB0TS OF EXAMINATION. 
 
 (1) History: The history of France and of Europe from the reign of Louis XIII to the 
 present time. (Coincides as fur as possible with the course of history taught at the <<lyc^es," 
 which correspond to our high schools.) 
 
f 
 
 •4 
 
 (2) Geography: (a) Europe: Physical geography; orography; hydrography; fMlitical googra 
 phy ; railwayn. (A) France: Physical geography; orography; hydrograpliy ; political geography ; 
 railways; iuteriial navigation; colonies, particularly Algeria and Tunis, (v) Auia: Ht'us, couMts, 
 ishindH, <'aiM>M, etc.; orography; hydrography; foreign colonies; Ohina and Japan. (f() Africa: 
 Seas, coasts, islands, capes, etc. ; rivers and lakes; European colonies; Egypt, {r) America: HcaH. 
 ooaitts, islands, caftes, etc.; mountains and rivers; European colonies; United States; summary 
 information on the other American States. (/) Oceanica: Archipelagoes and islands; European 
 colonies. 
 
 (3) (lernian language: A theme on the bliusltboard; reading German script; translating at 
 sight; conversing in German. 
 
 (4) English language: Optional. Questions only. 
 
 (5) Algebra: Through the 8<tlution of e<|uationM of the first degree and Miuations of the sec- 
 ond degree with one unknown quantity; also through arithmetical and geometrical progrosHJouH, 
 including logarithms. 
 
 (0) Geometry: Through Mplierical geometry. 
 
 (7) Descriptive geometry and one-plane descriptive geometry: As far as the projection of the 
 plane sections of spheres, cones, and cylinders of the sectmd order. 
 
 (8) Plane trigonometry: Through the solution of triangles. 
 
 (9) Analytical geometry : Kootilinear coordinates only. 
 
 (10) Mechanics: S^'atics, cinematics, dynamics. 
 (U) Physics: Hydrostatics, heat, electricity, optics. 
 
 (12) Cosmography: Oonstellations and principal stars, celestial sphere, the earth, construction 
 of maps. 
 
 (13) Topography: Planimetry, representation of the ground, accidents of ground, measure o<' 
 distances on the ground, measure of angles, theory of the execution of a regular survey, estimation 
 of the ditt'erence of level of two points. 
 
 TahU of ooejfleienU. 
 
 (1) Papers: 
 
 French paper 14 
 
 Mathematical paper 14 
 
 Logarithmic calcnlation 2 
 
 Problem in descriptive geometry 6 
 
 Drawing iYwm model 3 
 
 Topographical drawing 2 
 
 German theme 8 
 
 German tranalation 4 
 
 Total 68 83 
 
 (2) Examinations of the first degree : 
 
 Physios, meolianics, cosmography, topography 10 
 
 Algebra, geometry, descriptire geometry, trigonometry, analytical geometry . . 10 
 History and geography 10 
 
 ToUl 30 30 
 
 Hum of the coelticients for admissibility 83 
 
 (3) Examinations of the second degree: 
 
 Literary snbjeota — 
 
 French paper (sapplemen tary ooeffioient) ; 2 
 
 History 14 
 
 G«^ography 14 
 
 German 10 
 
 English (optional) 2 
 
cal froofrra 
 
 t'UH, COilNts. 
 
 (d) Atrivn: 
 rictt: H»uH. 
 ; Buinmurv 
 ; Etiropeuii 
 
 uslating Ht 
 
 of the Her- 
 
 0(;rCM8i0DH. 
 
 itioii of tliv 
 
 >n8tmctioii 
 
 iiieaHiire of 
 estimation 
 
 S3 
 
 66 
 
 (9; KxaiuiiiAtiuDit uf ilia mouuiI d»gr««»— €ouliuu«Hl. 
 Hulautlflc ■ubjeoto— 
 
 Algebra and pUn* trigonometry 10 
 
 Oeonietry 13 
 
 Denoriptive Keoiuetry 10 
 
 Annly tiral geoinotry 10 
 
 Coemography and topography 6 
 
 Physioa and nieohaniva 18 
 
 Total lU 
 
 (4) rbyHical aptitude: 
 
 Riding 2 
 
 Fencing 3 
 
 OymuaatloM 3 
 
 Total 8 
 
 Hum of the ooatHoienta for adniiaaion 306 
 
 SYHTKM OF INSTRUCTION, OUBBIOULUM, ETO. 
 
 The system of instraction followed is mainly that of lectures, there being several large rooms 
 (anii>hitbeator8) arranged for that purpose, which will seat ft'om 150 to 200 students at a time, the 
 I)eiiche8 being raised like the seats in a theater, so that every cadet may have a good view of the 
 instructor, the blackboards, or the illustrations which the instructor may have to imint out. A 
 company of cadets is usually inarched into the lecture room by its own company officers, and they 
 carry with them their arms. After the lecture the companies are marched to one of the several 
 large study rooms, where each cadet has his special desk, and works out the result of the lecture 
 lie has just heard. In addition to these lecture and study rooms, there are small examination 
 rooms where the cadets are questioned on the work that they have completed in the study rooms 
 us a result of the lecture previously had. 
 
 OourM of inatruetion. — The course of instruction includes the following branches : Artillery, 
 topography, military art and history, military legislation r>Dd administration, fortification, 
 musketry, geography and statistics, military literature, Oerman, and drawing.' 
 
 The cadets also receive instruction, practical and theoretical, in infantry and cavalry, and in 
 gymnastics and fencing. 
 
 The purpose of the instruction given to the cadets is purely military. 
 
 During their stay at the school all the cadets also receive instruction in riding. 
 
 The cadets are divided into two divisions or classes corresponding to their respective years of 
 instruction at the school. They are promoted from the second to the first division after passing 
 the prescribed examination. 
 
 The cadets of the first division undergo a final or graduating examination. 
 
 A cadet who is dismissed fbr misconduct is sent to do duty in some regiment as a noncom- 
 missioned officer or private, according to the circumstances. 
 
 Those who fail at the final examinations, and who are not turned back at the school, are sent 
 to regiments as noncommissioned officers to complete their three years' service. The successful 
 h'raduates go to the infantry or cavalry or the marine infantry as second lieutenants. They rank 
 ill the army according to their graduating standing. 
 
 The school is organized on a military basis. The scholars live in the barracks and are formed 
 into a battalion of eight companies, constituting one infantry battalion. This battalion ranks as 
 
 ■ See Table A, annexed, for tha prograuune of instraction for a week in December, 1895. 
 16848 M S 5 
 
 I^PWP* 
 
W~I«TI J 
 
 66 
 
 the tli-Mt of thu tiruiy of FritiK'e. Thu ofltceiH of tbu biUtulioii uiw dutuiltMl t'roiii tliu iirniy.' Tlir 
 Hergeiiiit-nii^ior, <|Uttrt4)nii»Mt«r-M(n-|{ouiit, mirt^eiiiitH, un<l coi'itorulit iir« detailud fVoiii thu Hohohu'H oi 
 the Huiiior oIhmh or ilivlMlon. 
 
 ThoM; H(rhoh)rH who nt the Kuster examination of thoir tlrHt year have, at their own re4|U(>Ht, 
 and after an ivxumlnation by a board of cavalry ."Ir - »^u dosignatud for the cavah-y, furiii a 
 H|ieeial Mec^tion for cavah'y inritruction, inttpeotionH, i > ' Uscipliiie. Once chtsHt'd in tlie ciivalry 
 Hection, a ciulet can not be taken out of it, except fu> .'\»it'' inltrniity wldcli would niitit hini tor 
 niounteil H«jirvico. 
 
 The cavalry Hcction Iiim an organization correH{N>ndinK very nearly to that of a H<|uadri»h.' 
 ItM ofticerH and acting noncoinmiBHioned oillcers are apiiointed in a nninner sindlar to that pre 
 8(;ribed for the schmd infantry battalion. 
 
 CadetH receive pay at the rate of 28 trentimeH (~ij cents) per day. 
 
 The number of graduates tVoni St. Cyr in 1804 was 417, of whom 75 went into the cavalry and 
 the remainder to the infantry. 
 
 Tej't-lmokH. — The text-books used at the school are, (is a general rule, compiled or written l>.v 
 the professors or instructors on duty at the school, and are i)eculiar to the institution. They urt> 
 rewritten from year to year, or as often as is necessary to keep pace with military progress, and 
 are mostly lithographed from manuscript, only a lindted edition being published. For this reason 
 they are seldom seen outside of the school. 
 
 ■ Each of the oonipantea of the infantry battalion Ih comman<leil by a onptaln-inHtrnotor, detaileil ft-om the army, 
 Thd preHeiit regiilittioim i)f the Bchmtl (20th September, 1895) provide thitt each captaiu-itistruotor shall hiive iiiiilnr 
 liJH orderH four liontenaiit-iiiHtriiotorH, iiIro detailed from the army. Aa n rule, the two senior lientoiinnts lire in cliiir);e 
 of the military instruction of the soholiirs of the Heoond year or senior olitss; the other two should tlicn Ih< emplo.viMl 
 in the instruction of the soholars of the first year. As the lieutenant-instructors are supposed to remain on duty at 
 tlie school for two years, the ciulets will remain nnder the same military instructors ilnring the whole of the conrHc. 
 
 As a matter of fact the number of lieutenants detailed at the Hchool does not allow the assignment uf four to 
 each company. The number of lieutenantH actually so detailed for each company nppeurH to be only two. 
 
 " At present the cavalry section of the school is under the conmiand of a chef d'escadrouN (m%jor). The cavalry 
 scholars form two siiuadrons of cavalry, each consisting of four platoons. The 1st squadron is made up of the schdl- 
 ars of the second year or senior class; the 2d squadron includes only soholars of the first year. The 2d squadron Is 
 not formed until tiie Ist of .January following the entrance of the class. Each squadron is commanded by a captitiu, 
 who remains the instructor of his own particular tquwlrou during the whole course of study. 
 
 The captain-instructors of cavalry are assisted by lieu tenant- instructors, four of whom are attached to i-itch 
 squa<lron. These lieutenants act as platoon commanders, and have the same general duties as are pre«cribe«l for tlitt 
 lieutenant-instructors of the infantry companies. 
 
 The captain commanding the 2d squadron has charge of the special equestrian instruction of the infant ly 
 scholars of the second and first years. He is assisted in this duty by two lieutenants, one commanding the cavalry 
 noncommissioned staff at the soliool, and the other commanding the remount detachment. 
 
 "^ 
 
 a 
 
 •£. 
 
 •5> 
 
 9 
 
 .2 
 
 { 
 
urniy.' T 
 lu HcholurK oi 
 
 )wii rfN|U(*Ht, 
 
 ^'alry, form n 
 
 tli« mviilry 
 
 iiiiflt liiiii (or 
 
 u N<|imdi-i»ii.' 
 to tliut pre 
 
 ) cavdlry aii< 
 
 )r written by 
 a. They urt« 
 trogreHB, aii< 
 r tliia roHHuii 
 
 from the Briny, 
 lall have iiiiilflr 
 ta uroiuvhiii')!e 
 tn Im etiiph>,v<Ml 
 lain on duty at 
 ) of the conrNc. 
 nient uf four to 
 two. 
 
 I. The cavalry 
 upof these hoi- 
 2d 8<|iiadroii is 
 d by a captaiu, 
 
 ttaohed to (micIi 
 Mtoribed for tint 
 
 if the infantry 
 log the cavalry 
 
 1 
 
 f 
 
OBRMANY (PRUSSIA). 
 
 The school which corresponds most nearly to the United States Military Academy is the 
 « Haupt-K&detten-Anstalt," or Upper Cadet School, at Oross-Lichterfelde. 
 
 This school is fed or supplied by the " Kadettenhausen," or preparatory cadet schools, ol 
 which there are now seven, viz, Ooslm (formerly at Ouliner), Potsdam, Wahlstadt, Bensberg, 
 Plon, Cranienstein, and Karlsruhe. An eighth school is now building at Naumburg. 
 
 Beginning with the lowest class of the preparatory schools, the classes are designated as 
 Sexta, or VI; Quiuta, or V; Quarta, or IV; Unter-tertia, or U. Ill; Obertertia, or O. Ill; 
 Unter-secunda, or U. II; Ober-secunda, or O. II; Unter-prirua, or U. I; Ober-prima, or O, I. lu 
 addition there is an extra class called ''selecta." 
 
 There are thus nine classes, counting from VI up to and including upper prima. The course 
 of each of these classes lasts one year. The lower or preparatory schools contain the classes from 
 Vl up to and including upper tertia; the other classes belong to the upper cadet school. Occa- 
 sionally, also, depending on the space available and the necessities of the case, some of the npper- 
 tertia class are admitted to the upper cadet school. In the upper cadet school begins the 
 immediate preparation for service. The classes from sexta up to and including upper prima arc 
 assimilated in the matter of instruction to the corresponding classes of the "Bealschulen" of the 
 hrst degree. 
 
 CONDITIONS OF ADltaSSION. 
 
 The places at the cadet schools are divided into several different categories. 
 
 1. Boyal or "budgetary" places, to which pupils are admitted either gratuitously or on 
 payment of a yearly contribution of 90, 180, 300, or 460 marks. 
 
 2. "Fensionare," those who pay for their "pension," or board, whose yearly contribution is 
 £xed at 800 marks. 
 
 3. "Hospitanten," or externals, who pay a contribution of 60 marks. 
 
 4. Foreigners. Such foreigners as may be admitted form a special class of "pensioniire." 
 Their yearly contribution is fixed at 1,500 marks. 
 
 1. Boyal cadets. — ^These places are granted: (a) To the sons of ofBoers, preference being given 
 to the sons of officers who have been killed in battle or who have died in consequence of wounds 
 or disease contracted in the field; (h) to the sons of noncommissioned officers; {c) to the sons of 
 persons in the civil service who have greatly distinguished themselves. 
 
 Applications for these places are made when the boys are 8 or 9 years old, and are addressed 
 to the officer who is at the head of the staff (command) of the "kadettenkorps." The staff is 
 stationed in Berlin. A committee is appointed to decide on these applications. It consists of: 
 (<t) The inspector-general of the military educational establishments, chairman; (&)adelegaU' 
 appointed by the war minister; (c) a delegate appointed by the minister of public worship; (d) 
 the officer commanding the several corps of cadets; (e) the officer commanding the upper cadet 
 school at Lichterfelde. 
 
 The committee throws out the applications which show no ground for admission, classes the 
 candidates according to the sums which they will have to pay, taking into account the financial 
 position of the parents and of the boys themselves. The Emperor makes the final decisions after 
 the recommendations of the committee have been submitted to him. 
 
 2. Pensionare. — Applications for pay places may be made in behalf of the sons of natives of 
 any of the German States. Foreigners may also apply for these places, but they are only admitted 
 when the rights of natives are not prejudiced thereby. 
 
 The number of pay places each year is dependent niion the number of royal cadets admittetl. 
 
 Applications for pay places are addressed to the officer commanding the several corps ot 
 cadets, at his headquarters in Berlin. This officer decides upon these applications. 
 
 The youths who are successful in obtaining these "pensionare" appointments are distributed 
 to the different establishments, regard being paid to the residence of the parents and to the 
 vacancies existing in the various schools. 
 
^':^^iiSm:m^ 
 
 69 
 
 eniy is th<j 
 
 schools, or 
 Beusberg, 
 
 ignated as 
 or O. Ill; 
 r O. I. lu 
 
 The coarse 
 asses from 
 jol. Occa- 
 the upper- 
 begins the 
 prima ar<>, 
 len" of the 
 
 asly or on 
 ribntion is 
 
 ensioniire." 
 
 >eing given 
 of wounds 
 the sons of 
 
 addressed 
 'he staff is 
 ionsists of: 
 a delegate- 
 jrship; (d) 
 [>peF cadet 
 
 classes the 
 e financial 
 sions after 
 
 natives of 
 Y admitted 
 
 admitted. 
 1 corps of 
 
 istributed 
 nd to the 
 
 For admission to any class, either as a royal cadet or as a pensioner, a boy must be between 
 the ages of 10 and 15 years. 
 
 3. ^^Hospitanten,^ or externals. — These may be admitted to the preparatory cadet schools on 
 the authority of the officer commanding the several corps of cadets, and in such numbers as the 
 accommodations of the different schools will admit. They must be between the ages of 10 and 14 
 years, and must pay an annual contribution of 60 marks. 
 
 Sons of officers, instructors, professors, and officials of the cadet schools, when admitted as 
 ^'hospitanten," are exempt from the payment of this contribution. 
 
 Sons of officers, instructors, etc., of the upper cadet school may also be admitted to this 
 establishment as "hospitanten," provided they have not passed the age of 16 years. 
 
 BXAMINATIONS. 
 
 Boys who receive provisional appointments to any of the cadet schools must report for 
 physical and mental examination at the institution to which they are appointed, as a rule at the 
 beginning of April. If the surgical examinations show deficient physical development, or any 
 defects that would exclude a person from entering the army, the boys are sent back to their 
 parents and not allowed to take the mental examination. 
 
 The mental examinations are both oral and written. In the mental examination less stress is 
 laid upon the scope of the candidate's information than upon its thoroughness. To enter the 
 lowest class of a preparatory cadet school the candidate is examined in arithmetic and the German 
 language only. More details of this examination will be given later. To enter a higher class 
 than the sexta the candidate must pass an examination upon the course of the year preceding 
 the class which they wish to enter. 
 
 In case a boy passes successfully both physical and mental examinations, he is admitted to 
 the institution and uniformed. 
 
 ENTBANOE EXAMINATION FOR THE SEXTA. 
 
 German language. — Readiness in reading and writing, using both German and Latin charac- 
 ters. Ability to take down from dictation, without grave faults, an easy German theme. 
 
 Arithmetic. — Operations under the four fundamental rules of arithmetic. Writing and reading 
 figures up to the number of seven places. Knowledge of the principal coins, measures, and weights. 
 
 No preparation in Latin or French is required. 
 
 The following table shows the subjects of instruction at the different cadet schools and the 
 number of hours of in.itrnction per week in each class and subject: 
 
 Subject. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Classea. 
 
 
 
 
 VI. 
 
 V. 
 
 IV. 
 
 U. III. 
 
 2 
 3 
 4 
 
 8 
 
 O. HI. 
 
 2 
 3 
 4 
 4 
 4 
 5 
 2 
 2 
 
 U.II. 
 
 2 
 3 
 3 
 4 
 4 
 5 
 2 
 2 
 
 O.ll. 
 
 U.l. 
 
 0.1. 
 
 Keligion 
 
 2 
 4 
 
 7 
 
 2 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 2 
 3 
 6 
 6 
 
 1 
 
 3 
 3 
 3 
 4 
 
 n 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 3 
 5 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 1 » 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 5 
 
 3 
 
 Oermun 
 
 Latin 
 
 FfAnch 
 
 English 
 
 
 
 Arithmetic and luathematios.. 
 History 
 
 4 
 1 
 
 2 
 2 
 
 5 
 
 1 
 2 
 2 
 
 4 
 2 
 2 
 2 
 
 5 
 2 
 2 
 
 OeoirraDhT 
 
 
 PhysJCB 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 3 
 
 3 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 'Fnnnirrfki'nliirAl ilrAwinir 
 
 
 
 
 } ^ 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 I (') 
 
 2 
 
 •jj 
 
 Free-hand drawiuir 
 
 2 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 I 
 
 (') 
 
 (') 
 
 Writinir 
 
 " "•"•K 
 
 Total 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■": 1 
 
 26 
 
 X 
 
 U» 
 
 30 
 
 30 
 
 30 
 
 30 
 
 30 
 
 30 
 
 
 Opt!oD»l. 
 
70 
 
 The higher mnthematical course embracer algebra, geometry, trigonometry, the eleiiKMitn ot' 
 descriptive geometry, and aualytical geometry (conic sectionH). 
 
 The (course of the upper tertia class, in which an examination must be passed to enter the 
 upiier cadet school, comprises religion; German — prose and iH)etry, versification, arrangement 
 of sentences; Latin — through Books I and Y of De Bello Qallico; French — grammar, reailin^% 
 and conversation; English — grammar, reading, and conversation; mathematics — geometry, high<>r 
 arithmetic, and algebra through solution of etiuutions of the first degree; history — history of 
 Middle Ages up to 1648; geography — geography of Europe, especially of central Europe, the 
 atmosphere, laud, seas, inland waters; physics — general properties of bodies, solid, liquid, and 
 gaseous, elements of heat and chemistry, chemictU union and combustion; topographical and 
 mathematical drawing — elements of projections and i>ers^^ective, scales and conventional sij^ns, 
 etc., with an optional course in free-hand drawing and writing. 
 
 In all the schools the instruction begins on the 1st of April, at which dates cadets who have 
 successfully passed the examinations of their respective classes are promoted a class. For ttie 
 last five years the number of promotions in each class has averaged 90 per cent of the nuniber 
 examined. As shown by the preceding table, the number of hours spent in the class room ea(;li 
 week is about 30. The morning hours, from 7 to 12, or in the winter from 8 to 1, are emi)loyed in 
 this manner, though the time-table is not exactly the same in all the schools. After the morning 
 school hours there is a roll call, at which the orders for the day are read, letters distributed, 
 punishments announced, etc. A drill of half an hour comes next. 
 
 Then after dinner comes an hour's recreation, which should be taken, as far as possible, in the 
 open air. Then two hours are devoted to police duty and work around the quarters under tlic 
 supervision of the instructors. The two hours following are devoted to gymnastics and singing, 
 bathing and swimming, fencing and target practice. 
 
 Sundays and holidays the cadets receive a greater amount of liberty than on ordinary days. 
 There are vacations of fourteen days at Eastertide and Christmastide, and of five days at Whit- 
 suntide. In summer there is a vacation of five weeks. About the 1st of October instruction is 
 suspended tbr a few days, during which time cadets take part in military excursions, which in the 
 upper cadet school have the character of field-service exercises. 
 
 Cadets are divided actjording to their conduct into what are called "Censur-Klassen," or con- 
 duct classes. All cadets who have just entered are assigned to the third of these classes. They 
 are promoted to the second class for good conduct, and to the first class for exceptionally good 
 conduct. The higher conduct classes enjoy special privileges and favors, in the matter of liberty 
 especially. The fourth or lowest conduct class is a disciplinary section. Cadets who pass into 
 this section ar*- under close supervision *ud enjoy no privileges or liberty. 
 
 MILITASr OBOiiNIZATION. 
 
 The preparatory cad«t. schools, with one exception, are intended to accommodate 220 cadets 
 each. The school of Plon has only v^xmj for 150. In each of those schools the boys are organized 
 into two companies, the officers of whlel) are detailed from the army. Corporals and sergeants are 
 detailed from the cadets. 
 
 The theoretical course in tlw lowor cadet !*choolf» is, as has been noticed l)efore, the same or 
 nearly the same as that -f the Eealschulen ot' the Mrst degree, and military subjects are not 
 embraced in the curriculum at all. Th« cadets, <if course, are under military discipline, and the 
 amount of drill and other exercises in whi«'h they have to take part has already been indicated. 
 A (constant efltbrt is miule by the military instructors to train the characters as well as the minds 
 of the boys, and to cultivate correct deportment and manners and a high sense of honor. 
 
 « 
 
71 
 
 'luilHMltH of 
 
 > euter the 
 raiigeinent 
 iiT, reading, 
 (try, higher 
 -history of 
 urope, the 
 li(iui(1, and 
 phieal and 
 onal 8i;;n8, 
 
 I who have 
 For the 
 lie number 
 room eaeh 
 m ployed in 
 le morning 
 istributed, 
 
 ible, in the 
 
 under the 
 
 id singing, 
 
 nary days. 
 '8 at Whit- 
 itrnction is 
 hich in the 
 
 8es. They 
 
 nally good 
 
 of liberty 
 
 pass into 
 
 320 cadets 
 organizeil 
 geants are 
 
 te same or 
 :s sire not 
 e, and the 
 indicat«'(l. 
 the ndndvS 
 r. 
 
 THE irpPEK CADET .SCHOOL. 
 
 The entrance examination for this Hchool and the studies pursued have already been outlined. 
 Besides the branches already mentioned, th(^ cadets receive instruction in the reguhitionH of the 
 service, so that they may be well grounded in these matters on entering the army. The upper- 
 class cadets also receive instruction in riding. Guard mounting and guard duty are practi(;ed 
 twice a week. 
 
 The complement of the school is 1,000 cadets, organized into two battalions of Ave companies 
 each. The officers of the companies and battalions are detailed from the army; the noncomaiis- 
 sioned officers and even sword-knot ensigns are appointed from the cadets. 
 
 After passing successfully through two years of the course (the classes of the lower and 
 upper secunda) a cadet is admitted to the Port-ej>ee-B'iihnrich's examination (sword-knot ensign's 
 examination). This is held every year, in the spring, before the superior military examination 
 committee of Berlin. 
 
 1. Those cadets who will attain their seventeenth year on the 1st of April, and who have 
 the requisite physical development, are, if they pa^s this examination successfully, (a) either 
 recommended for appointment in the army as brevet sword-knot ensigns (charakterisirte Port- 
 6p^e-Fahnriche), or (6) are transferred to the selecta class in order to prepare directly for the 
 officers' examination, or (c) transferred to the under prima. 
 
 Those cadets who, having passed through the upper secunda, fail at the ensign examination, 
 or who, on account of unsatisfactory standing, are not admitted to it, are, as a rule, cither returned 
 to their parents or else entere<l in the army as privates, exceptionally as noncommissioned otlicers, 
 for the discharge of their liability to military service. 
 
 (6) Selecta. — The course of the selecta class corresponds closely to that taken in the so-called 
 '<war schools," and consists entirely of military studies and the Fren(;h and Kussian languages. 
 Selecta cadets are the only persons who receive directly officers' commissions. All other aspirants 
 for commissions, whether cadets or "avantageurs," must first pass thr;)ugh the grade of sword- 
 knot ensign. 
 
 The members of the selecta are at the close of their course, if deemed proficient, admitted to the 
 officers' examination. Those who pass, and who seem qualifletl by reason of their conduct and 
 bearing on and off duty, receive their appointments as second lieutenants at once. Such cadets as 
 pass, but are not perfectly satisfactory, enter the army as ensigns, and may gain their commissions 
 in from two to six mcmths. Those who fail are also appointed ensigns and sent to regiments, to bo 
 reexamined at tlie end of three months. 
 
 Those cadets of the upper secunda who are admitted to the selecta and gain higli rank in this 
 class have a considerable advantage over those of the same class who euter the army as brevet 
 sword-knot ensigns. The first-named get their second lieutenancies about one year after the 
 expiration of the upper-secuuda course, while the greater number who are transferred to the army 
 as brevet sword-knot ensigns only gain their commissitms in about one year and seven months. 
 
 This time is mside up about as follows: 
 
 First, the cadets appointed sword-knot ensigns are sent to regiments to servo tor five months 
 from about the 1st of May, and at the end of that time they ought to have wou the "dienstzeug- 
 niss," or military-qualification certificate, from their respective squadron, battery, or company 
 «x)mmanders. This entitles them to the grade of actual or effective sword-knot ensign and to 
 admission to the October course of a war school, if the conduct and application to, duty of a 
 brevet sword-knot ensign are satisfactory, he is ordered to attend a war school, even if ho has not 
 on the Ist of October quite completed full five months' service with troops. Tlie war-school course 
 lasts nine or ten mouths, at the end of which time, if the pupil's marks are satisfactory, he h 
 
i% 
 
 admitted to the officers' examination, after passing which the aspirant is nominated to tbe 
 Emperor for a commission as a second lieutenant, provided he is acceptable to tbe majority of 
 the officers of the regiment to which he has been assigned. 
 
 (c) The under prima. — To this class of the upper cadet school are transferred those cadets who 
 pass the Port-6p^eFiihnrich's examination, but who have not yet attained to the prescribed age 
 or the requisite physical development. 
 
 To the under-priraa class are also transferred those upper-secunda cadets who pass the exaiiii 
 Hi ion with credit, and who have attained the prescribed age and the requisite develupuieiit, 
 provided the parents of the cadets request this transfer. 
 
 Those cadets who pass through the under prima successfully, and who have attained tbe 
 prescribed age and physical development, are disposed of as follows, a<'.cording to tbe desire of 
 tbeir jjarents : 
 
 They are recommended for appointment in the army, according to tbeir standing, as actual or 
 brevet sword-knot ensigns; or tbey maybe transferred to tbe upper prima in order to prepare for 
 the Abiturienteii or Maturitiits examination (tbe diploma granted to a person who lias passed 
 this examination is a qualification for admission to a university course) ; or they may be, in special 
 exceptional cases, transferred to the selecta. 
 
 2. The upper prima. — Cadets who have gone through the npi»er-prima course come up for tlieir 
 Abiturieuteii examination before the examining committee of the cadet corps, and tliose who pass 
 this examination are appointed actual sword- knot ensigns, and at tbe same time are sent to take 
 tbe course at a war school. At the completion of the war-school course, those who have passed 
 with tbe rating of at least "good" receive with their promotion to tbe grade of second lieutenant 
 a commission bearing the date of tbeir entrance into the army. 
 
 Upper-priraa cadets are also appointed to be sword-knot noncommissioned officers if war- 
 ranted by their general standing and conduct. Upper-prima cadets are to receive, also, as far as 
 possible, instruction in military branches along with their regular theoretical instru(^tion. 
 
 The final examination for tbe upper-x)rima cadets, or the Abiturienten examination, is to be 
 so arranged that it will be over by tbe 1st of February. 
 
 The war-school course for tbe successful upper-prima cadets begins on the Ist of March, but 
 before joining the war school tbey are to report to the respective squadrons, batteries, or com- 
 panies to which they are assigned, not later than the 25th of February, for the jmrpose of taking 
 tbe oath and receiving their uniforms. 
 
 As has been shown, tlie higher selecta cadets have the advantage in tbe race for the officers' 
 commission, since it takes them only about three years from the date of entering tbe upper-cadet 
 school to attain this grade (two years in tbe under and upper secunda and one year in the selecta). 
 Those who go through both under tmd upper prima are the last to get commissions, since in tbe 
 most favorable cases tbey get rank as second lieutenants only from the date of their entrance 
 into the army, or over four years fi*om tbe time of their entrance into the upper-cadet school. On 
 the other band, if a youth is forced to givf-. up the military career for any cause, the one wl > lias 
 passed bis Abiturienten examination has the best chance in civil life, since the same careers arc 
 o])en to liim that are open to the "Abiturienten" of tbe " Bealgymnasia." 
 
 Tbe following table shows for three years the number of cadets graduating into tbe army 
 from tbe cadec corps, and the different classes into which they were divided: 
 
 H 
 
 
 Second 
 lieutensuts. 
 
 90 
 90 
 87 
 
 Actual 
 
 Bword kuot 
 
 r ligns. 
 
 Brevet, 
 ensigus. 
 
 163 
 162 
 199 
 
 1891-92 
 
 36 
 21 
 27 
 
 1892-93 ^ 
 
 1893-94 
 
78 
 
 ted to the 
 iiajority of 
 
 cadets who 
 cribed age 
 
 the exaini 
 I'elopiiieut, 
 
 tained tho 
 e desire of 
 
 8 actual or 
 repare for 
 as passed 
 
 , in special 
 
 p for their 
 I who pass 
 lit to take 
 ve passed 
 lieutenaut 
 
 rs if war- 
 
 ', as far as 
 
 1. 
 
 n, is to be 
 
 [arcU, but 
 »s, or coiii- 
 of taking 
 
 le officers' 
 ►per-cadet 
 B selecta). 
 ice in the 
 entrance 
 iool. On 
 i \f]' I Lias 
 ireers arc 
 
 the army 
 
 War schools. — The programme of these schools, which is essentially the same as that of the 
 selecta class at the upper-cadet school, and upon which the ofBcers' examination is based, com- 
 prises the following subjects: 
 
 1. Tactics. — Theoretical instruction, and also practical exercises, as follows: (a) Formal tac- 
 tics, taught by drills of tlie pnpils in the company, battalion (skeleton), squadron (with horses), 
 and the battery (harnessed), attendance at the exercises of troops on the drill ground; (b) applied 
 tactics, taught by solution uf problems on the map, solution of problems on the terrain, to which 
 about two weeks of tiie practical course are devoted ; attendance at saitable maneuvers of troops 
 on the terrain, exendses in kriegsspiel. 
 
 2. Science of arms. — This is to teach the construction of the guns and arms used in the 
 Oermau army, practical ballistics, and the effect of the projectiles of both artillery and infantry; 
 and also with regard to the effect of projectiles, the employment in action of the two arms just 
 mentioned. This instruction is tlirthered in various ways: (a) By the dllligent use of the various 
 aids provided for object instruction, {h) By visits of inspection to various technical establish- 
 ments and depots, (e) By drills at the guns, {d) By the execution of the minor firing exercises 
 for instruction, according to the infantry firing regulations, by the best shots among the pnpils. 
 (e) By attendance at the target ranges of infantry and artillery. 
 
 3. Science of fortification. — The course comprises field fortification, permanent fortification, 
 and the attack and defense of fortifications. The instruction in this course is furthered by the 
 following exercises : (a) By visits of inspection to various permanent works, {b) By attendance at 
 the various pioneer exercises, (c) By the execution by the pupils themselves of shelter trenches 
 of various profiles, (d) Examples on the map, relating to the fortification of a position of small 
 extent on the basis of a certain tactical disposition, (e) The same kind of exercises on the terrain. 
 Tho lines of projected works are simply to be outlined with flags or stakes. 
 
 In these last exercises several days of the practical conrse are to be employed. 
 
 4. Study of ground. — The study of this branch deals with the knowledge and description of 
 the surface of the earth, with reference only to the military significance of the terrain and its 
 influence upon the employment of troops; all deviations into the province of geodesy or of 
 military and physical geography are to be avoided. The stady of gronnd forms not only the 
 basis for toiragraphical drawing and surveying, but also the basis for applied tactics. 
 
 5. Topographical drawing. — The instruction in this t" anch comprises a primary triangulation 
 of a tract, topographical land surveying, and hasty surveying for special purposes. Use of 
 surveying instruments is also taught. 
 
 6. Army organization. — ^This instruction comprises a detailed study of the peace organization 
 of the German army and its historical development, and also of its recruitment, mobilization for 
 war, and the difl'crent war formations. It iuclades also a course in military justice, etc. A short 
 course is tklno given ov the organization of the German navy. 
 
 7. Instnuition in foreign languages. — («) French : This is intended to perfect the pnpil in the 
 language of conversation, both oral and written, (b) Russian: The instruction in this language 
 is only elementary, the idea being to lay the foundation, which the pupil can improve upon later; 
 it will therefore be limited to reading, writing, as well as translating simple sentences. 
 
 8. Military correspondence, etc. — This includes practice in the making cut of such dispatches, 
 letters, reports, records, rolls, and accounts as are used in the interior service of a company, 
 squadron, etc., and such as are required from an officer exercising an independent command. 
 
 9 Regulations and duties, etc. — The instruction in this branch embraces the service of subaltern 
 officers, in(;luding the instruction to be imparted by them to the men. For mounted oflSoers this 
 includes the contents of the riding instruction and stable service; also a short course in veterinary 
 surgery and farriery. Pupils who belong to the dismounted arsas reoeir'* "N^truction in saddling, 
 bridling, care of horses, and the diseases of horses; also in shoeing, b:.. .: /« such information is 
 
r 
 
 74 
 
 iiocesHiiry for mounted ofllcerH of infantry. The subjects inentione<I under this head (0) form no 
 part of tlie oHIcer's examination, liowcver. 
 
 10. /Special in»tructioH. — Si)e(tiul instruction, aside from that mentioned under the head of (9), 
 is given only to: (a) Pupils who are aspirants for commissions in the field or foot artillery, who, 
 separate from each other, are trained in the ilrst term or quarter of the course in the duties of 
 gunners in their respective arms, so that they may be employed in this capacity in the gun drills 
 of the other pupils; (b) pupils who are aspirants for commissioua in the pioneers, who are 
 exercised in simple branches of field pioneer work. 
 
 11. DrilU and exercises. — Tlie purpose of the practical exercises is as follows : (a) The improve- 
 ment of the bearing and discipline, completion and strengthening of the instroction begun for 
 tills puri>ose in the companies, etc. {b) Exercises in commanding, instructing, and corret^ting. 
 
 (c) Oompletiou of the instruction in elementary tactics, in which the pupils must l>e trained for 
 the duties of section or pl.^toou (commanders. 
 
 12. Firing instruction. — The preliminary exercises mentioned in the firing regulations, and 
 also a careful instruction in the science of musketry, must precede actual target practice. Tlie 
 targ<^t practice includes: (a) Firing with target ammunition, {b) The school exercises of the 
 second class, according to the firing regulations for infantry or cavalry, with either the rifle or 
 carbine, (c) Bxercises in revolver firing, according to the firing regulations for infantry or cavalry. 
 
 (d) Instructional firing for ballistic purposes. 
 
 13. OymnanticH, fencing^ and swimming. — Gymnastics: The instruction in gymnastics is for all 
 pupils, but the training dift'ers according to the .icms in which they will serve. Fencing: For all 
 pupils, to include fencing with the broads\tord; ior infantry, in addition, the bayonet exercise. 
 Exercises in swimming are to be held whenever the opportunities occur and the means at hand 
 will permit. 
 
 14. Riding. — The aim of the instruction in riding is to enable the pupils who belong to the 
 dismounted arms to ride the average troop horse with a firm and easy seat, and over all sorts of 
 ground. 
 
 The instruction of the pupils of the mounted arms corresponds to the requirements of the 
 services to which they will be assigned. 
 
 15. Visits of inspection outside of the garrison. — Five or six days, depending on the location 
 of the different war schools, are spent by the pupils in these visits. They are made to various 
 fortifications, pioneer exercise grounds, polygons, etc. At the war school of Potsdam five days 
 are allowed for this purpose, and are divided in the following manner: Two days in Spandau 
 (fortress and military establishments) ; one day in Berlin (pioneer exercise ground) ; one day in 
 jiiterbog (artillery x>olygou); one day in Spandau (firing school). 
 
 The wholii period of instruction at. the war schools is divided into four terms or quarters. 
 Threfl of t^iese terms are devoted to the theoretical course, while the fourth, which lasts about 
 six weeks, is occupied by the practical course. 
 
 It is to be remarked that with few exceptions all the officers of the army pass through the war 
 schrols. The exceptions are: («) Youths who have studied for one year at a university or certain 
 hi^ih-class technical schools. "Avautageurs" of this class may at once be given the educational 
 »;ertiiicate required for a Port-6p6e-Falinrich, and are eligible for the officers' examination without 
 having six montl>s' sefvti>\ They must, however, be "chosen" before being appointed second 
 lieutenants. (A) Cadets of the selocta class. As has been already explained, the selecta cadets 
 are the only aspirants for <'oramissu!^t:Ji who are exempt from being "thrown out" by a vote of the 
 corps of officers of tiio unit to whi«'h they are assigned, (f) Officers of the reserve who arc 
 transferred to the active army do not i>*ss through the war stdiools. 
 
 Ensigns of foot artillery and engiiifera who have passed the officers' examination are first 
 appointed suiiernumerary or extrabudgetary second lieutenants of their respective arms, and are 
 
(9) form no 
 
 lead of (0), 
 illery, wlio, 
 B duties of 
 ) gun drills 
 8, who are 
 
 \e improve- 
 
 begun for 
 
 corre<'ting. 
 
 trained for 
 
 fttions, and 
 jtice. The 
 ises of tlie 
 tlie rifle or 
 or cavalry, 
 
 Bs is for all 
 ig : For all 
 t exercise. 
 18 at baud 
 
 long to tbo 
 ill sorts of 
 
 »nt8 of the 
 
 be location 
 to various 
 I five days 
 t Spandau 
 me day in 
 
 • quarters, 
 asts about 
 
 ?h. the waj 
 or certain 
 lucational 
 >n without 
 ed second 
 eta cadets 
 ote of the 
 9 who arc 
 
 ti are first 
 IS, and are 
 
 76 
 
 only appointed full,or "etatsmilssige," second lieutenants after going successfully through the 
 combined artillery and engineer 8<hool at Berlin, and passing the professional or "llerufs 
 examination before the " examining committee of the foot artillery and engineer and pionnier 
 
 '''^'^Before attending the courses of this school, all foot artillery and engineer officers are sent to 
 their respective battalions or corps to serve about one year and nine months. 
 
 Formerly the officers of field artiller: were on the same footing as the officers ot the foot 
 artillery in that they were commissioned at the start as supernumerary second lieutenants, and 
 were obliged to pass through the combined artillery and engineer school before receiving their 
 final commissions as officers. For the last three years, however, they h^ve been on the same 
 footing with regard to first apiiointments as officers of infantry and cavalry, and are exeinpt 
 from attending the artillery and engineer school and from passing the " Berufs-Prllfung." For the 
 puriK)8e of receiving their final instruction, however, they have to attend a course of four months 
 at the field-artillery firing school. * ., „ 
 
 Saxony and Ba»ana.-Saxony and Bavaria have their own cadet corps corresponding to the 
 preparatory and upper cadet schools of Prussia, from which appointments are made to the Saxon, 
 or Twelfth, army corps and to the corps of the Bavarian army. Saxony, however, has no artil ery 
 and engin^r school, and officers of those arms have to pass through the Prussian school at 
 Berlin. Bavaria has ita own artillery aM engineer school at Munich. 
 
TlSm^li.^. 
 
 Reen 
 
 Li 
 to offu 
 the sei 
 of it. 
 
 Tl 
 officer 
 in civi 
 
 1. 
 they 8 
 9.5 foi 
 the in 
 name< 
 the pj 
 nonco 
 
 3 
 theL 
 
 3 
 tion 
 recog 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 faithi 
 iionu( 
 
 total 
 divid 
 the c 
 Acco 
 abott 
 quali 
 uiissi 
 cies. 
 
Reenlistments and Quarantles of Employment for Noncommissioned 
 Officers and Ex-soldiers in European Armies. 
 
 AITSTBIA-HUNOARY. 
 
 Like all European powers which are maintaining a largo ntanding army, Anstria is compelled 
 to offer considerable inducements to the noncommisHioned oilicers to tempt them to roenlist in 
 the service and thus keep the corps of noncommissioned officers up to the high standard required 
 of it. 
 
 The inducements provided are: (1) Bounties; (2) special employment for non(3ommis8ioned 
 officers; (3) permission to marry; (4) pensions and admittance to soldiers' homes; (5) employment 
 in civil life. 
 
 1. The bounties given to noncommissioned officers are in the shape of additional pay while 
 they are in service, and amount to 17 florins per month tor first sergeants, 14 for sergeants, and 
 9.5 for corporals. The Austrian florin is 40.6 cents, United States money, and the real nature of 
 the inducement will become apparent when it is stated that the ordinary monthly pay of the above- 
 named noncommissioned officers amounts to 10.5, 0, and 4.50 florins, respectively; in other words, 
 the pay of reenlisted noncommissioned officers is, in round figures, three times that of the ordinary 
 noncommissioned officer. 
 
 2. Special employment consists in the assignment to particular commands or places, such as 
 the Life Guard Infantry Company. 
 
 3. Permission to marry is of two kinds, one being simply permission without official recogni- 
 tion of the family; the other, which la given to about 10 per cent of the noncommissioned officers, 
 recognizes the family by making provisions for same. 
 
 4. Pensions are granted according to injuries received. 
 
 5. But the most polent of all these inducements is the guaranty of civil employment after 
 faithful service of twelve years in the army, when the last eight have been passed in the grade of 
 noncommissioned officer. 
 
 The places in the gift of the State for noncommissioned officers number in all 50,641, with a 
 total pay of 27,824,566 florins, giving an average pay of 4611.53 floiius. The reserved places are 
 divided into two classes, such as are exclusively reserved for the noncommissioned officers holding 
 the certificate for civil employment and those in competing for which they are given preference. 
 According to the report of Lieutenant-Colonel Dawson, Coldstream Guards, of January 30, 1803, 
 about 530 posts are annually given to these noncommissioned officers, while the number of those 
 qualifying each year for civil employment amounts to 650. In that year there were 2,400 noncom- 
 missioned officers serving in the army holding the certificate of employment and awaiting vacan- 
 cies. The number of applicants is, therefore, considerably in excess of the vacancies. 
 
7t 
 
 |.-k/ 
 
 The luw ]>r(>vi(Ung tor tiivil uiiipi >yin«ut dateM from April 11), 1872, and ivudB aM follows: 
 
 It), 187U, KiSHrKCTiNu TiiK Okantino <*i- CivM. Kmploymknt to Kktikru Noncommihbionkii 
 
 OrrKtiRM. 
 
 Law ui' Ai'Hil 
 
 With the nbjeet of mvryteipaat tk» falMiion of paragraph 3H, WehrgeMtc of DAoember 5, 1868, the fuIlowiiiK 
 has boen pawietl by botli llonaen of th« IfdafcaaMi and MMiTwl the Imperial confirmation ; 
 
 1. NoiiconimiaHioued ufflcont who have ftolSllfld twalv* y«an^ aervice, of whicli nt letmt eight years wa« im 
 nonoouimiHHloned officer, in the active army, navy, ur eadna Mid dataahmenta of the landwehr, and bavn 
 couduuteU tliemselveN well, acquire the diiini to being employMl nnJar tk« Qoraniment; alHo lu the railways, 
 NteaiiiHliip compuuioH, and other undertakings that are aiibvoutioned by the Stnto (par. 91^ Wahrgeaetz). Horvii < 
 UM acting noncommissioned officer will lie allowed to count in the eight years' noncomm t sa i oaa d oilea r service. 
 
 2. Those noncoiiimlsitioned officers also acquire a claim without reckoning length of senrios vko^ kalbra tlic 
 enemy or while serving »h police, gendarmerie, etc., through i>oint( lamaged in any wiiy, beoouie unfit fbr aaUH*i7 
 Nervioo, ulwiiyH supposing they are vapuble of Iieiug employed iii '^ume civilian cupaoity. 
 
 3. In fulUlIiueut of those olaims there will be, for the noacommisHiuued ollicers mentioned in paragrapliH 
 1 and 2— 
 
 (1) ( ortain posts reserved exclnsively for them, 
 
 (2) Other postH in tlie granting uf which they will be given a preference over other competitors. 
 
 4. The posts reserved exclusively for noncommissioned officers are — 
 
 (a) All servants and lower gratle of inspectorship in the k. k.' bureaus, courts of Justice, offices, penal and 
 other estnbliHhuieuts which either wholly or partly are maintained by the State. 
 
 (h) TlioHo posts mentioned in the category of office and chancery servants, classified as second-claas suporin- 
 tendciilH and traffic employees in the railways, steamship companies, and other undertakings subventioued or 
 guaranteed by the Htate which will either be shortly concessioned or ore already oouceasioned and which by their 
 Btatat<>8, conditions of concessions, or otherwise are bound to take into consideration the employment of retired 
 uonconimiBaioued officers. These reservations of posts are made Irrespective of whether the situation so resttrvetl is 
 porniancut or temporary. 
 
 .5. In filling up the post of officials (Beamte) in bnreans of ordinary office clerks, in the courts of Justice, 
 offices, establishmentH, and other State undertakings which will only be grantetl either to officials who are not 
 already in rececipt of a salary or who are at the moment unemployed, the preference will be given over all otliers to 
 such fully qualified noncommissioned officers as have a claim thereto. Th<;se noncommissioned officers also enjoy a 
 similar preference in the conferring of posts in the k. k. civil constabulary an<l in the customs. 
 
 6. The list of reserved posts and situations in the conferring of which noncommissioned officers en,joy a prefer- 
 ence is to be otUcially tabulated, kept up to date, and promulgated from time to time. 
 
 7. A certitlcate, issued by the war ministry or ministry of defense, will be handed to the noncommissioned 
 offlcerH who, in accordance with the law, possess the claim either to a post reserved for them or a preference for 
 competing for other postN. 
 
 If a noucoiuuilHsioued officer is qaaiifled for the post of official (Beamte) this fact most be stated in his 
 ccrtifioat''. 
 
 A libt of cci tlAcatos so granted has to be made, and reporte<l np to date, by the war ministry of defense. 
 
 'A. Noncommissioned officertt possessing claims must apply for reserved situations, also for those posts in bureaus 
 or in the constabulary where they have a preference, to the office or establishment competent to grant the same. 
 
 These appln ations can be made direct in the case of the applicant having left the army, or in the preaoribed 
 manner by those Htill serving. 
 
 9. A noncomtnisnioned officer having a claim may apply — 
 («) For a particular post already vacant. 
 
 (ft) For a post about to become vacant. 
 
 In the latter case the fact of his having applied is to he duly noted. 
 
 10. When there occurs a vacancy, either in a reserved poster in one where a noncommissioned officer has a pref- 
 erence, the fact has to be published by the bureau or establishment which has the power of conferring the poat, and 
 the limit of time allowed for the competition is to be stated, due notice being given to the war ministry and miniatry 
 of defense. 
 
 No Buch pnblication need take place in the caae of poata vacant in the borean and eetabliahments mentioned in 
 paragraph 4 (ft) when applicants wiio have a claim thereto have already been registered as snch, or if the post is 
 being conferred npon such applicant. 
 
 11. All authorities, offices, and inatitntions who have the right to confer reserved posts, or snch aitnations of 
 officials or police constaldes in the granting of which noncommisaioned officers have a preference, are obliged to 
 
 cation 
 
 being 
 
 > Austrian (kaiserlioh-koniglioh). 
 
79 
 
 )MMIIIBIONKIi 
 
 Ihe fullowlii({ 
 
 f»an WM UH 
 au<l b«vi^ 
 
 pio railwuvN, 
 
 tz). Horvlcc 
 irioo. 
 kafcn till' 
 
 |A»r bUUuj 
 
 paragrapliH 
 
 t penal aixl 
 
 »•« Hiiperin- 
 entioued or 
 icli by their 
 it of retired 
 » reserved in 
 
 ' of Justice, 
 'ho are not 
 >n otliern to 
 also enjoy u 
 
 <»y a prefer- 
 
 mmissioned 
 sference for 
 
 tted in his 
 
 )nse. 
 
 in bureaus 
 ) same, 
 preaoribed 
 
 ^aa a pref- 
 
 poflt, and 
 
 I ministry 
 
 itioned in 
 ho post is 
 
 lations of 
 bliged to 
 
 rofftstor oaeli nppliontlon inadn to thorn for a post about to bernmo vai^nnt, and to hand to oach applioMnt puiHirs 
 stuting that thoy have so applied, and giving tlie number of applicaiitH who have previously applied. 
 
 12. Kach applicant luuHt, iu addition to setting forth hU ulMini (par. 7), giv« thr nucSMiary dutallit hh to pliyNii|ii<< 
 and a iipeuial (|ualilloatiuti for the snrvioe ho seeks. Applioautii uiust iu all vases prove that they are citizens of the 
 kingdoms and orown lands reproHenti'd in the KeiohHrath.. 
 
 IK. UeHerved powts (par. 4) mm lie hold only by noncommissioned ottloers having a oiniui thereto ' pwtn. 1 and 2), 
 except in caHes where no iinalitled applicant has applied for them. The iiuthorities moutiouud in puutKraph 11 are 
 froi to choose among <|iialiHe<l appliuunts as they see tit. 
 
 M. Kesurved poHts, withiu the meaning uf the above paragraph, muauH those to which tho IowohI anioiiutuf 
 pay is attached, 
 
 iri. Kach applicant having a claim has the right to lodge a complaint in case any rosurved pottt, or one where h> 
 liitH u preference, shall have been filled up in contravention of the unactment of this law, 
 
 16. In caHo reserveil post bo conferred on a' person not poHseHMJiig a clidiii thereto, exoept in the cawe Htatcd in 
 paragraph 13, or if posts such as are mentioned in paragraph '>, Nuch as otllcials and police constables, are tilled in 
 contravention of the preference granted to certain nonoommissionvd otticers, then the ministry under whose control 
 the authority or establishment so having conferred the post is placed can declare such appointment invalid, and can 
 direct the person so appointed to bo dismissed. 8noh action can not betaken on the part of the ministry if a period 
 of one year has elapsed between the time of tilling the post and the ministry becoming cogniitant thereof. If a post 
 has been so filled in contravention of the provisos of this law by tiny of the establislimonts montioiK-d in paragraph 
 4, such action renders such establishment liable to a tine of 100 to 500 tlorins, which sum is to lie added to the 
 charity fnnd of the district, and the plea that the tilling of the )iost is lawful f^om the lapse of time shall not 
 exempt ft-om the tine. 
 
 17. The claim to a reserved post, or priority of claim in the case of otUclal * <»' ]iolioo constables' situations, is 
 forfeited iu the following cases : 
 
 (a) By being voliintarilv resigned. 
 
 (ft) If the candidate i viuted of such crime or ndsdemeanor as carries with It tho loss of piiblio and (iovorn- 
 
 ment situations. 
 
 (o) Through candiducus having passed the age of 45, and this only in the case of those situations tlie salaries of 
 which are wholly or partly paid out of the 8tato exchequer, 
 
 (d) Through oamlidates having passed the age of 37 in the case of those situatious which are not paiil for by the 
 State. 
 
 Whenever a claim is forfeited this fact has to appear on the register (par, 7) on which vacancies are entered, 
 the certificate granted being at the same time withdrawn from the holder thereof. In case of only ])art of the claim 
 becoming void (par, 17 (d)), a remark to this effect has to bo subjoined to the oertitloate an<l to the name of the 
 candidate on the register, 
 
 18. All certificates granted to qualitled persons, their applications in writing for reserved posts or for those 
 where they have the preference, as well as all documents subjoined to applications for reserved situations, or to be 
 placed on the candidates' register, enjoy immunity from stami* duties, 
 
 19. In granting concessions to railways and steamship companies destined to bo worked in the interests of pnb- 
 lie traflBc, care must be taken that the documents referring to the concession expressly represent the oomiiauies 
 concerned as submitting to the enactments of this law. 
 
 ao. The imperial decree of December 19, 1853, No. 266, becomes void, but the claims obtained under it rem ii:i 
 in forc«), the persons enjoying them receiving the certificate as per paragraph 7. 
 
 21. The minister of national defense, in oonsnltatiou with the other central departments conceruud, is charged 
 with executing this law. 
 
 Signed at Schonbrnnn, April 19. 1872. 
 
 This law is supplemented by the following ministerial order : 
 
 ORDKK of the MINI8TRY OF DKFRNSE, DATED JULY 12, 1872, IN CONSULTATION WITH THK OtIIKK CkNTKAL 
 AUTIIORITIKS CONOERNRD, FOR CaRRYINO OuT THE LaW OF APRIL 19, 1872. 
 
 1. Certificates showing claims to posts are to be issned by the war office or ministry of defense according to 
 the branch of the service to which the noncommiasioned otfioer belongs, 
 
 2. Lists of posts to be referred to are to be found under Bchedule A, (See Appendix I.)' 
 
 3. Men actually serving obtain their certificates through their regimentHj others through the nearest " Ergiin- 
 KungsboEirks Commando." 
 
 4. Commanders or other anthorities mast send iu lists according to Form I) (see Appendix II), ■ showing <|ualill- 
 cations, physique, etc., of men qaalified. 
 
 5. War office and defense ministry to keep lists of all men duly qualified for such posts, all claims thereto 
 being previonsly adjudicated by a rpecial commission. 
 
 1 Omitted in translation. 
 
•0 
 
 TlioM wliiMM iiiiiiieii »re ontored on the regiatcr m i|a»Uile«l »re tu \hs pruvldixl with tha certilloiittw nifliitioiiml 
 In pnragra|ili 1, itiitl which vary itcconliug to the rtmIo of poet applieil for. Thoee are given on Forme (.', I>, U, and 
 K ( Kor dcioriptiona nck Appundiz III.) ■ 
 
 «l. Thore in poMeealon of oertitieetee, if itlll nerving, ^ Mnd In their iipplluBtion for vaoaut inmU, or for regiN- 
 tratliin for poatii ae they beounie vaoant, through thoir ooii i» <tnding otliver. 
 
 ThoHe who havn left the army apply for theee poetii dlruct. 
 
 The oertidoateH of the Matter must be accompanied (n) by one ft-om the head of thi^lr oommnno a* to character; 
 (t) by one fn>ni » doctor; (c) )>y one f^oni nn employer ae to their npecinl i|ualltt<!ation« for tliu pout applietl for. 
 
 In the cane of thoee actually eerving, limilar oertitloatee to be umt in by their oommandiuK ollioerH. The latter 
 are bound toanawer any queationa relative tocandidatea which maybe addreaaed to them by the iuatitutea in wIioho 
 gift thf^ poatH are. 
 
 7. Inoaae of any applicant aaking for hia name to be put on the rettinter, or applying for any vnoant appoint- 
 mont, hlH certificate and other doeumenta niiiat be retnrnetl to him after inapnction. 
 
 8. Applionuta granted poata receive the loweat rate of pay on entering, but thoMe exoeptionuUy i|ualil)ed are ut 
 once advanced. 
 
 0. Inatltutlnna having vaoancieM in notifying to the war otiioe, un laid down in paragraph 10 of the law, uiuat 
 give a liMt of applioatioua (if any) that have already been made. The notitioation la to be made un Fot-i G. (gen 
 Appendix IV.)' 
 
 Noticea of vaoanciea ooourriug, with dotaila tiiereof, are to be publiahed in the regimental ordora ol t^: iiuy. 
 The nanal period before Ailing up a poat ia to be four wueka, bat under exceptional ciroumatancea fourteen dnyn. 
 
 10. A nonoommiaalune*! oflicer who ia granted a pont reoeivea an order to take it up, anil a decree conferring 1 )i « 
 poat, through the aanie channel ity whiiii he applied for it. Commanding otHceni are liound to allow a nonoommia- 
 aioneil oflicer ho poated to take hia aituation at once. 
 
 Men grant4>d permanent poata who have f^ilfllled their term of aervice receive their diacharge ttom the army; 
 othera, if temporarily poated, are aent on fVirlouKh until they receive a permanent poat, or elao fulfill their term of 
 atTvice. 
 
 In the caae of a man Htill on the active eatabliahmont, or In receipt of invalid pay taking u|i a post, the qucH- 
 tion whether he ia to be permanently or temporarily discharged iVom the army reata with the military authoritiea In 
 conjunction with the intended employera. 
 
 11. For poata requiring a term of probationaiy service a nonoonimlaaiouod ofHcer on the active list i?« 'Munted 
 aix montha' leave, the ordinary army pay being given him if he reoeivea no aalary from hia poat during mix!) ;>rob»- 
 tion. Only nonoommiaaioned offlcera applying for poata requiring an examination can be grnittod leavx t<i work 
 during thr ' i- twelve yeara' aervice. 
 
 12. Whenever a nonoomu iaaioned officer ia granted a aitnation, the office employing him haa to give notice of 
 the aame to the miniatry of vi ar or defenae. Liata of poata ao given are to be prepared by tbe war and defenae 
 miniatriea, and to be aent quarterly to all public officea concerned. 
 
 13. If any po'tt ia fillet^ o|' in < < .ttravention of thia law, an applicant thereby excluded can forward a complaint 
 to the notice of the depart. f> *. cm; < > ored to deal with auch caaea, or to the war or defenae miniatriea direct. 
 
 14. All changea of 4" ■-. ' : -i or . i-fiaon, or in the condition of life, auch aa invaliding, diacharge, etc., of clalm- 
 anta for poata at the time '■ . oly employed, to be notified to the miniatry concerned, and the future addreaaea of 
 the men to be aubjoinr ^ Om auch a claimant taking up hia reaidence in a diatrlct, notice muat be given by the 
 military authoritiea ui '. i v/hoae command he haa been. 
 
 In the caae of claitiiauta no longer on the active Hat, a like notice haa to be given with regard to the changea 
 above mentiom d, or in cuae of death by the "Ergunzungabezirka" and Landwehr authorities to whoae diatrlct the 
 man belonga. it foUowa that the " Ergunzungabezirka " and Landwehr authorities have a complete liat of all retired 
 noncommiaaioned offlcera residing in their diatrlct who have a claim for employment. Their register has to contain 
 the name in full, rank, creed, branch of the aervice, and other details ; alao, the number of the certifloaie, and 
 whence iaaued, of every claimant. 
 
 The age limita for poata under Oovemment being 45, and for certain other poata 37 (in both caaea the age for 
 entering on the post ia meant), the fact of a claimant attaining the limita muat be notifled. 
 
 If a certificate) ia withdrawn thia fact muat be notifled. 
 
 15, 16, 17. Treat of the forfeiture of certificates through conviction in a criminal court, lapae of certiHcatea 
 through death or ag«i, limit being paaaed, renewal in case of loas, etc. 
 
 lu couclading hiu report Lieutenant-Oolonel Dawson states : 
 
 The relatione between the army and the civilian population are of a moat cordial nature iu u country where, aa 
 regards military aervice, all are equally bounden. Such a thing aa looking down on the soldier doea not exist here. 
 Hotel and reataurant keoperi, theater, and other placea of amnat^ment proprietors, even employera of labor, make 
 
'M% iiimilioiifxl 
 • C, l>, K, una 
 
 •, or for reglM- 
 
 ' t«t ohamctnr; 
 >plle<l for. 
 a. The liitttir 
 mteii in wiioHo 
 
 omit uppoint- 
 
 iiiililleil lire ut 
 
 the law, uiuHt 
 
 of tV.' ,luy. 
 
 bnrtovii (Uiy„. 
 )onferrinKHr. 
 I nonooiunila- 
 
 >m the uriiiy ; 
 their term of 
 
 Mt, the qiK'8- 
 tuthorities In 
 
 Ist ;•* Mnintod 
 5 Njioh ;irolm- 
 eavK 1(1 woric 
 
 ;ive notice of 
 ' and defense 
 
 a complaint 
 direct, 
 tc, of olaim- 
 
 addreasea of 
 jiven by the 
 
 the changes 
 ) district the 
 9f all retired 
 w to contain 
 tifioate, and 
 
 I the age for 
 
 ' certificates 
 
 ry whi'H", as 
 t esifit here, 
 labor, make 
 
 "r^-f>m/m-^w" 
 
 ! 
 J 
 
tsi.-vmms^mfsii^m3ir,amimmmmmmiia<^^iesu>f. 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 £111 12.5 
 
 I.I 
 
 _l^ I 
 
 ^ Ui 12.2 
 
 lit 
 
 ■UUb 
 
 IL25 i 1.4 
 
 m 
 
 1.6 
 
 Photograpiiic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 
 
 «' 
 
 
 '<f!^. 
 
 33 WiST MAIN STRKT 
 
 WfBSTIR.N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716)«72-4S03 
 
 '^ 
 
 '-^^ 
 
 tfMHKl 
 

 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian InMltute for HUtorlcal MIcroraproductlont / Instltut Canadian da microtaproductiont hiatoriquaa 
 
.81 
 
 no distinction between tbe Holdicr and the civilian; indeed, the latter are known to prefer old Muldiers. lu short, 
 tlie uniform in nnder all circumatancea here a paasport to reapect, consideration, and welcome. 
 
 The lialiita of discipline learned durin<; service, the healthy outdoor life and development of the manhood of 
 tlie Empire by exercise and by regular food, are attknowledged as a boon by nearly the whole community. 
 
 In conclusion, I beg to remark that such a condition of affairs is only possible where throughout the whole sys- 
 tem good character is an absolute necessity. A good character here is essential for prolongation of service, and pro- 
 liiiigation of service is essential to insure provision for old age. Hence the tacit, and In many cases even contented, 
 acceptance of universal conscription by the great mass of thinking people, who, though they deplore and groan under 
 the expense entailed, have learned to look on it as a necessity which must be made the best of. In acknowledging 
 the claims of the soldier who has served his country conscientiously the employer of labor is performing hia part, 
 while in taking care that none but well-behaved men shall remain in the service the military authority reciprooatea, 
 
 ENGLANli. 
 
 Since tbe system of short service has been in operation in England from 32,(K)0 to 3(J,00() 
 recruits are required each year to fill up tbe army, and on the other band a correspondingly large 
 immbor of men revert annually to the civil status. 
 
 The question of providing for these discharged men has been tbe subject of considerable study 
 and practical effort in Great Britain for a number of years, as it bears directly on the number and 
 character of new enlistments as well as on the state of society; unemployed ex-soldiers being as 
 undesirable a class of men as any other unemployed. While in other countries civil employment 
 is assured after a certain term of service to faithful noncommissioned officers in order to induce 
 them to reenlist, it is in Great Britain, in the first place, a question of getting the men to enlist 
 from whom noncommissioned officers may be made. 
 
 The first official inquiry into the subject of civil employment of ex-soldiers was made in 1876 by 
 tlie select committee of the House of Commons, which recommended the appointment of discharged 
 soliliers to certain positions in the civil service; but uc organized ettbrt was made to obtain places 
 for meritorious ex-soldiers. In 1883 a committee was appointed by the treasury, which reported 
 iu favor of employing discharged soldiers and sailors in the lower branches of employment, and in 
 1884 the war office issued instructions for the establishment of registers iu every regimental 
 district for the purpose of enabling reserve men and discharged soldiers living within such district 
 to obtain employment. The subject thus became a matter recognized by the Queen's regulations. 
 
 The most powerful impulse to the movement for providing employment for discharged soldiers 
 was given by the establishment, in 1885, of the National Association for the Employment of the 
 Reserve and Discharged iSoldiers. The association was entirely a private undertaking, but was 
 so far recognized by Parliament in the next year as to receive an annual grant of £250. The 
 subsequent history of the movement may best be stated in the words of Gen. William Fielding in 
 his testimony before the select committee of the House of Commons on July 17, 1894. He says 
 among other things : 
 
 In 1887 the financial secretary, Mr. Broderick, inquired into the whole subject of the employment of 
 ex-soldiera in Government appointments, and came to the conclusion that compulsion would have to be applied in 
 Kome form to secure such a number of Government posts as would be of appreciable benefit. In February, 1888, his 
 royal highness, the commander-in-chief, addressed a letter to the secretary of state for war, mentioning the efforts 
 made by the National Association for the Employment of Reserve nud Discharged Soldiers, and by the officers in 
 charge of regimental district registers, and urging that the subject be brought to the notice of the Government 
 with tbe view to preference being given to ex-aoldiera when filling up vacancies in the civil departments of the 
 State for which they are eligible, such as writers, messengers, porters, gate keepers, letter carriers, etc. The secre- 
 tary of state circulated the letter to Government departments with u strong expression of his hope that uis royal 
 highness' request would be complied with. On the 1st of January, 1892, appointments as postmen, etc., which had 
 lieen previously only open to reserve men in Leinster, Munater, or Connaught, were reaerved for cx-aoldiers tl-roughout 
 the United Kingdom, the only class having preference of ex-soldiers in filling those appointments being the telegraph 
 messengers, who were already in the post-office employ. 
 15848 M S 6 
 
 ij^ :: 
 
 r *i 
 
 ■'1 
 1,1 
 
 ! '■: 
 
82 
 
 In tho Buniiner of 1802 the iiianagors of the priucipal railway companies were convoked nt the war olliinn 1i\ 
 the then secretary of Htnte, and about twenty of them were present. Through tlieir nionthpioce, Sir Henry Oakley, 
 they expressed their willingness to help tho Government in this matter, but said that they could not posHihly cim 
 ceivo that it was likely that more than 2,000 of these posts would be vacant in any one year. During that year, 
 1K92, or early in that year, it having been found that the reginieutul registers had been productive ol' very good 
 results, the officers in charge of them* registries were urged to form regimental district associationN for the purposr 
 of employing reserve soldiers, these associations to be composed of the most inlluential people within their arci. 
 ami to put themselves into personal communication with all tho employers of labor whom they could meet. When 
 these were once constituted it became necessary to consider how far it was wise that these associations should hr 
 considered official or voluntary. It was decided that they should be voluntary and that they shonld be reconnnendc<l 
 to become branches of the National Association, because it was thought, and rightly so, I think, that official associii 
 tions of this sort would bo more likely to do the work perfunctorily, and, perhaps, with a slackness, than if tbc.v 
 were affiliated with such a body as the National Association, the committee of which is composed of officers of tlic 
 highest rank, and employers of labor and other civilians who take a personal interest in the ([uestion. That com 
 mittee would always be composed of the same stamp of people, having a personal interest in the soldier, whereas, if 
 tho control rested with the head of a Government department, that official might or might not take a personal 
 interest in that particular work. 
 
 A pamphlet, entitled Guide to Obtainiug Civil Employment, and issued by the publifshing 
 house of Gale & Polden, enumerates in addition to the National Association, several others, all 
 private, and established for the purpose of providing employment for the reserve man or discharged 
 soldier. These societies are, " The Army and Navy Pensioners' Employment Society," the " Corps 
 of Commissionaires," " The Riflemen's Association, Winchester," and ''The Loyal Association of 
 Pensioners, Dublin." The operation of some of these societies is limited to special corps. 
 
 In his annual report for 1894 the inspector-general of recruiting states that the number on the 
 official registers for employment in 1892, 1893, and 1894 was 5,642, fi,77r>, and 7,827, respectively, 
 and that the total number of men for whom employment was found was for the same years 2,197, 
 2,914, and 1,448, respectively. 
 
 It is thus seen that so far any preference British ex-soldiers have received in appointments to 
 Government places has been through the untiring and gratuitous efforts of their officers, and that 
 the Government is apparently rather indifferent as to what becomes of men on reverting to civil 
 life, after spending the best years of their lives in the public service at the risk of life and limb. 
 
 FBANOE. 
 
 The disinclination of noncommissioned officers to reenlist is making itself felt, and seriously 
 disturbs the military authorities. No soldier may reenlist except he be a noncommissioned officer, 
 a corporal, or a private recommended for corporal (grad^). The periods for reenlistment are for 
 two, three, or five years, at the option of the soldier, these several periods of reenlistment carry- 
 ing with them a graduated amount of bounty, according to the length of the reenlistment. Aiiy 
 noncommissioned officer may reenlist so that with his original service he may have a total of ff ftecii 
 years of active service, but no longer. Their applications must be filed at least two months pic- 
 vions to the expiration of their original enlistment or sub^<Miuent reenlistments. The applicant 
 must draw up his request in his own handwriting, and send it up through his company commander, 
 who, after having indorsed thereon his remarks, forwards it, accompanied by a statement of the 
 man's service, a brief of bis punishments, and a certificate of aptitude formulated by the post 
 surgeon. These papers all pass through the hands of the battalion commander, who indorses on 
 them his remarks and sends them to the regimental commander. 
 
 The limit of reenlisted noncommissioned officers carrying bounty must not exceed two-thirds 
 of the normal strength of the noncommissioned officers. The noncommissioned officers of tin' 
 regimental staff' are not limited in their reenlistments, as are the noncommissioned officers of 
 the companies. A corps commander may authorize reenlistments of noncommissioned officers 
 without bounty in excess of the two-thirds mentioned above. 
 
e war olllco liv 
 Henry Oiikley. 
 >t poHNJItly con 
 ing that your, 
 e of very good 
 tor the ]>ur|)osi' 
 liiu their arc!!. 
 1 meet. When 
 ioiiH fthonld he 
 B reconniieinlcil 
 official nasociii 
 H, than if tht^v 
 olTicovs of tlic 
 )n. That com 
 lier, whereas, i I' 
 nki) a perHonnl 
 
 e publishing 
 al others, all 
 )r dischargort 
 ' the " Corps 
 ssociation of 
 »rp8. 
 
 imber on the 
 respectively, 
 i years 2,197, 
 
 )ointments to 
 era, and that 
 rting to civil 
 B and limb. 
 
 md seriously 
 sioned officer, 
 ;ment are for 
 itment carry- 
 itment. Any 
 otal of fifteen 
 I months prc- 
 'he applicant 
 r commander, 
 ;ement of the 
 I by the iwst 
 i) indorses on 
 
 ed two-thirds 
 fflcers of thi' 
 ed officers of 
 [oned officers 
 
 88 
 
 The tlnal aiitnority for reenlistments emanates from the commander of the army corps, to 
 which have come all the applications originating within the companies, supported by their aux- 
 iliary documents, to which, when they reach the corps commander and have been tabulated, has 
 been added a statement from the treasurer or paymaster of the funds available for bounty. The 
 table will also show the number of noncommissioned offl<;er8 already reenlistcd and serving within 
 the corps. 
 
 Since 1889, when the number of reenlisted noncommissioned officers was limited to 27,593, and 
 later circulars dated April 29, 1892, which brought the limit down to 22,5(i6, at which number it 
 now stands, the number of noncommissioned officers actually reonlistt^d has been steadily dimin- 
 ishing tliroughout the years 1893, 1894, and 1895, until on the Ist of November the total number 
 of reenlisted was but 19,015, a difference of 3,551 below the number fixed by the ministry of war 
 who might be reenlisted with bounty. In 1895 only 275 were reenlisted with<mt bounty. 
 
 This falling oft' in reenlistments is attributed to several causes, one of which is the suppres- 
 sion of battalion sergeant-m^ors, which formerly aftbrded a promotion from the duty sergeants 
 of companies, and was a certificate for the noncommissioned officer, on leaving the service, which 
 was likely to promptly furnish him civil employment. Then, too, the bounties have been mate- 
 rially decreased; but what has caused the most dissatisfaction is the failure of the Government 
 to provide adequate civil employment .contemplated by law for discharged noncommissioned 
 officers. Yet, annually, the civil employment furnished noncommissioned officers is very con- 
 siderable, but the emolument attached to most of the places which they obtain iu the various 
 departments of the Government is so small that even that inducement fails. The strengths of 
 the French and German armies differ but very little, but the showing of reenlistments among 
 the noncommissioned officers in the two armies is significant. Whereas only 19,015 reenlisted 
 noncommissioned officers existed in the French Army on the 1st of November, 1895, the number 
 of noncommissioned officers reenlisted in the German Army was 78,000. 
 
 To remedy this growing defect, a new project of law concerning the reenlistment of noncom- 
 missioned officers and the best means of assuring civil-service employment to those noncommis- 
 sioned officers when they leave the military service is about to be introduced into parliament, 
 after having been carefully considered, not only by the minister of war, but by the entire cabinet 
 of France. 
 
 There are said i<> be in France 763,000 civil officers of various kinds, and in consideration of 
 that enormous number of places to be filled, as well as the encouragement which it is desired to 
 offer capable soldiers to remain fifteen years in the service, as many as possible of these civil 
 offices are to be reserved for reenlisted noncommissioned officers of the army who have completed 
 their fifteen years of service with the colors. 
 
 The reenlisted noncommissioned officers who have <;ompleted fifteen years of service with the 
 colors receive a pension. Those who are thus pensioned are for five years longer at the disposal 
 of the minister of war for service in the territorial army or for drill masters in the preparatory 
 military schools (for young soldiers or enfants de troupe). 
 
 Besides this pension, the reenlisted noncommissioned officers may be appointed to certain civil 
 iwsitions within the gift of the Government, as already mentioned, preference being given to those 
 who have completed their fifteen years' service over those who have served more than ten years 
 but not fifteen years. This latter class do not receive a pension, because of not having fulfilled 
 fifteen years of service; yet they are eligible for appointment to certain civil positions. In either 
 case it is necessary for the reenlisted noncommissioned officer to make application for civil 
 employment in one of the departments, or services mentioned in a table annexed to the reenlist- 
 ment law, the application to be filed daring the last twelve months of his reenlisted service. 
 This request, in writing, mentioning in the order of preference the civil employment he desires, 
 is forwarded through the military channels to the heads of the departments in which those 
 
 I. 
 
 
 ^ 'ifil 
 
 lb* - 
 
84 
 
 civil employments exist. Tbe candidates are then submitted to an examination, whicii will fix the 
 pi-ofessionul aptitude of the candidate, and he is classified on a list of candidates acconlln^r 
 to the result of that examination. If the candidate leaves the service after having complied 
 with the examinations for civil employment, and still not having received an appointment to 
 that civil position, he may demand a certificate showing that he has completed the necessary 
 time of service to entitle him to a civil employment. If, then, even after a lapse of time, he still 
 desires one of these employments, be applies to the minister of war through the gendarmerie 
 of the section in which he is domiciled. The right to go upon the classified lists is open to 
 candidates up to the age of 40 years. 
 
 All the civil departments, within which exist the positions that may be filled by discharged 
 soldiers, send every six months to the minister of war a list of the names of the military appoint- 
 ments that have been made, which list will also show how many vacancies there still exist, or will 
 exist, within those different bureaus for the six months about to elapse. 
 
 These various lists are then sent by the minister of war to the President of the Bepublic, who 
 institutes a commission to assign or allot the vacancies existing to the soldier candidates. This 
 commission is composed of a counselor of state as president, two general ofilcers of the army, an 
 ofiii-er of high rank from the navy, a member of the intendance corps, a delegate each from the 
 ministries of the interior, of finance, and of public works, an official from the bureau in which the 
 employment to be given to the candidate exists, and two secretaries. It is the duty of this com- 
 mission to draw up a list of the candidates capable of filling these reserved places as fast as they 
 become available. The places are then given out in the order of merit of the candidates as clas- 
 sified by the commission and as fast as the vacancies are created. These lists are published in the 
 official journal, and the minister of war notifies the noncommissioned-officer candidates within 
 two months from the date that the notification comes from tbe commission. The minister of war 
 also transmits to the chiefs of the ministries interested all tbe papers relating to each candidate 
 who has been designated for a vacant employment. In case the commission so finds, the minister 
 of war mast be notified that no noncommissioned oiflcers capable of filling the indicated vacancies 
 have been found, and in such cases the minister of war also notifies the chiefs of the departments 
 interested, who may then fill these appointments otherwise than by ex-soldiers, so that tbe i>ublic 
 service may not suflier by the positions remaining unfilled. 
 
 That the intending candidates for civil employment may be kept informed of the vacancies 
 existing, or about to exist, in the civil departments, tbe classified tables of these offices, already 
 referred to, are periodically published throughout the army. This table not only gives tbe nature 
 of each employment, but the salary or allowances attached to it. A peculiar feature of the law, 
 which secures these civil employments to ex-soldiers, requires that no commercial or industrial 
 enterprise may hereafter be chartered by the Government, or even by a municipality, except on 
 the condition of reserving for ex -soldiers a certain number of positions. 
 
 The following is the list of civil employments that nonconunissioned officers may secure: 
 
 MINISTRY OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS. 
 
 Forwarding clerks, watchmen, and messengers. 
 
 Tbe same as above. 
 
 MIMISTUY OF JUSTICE. 
 MINISTRY OF TUB INTERIOR. 
 
 Same as the above, and in tbe prison department, as teachers, clerks, bookkeepers, warders, 
 keepers, porters, etc. In all the other divisions of the department, as forwarding clerks, door 
 keepers, etc. In the police department over one-half of all the places are reserved for ex-soldiers. 
 
 In Algiers all tbe places are reserved for ex-soldiers in some of tbe divisions; in others, from 
 one-third to three-quarters. 
 
 -^•\^ a*0 ' • * <•*- 
 
86 
 
 svill fix the 
 according 
 ', complied 
 iitiiieut to 
 necessary 
 no, ho still 
 )iidarinerie 
 is open to 
 
 liscliargud 
 y a])point 
 ist, or will 
 
 ublic, wlio 
 ites. This 
 Q army, an 
 h from tbc 
 
 which the 
 f this com- 
 ast as they 
 tea as clas- 
 ^hed in tlu' 
 ites within 
 3ter of war 
 1 candidate 
 16 minister 
 1 vacancies 
 epartmentK 
 > the public 
 
 9 vacancicis 
 «s, already 
 the nature 
 of the law, 
 ■ industrial 
 , except on 
 
 secure: 
 
 '8, warders, 
 lerks, door 
 ex-8oldiers, 
 >thers, from 
 
 MINISTRY OK FINANCKS. 
 
 From one-third to three-quarters of the clerkships and wat<;hmeu. 
 
 MINI8TUY OF WAR. 
 
 All the lower clerkships and watchmen, besides the porters at all the main buildings, and 
 from one- half to three-quarters of the employees in tlie powder and saltpeter works. 
 
 MINISTRY OK MARINE. 
 
 The same as for the ministry of war, with the exception that preference therein is given to 
 ex-sailors. 
 
 MINISTRY OK PURMC INSTHt'CTION AND IIRAUX ARTS. 
 
 From one-half to three-quarters of the clerkships, all of the watchmen and lower assistants, 
 porters, etc., in all the buildings or museums and monuments. 
 
 MINISTRY OK AORICULTt'RK. 
 
 All the lower clerkships and port«r8, and from one-half to three-quarters of the positions in 
 charge of the horse-breeding establishments, the agricultural schools, and the forests. 
 
 MINISTRY OK COMMBRCK AM) INDUSTRY. 
 
 From throe-quarters to all the lower ]M)sitions, which includes the posts and telegraphs. 
 
 MINISTRY OF THE COLONIES. 
 
 From one-half to all the lower positions in all the oiHces located at Paris, as well as all those 
 located in the French colonies all over the world. 
 
 Ministry of public works, which includes all the great works on bridges, mines, fish-culture 
 establishments, the State railroad, the local custom-houses of Paris, the docks, sewers, water- 
 works, markets, and theaters, from one-quarter to all the places. In the police department 
 four-fifths of the appointments go to ex-soldiers. 
 
 The principal requirements are that the clerks shall have good handwriting and have a minor 
 education. The porters, messengers, policemen, etc., must have robust health and be at least 1.64 
 meters in height. None of the examinations are particularly difficult. 
 
 Voluntary original enlistments, to a limited number, may be made in the French army in lieu 
 of the service which would certainly be required under the general recruiting law of the country. 
 The period of these enlistments is for three years, and must be taken during the month of March 
 annually. A certain number per regiment only is allowed. For 1896 they are limited to five 
 voluntary enlistments in each of the regiments of infantry, of zouaves, tirailleurs alg^riens, 
 sapeurs-pompiors, artillery, and engineers, and to three for the battalions of chasseurs d, pied 
 and of garrison artillery. Voluntary enlistments may also be made in the remount service, but 
 the number of the same must depend upon the needs of that service. No voluntary enlistments 
 for three years can be made for the cavalry. Voluntary enlistments for the period of four or five 
 years are still received for all the troops of cavalry, infantry, artillery, and engineers without 
 limitation as to number. 
 
 These voluntary enlistments in the land forces are sometimes detached for service in the 
 marine infantry or artillery, as sufficient volunteers for those services are not always obtainable. 
 
 This year (1896) 1,100 voluntary enlisted men for the army have been sent to the marine infantry 
 and 300 to the marine artillery, and were distributed to the garrisons of Cherbourg, Brest, Lorient, 
 Rochefort, and Toulon, from which points they will eventually be sent to the colonies for duty. 
 
 The benefit to the soldier of the voluntary enlistment is that he may be sent to his home, to 
 await orders, at the expiration of one year. 
 
 H: 'i 
 
 M» 
 
 i***»<»«*- 
 
 ) 
 
86 
 
 OEBMANY. 
 
 Ilecogiiizinp the fact that a good corps of iioiicomtnissioned oflBcers is the backbone of an 
 army, and finding that the reenlistinents were becoming fewer and fewer, an imperial decree was 
 issned in 1H8.'> maliing i>rovi8iou for enlisted men who become disabled in the service or serve a 
 certain period. The increased facilities for gaining a good livelihood afforded by the great growth 
 of industrial interests in Germany and the consequent falling off in reenlistments made it nec- 
 essary to offer inducements for reenlistment at least equaling those held out by a civil career. 
 These inducements are very substantial indeed. They consist in a bounty of 100 marks paid in 
 cash on reenlistment to any reenlisting noncommissioned ofttcer or private (to be made a noncom 
 missioned officer as soon as a vacancy occurs), and a second bounty paid in cash ou discliarge as 
 follows: 
 
 After a total service of— MarkH. 
 
 Fivo years 50 
 
 Six years 100 
 
 Seven years -00 
 
 Kigbt years 350 
 
 Niue years ''^ 
 
 Ten years ^'Ofl 
 
 Eleven years S'OO 
 
 Twelve years ^i 000 
 
 These anumuts may not seem high to us, but they gain iu size when considering that the 
 bonus of 1,000 marks is equal to sixteen and two-thirds mouths' pay for a first sergeant, twenty- 
 two and two-fifths months' pay for a vice first sergeant, twenty-eight months' pay for a sergeant, 
 and forty months' pay for a corporal. 
 
 This cash iionus, however, does not represent the most substantial inducement held out as a 
 reward for reenlistment. There is provided, besides, pension or admittanc^e to an institution for 
 iuvalids, the " Civil-versorgungs-scheiu," or certificate for civil emidoyment. 
 
 In order to fit, them for their position in the army as well as in the civil service afterwards, 
 noncommissioned officers, after five or six years of service, are put through a course of instrut- 
 tion, among whose subjects are embraced German, history, arithmetic, mensuration, geography, 
 map reading, and military correspondence. A certificate of proficiency is given to every noncom- 
 missioned officer who has successfully taken this course or has passed an examination in its 
 various branches. 
 
 Noncommissioned officers desiring employment make application to tlie proper department 
 through military channels. If otherwise acceptable, they must be able to show their qualification 
 for the pla<ie, if necessary, by an examination. All appointments are probationary at first. If a 
 noncommissioned oflBcer be undergoing this probationary period previous to the expiration of 
 twelve full years of service, an advance may be made to him of part of the bonus of 1,000 marks. 
 If the noncommissioned officer fails to be accepted at the end of the probationary term and has 
 to return to the colors, only such balance of the bonus as remains unpaid is handed over to him 
 o!i subsequently obtaining civil employment. 
 
 Having once obtained employment in a department, promotion therein is regulated by separate 
 regulations, in which the employment certificate plays no part. 
 
 If the possessor of an employment certificate is retired on a pension, the certificate becomes 
 inoperative and must be turned in. 
 
 There are some 491 categories of employment obtainable by noncommissioned officers after 
 twelve years of faithful service, of which 358 are exclusively reserved for the army and navy, with 
 a total of 92,345 places, distributed over the postal and telegraph service, the admiralty, war 
 ministry, railways, police and gendarmerie, collection of taxes and customs. In the greater part 
 
 ,,.,.^..w-.T .^-^.py,^^ ! .^^-! ^ ^ , , j„...f .^ i-y|n , |' ^ -f| , -'- I - „^,.„..^,^,.-^. j)^-^>^-r.-.p. T^,-j^| |i j^f--^p-— 1=^ . - if..-r ^-[■''irr-tr i tn " 
 
 ' ^BrihWrVitfHii'lriwiiitei--. 
 
87 
 
 'I ! 
 
 \\ 
 
 me of an 
 jcree was 
 >r serve a 
 
 t jjrowth 
 (le it net!- 
 il career. 
 IS paid ill 
 
 iioncoin- 
 ;liarge as 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 that the 
 t, twenty- 
 sergeant, 
 
 I out as il 
 tutioii for 
 
 'terwards, 
 f instnu'- 
 BOgrapliy, 
 r noncoin- 
 on in its 
 
 tpartnient 
 ilificatiou 
 rst. If a 
 iration ol* 
 DO marlis. 
 1 and has 
 sr to him 
 
 ' separate 
 
 becomes 
 
 Kers after 
 avy, witli 
 alty, war 
 ater part 
 
 of the remaining; 1.33 categories from one-third io one-half of the places are reserved for army and 
 navy. 
 
 "Tliere is one liard and fast rule in connection with the pliu;es that are reserved, as detailed 
 above, and that rule is tliat none of tlie posts set aside for candidates provided witli an employ, 
 iiient certificate may be given to others as long as tiie qualitlcation of such candidate siiftices. 
 IMaces whicli are only partly given to tlie service are filled in fair rotation of turn between the 
 military and civilian candidates, irrespective of the numbers of each already lioMing such places; 
 that is to say, if a vacancy occurs by a civilian being removed, he may be replaced by a military 
 candidate if it is the turn for such a one to be admitted. 
 
 "The system of giving civil employment to well-deserving old soldiers was started by the first 
 King of Prussia in the early part of the eighteenth century. It was much encouraged by Frederick 
 tlie Great and his two immediate snccressora, owing to the number of foreigners who in those years 
 were accepted into the Prussian army, and to whom promises had to be made to induce them to 
 serve. When, after the terrible defeat of Jena, Napoleon ordered Prussia to confine her standing 
 army to 40,(M)0 men, which led to the wise measure of conscription, and enabled this country rapidly 
 to form a serviceable reserve, it was forced to select for its annual contingent the best and strongest 
 of its youths for service with the colors; and in order to make this palatable, and to recruit it^ 
 army out of the best of its human material, it was necessary to offer such inducements to good 
 behavior as the State could grant. 
 
 " It must not, however, be accepted that this proved successful at once. Many were the sub- 
 sequent laws which dealt with this question until the final one in 188.J welded the system into its 
 present form; and thus it is seen that Prussia's King never ceased to consider and improve the 
 lot and the future of the soldier who had served his country well and conducted himself like an 
 honorable citizen. 
 
 << It is the army and navy that giv6 the German his certificate of character. A well conducted 
 soldier or sailor who passes into the reserve after his three years' service is always sure to 
 obtain employment. I have often seen advertisements for men in which the first essential has 
 been < that he must have been a soldier.' The great employers of labor infinitely prefer a man 
 who has been schooled to discipline, regularity, cleanliness, and orderly conduct to youths who, 
 for one reason or another, have become exempt from shouldering the musket." ' 
 
 ITAI.Y. 
 
 The provisions made by Italy for noncommissioned officers of long service are very similar 
 to those of the other great military powers of Europe. They consist chiefly in extra pay paid to 
 noncommissioned officers and a certificate for civil employment. 
 
 After serving five years with the colors, noncommii:..sioned officers may reenlist for a term of 
 three years, and on its expiration they may reenlist ft < /.a year to year until they complete twelve 
 years' service. While thus in reenlisted service the n^? ".commissioned officer receives extra pay 
 ranging from $22 to $43.50, and on discharge he receives, in addition to his certificate for civil 
 employment, a bonus of $400. 
 
 The law regulating the appointment of noncx)mmissioned officers to civil appointments dates 
 from July 8, 1883, and reads as follows: 
 
 Articlk 1. Underofflcers of the army are selected — 
 
 (a) From corporals qualified for promotion after having served eighteen months with the colors. 
 
 (6) From the pnpils of the special instruction sections and from those of the other corps who have successfully 
 passed the prescribed course for promotion to sergeant. 
 
 (o) From the cadets of the military school or military academy who have failed to pass the necessary examina- 
 tion for appointment as a second lieutenant at the termination of the second or third course, provided the subjects 
 failed in are not of a military nature. 
 
 , if 
 
 lii 
 
 ! ^ 
 
 ' From the report of Col. L. V. Swaine, British military attach^ at Berlin. 
 
^ww 
 
 88 
 
 The following am pnTollcrt with the griulo of (»«ru«i»iit: 
 
 (d) lioNorvf] olllcuiH whu huvv reHigiiutl their coiuiuiMiuim an laid down in article 7 of the luw, .linif :.'{), IHH'J. 
 No. KiO. 
 
 (e) Tbofle wlio, in ticcordance with paragraph (rf) of article 1 of the al»ove-i|U(>t<*d law, were not uppoinloi 
 reserve iiulilinutonantB. 
 
 (/) Ono-year volnnfoern wlio have pagHnti tho examination qnallfying them for the gradti of iittrKeant. 
 (a) ('ori)oral-MiivJorN wlio on diiichurKe tVoni the colom are promoted MerguaiitH. 
 
 (ArticloH 2 toi) and 11 to 1M, hoth inclusivu, have been replaced liy the correspond iu|{ provisionH of the rocriiit- 
 in^ law of tho army, as followH) : 
 
 AitT. 121. NonconniiJHHionedotncera of the variouH arniR contract to serve five yearn. • * • 
 Am. 125. llaviiiK completed tludr cnlistmenta, all men of the flritt category are, in time of peace, sent 
 on nnliinitml leave, remaining on the rolls of the permanent army. * • * 
 
 The nonuoniniiHHicmed olticers of the varions arms • * • pass in thn eightli or ninth year of survictt 
 to the mobile militia, to which they remain assigned to the Slst of December of the twelfth year of their serv- 
 ice. « • • 
 
 RKKNI.I8TMKNT WITH 8RRVICK PAY. 
 
 AitT. 148. Noncommissioned ollioers of the various arms, who are Judged worthy, may aspire to a reenlist- 
 ment with service ])By. • * • 
 
 They may coutriict a reenlifttment of three years after completing five years of service witli the colors, anil at 
 the expiration of this reenlistmeut they may contract four successive reenlistments of one year ea<'h, carrying 
 service pay. 
 
 Akt. 149. If, at the end of the lirst, second, or third reenlistment, or on account of the cancellation of 
 his reenlistment, a noncommissioned officer goes on unlimited leave, he remains assigned to the mobile militia 
 until the men ttf his own class puss to the territorial militia. 
 
 Akt. 150. Daring the ilrst reenlistmeut a noncommiasioned oitloer receives an annual service pay of loaso 
 lire.' 
 
 f)uriug his successive reenlistments his annual service pay is 219 lire. 
 
 Ajit. 1.")2. a nonitonimissioned olhcer loses his reenlistment service pay only when ho is at a military school 
 with a view of obtaining promotion to the grade of second lieutenant, or when be is under suspension. 
 
 Art. 153. On reenlisting with service pay a noncommiasioned ottlcer receives no bounty in cash, but there is 
 allowed to him, by way of indemnity, the sum of 100 lire for his own individual fund. 
 
 Art. 154. Having completed twelve years of service with the colors, a uonconmiissioned ottlcer is allowed, 
 once for all, an indemnity of 2,000 lire, bearing in mind the exception laid down in the following article: 
 
 (This indemnity is allowed and paid whether the noncommissioned ottlcer rttmains with the colors or not.) 
 A noncommissioned officer of the train who remains with the colors up to the end of his sixteenth year of 
 service has a right to an additional indemnity of 1,000 lire. 
 
 Art. 155. A noncommissioned officer who is promoted to the rank of second lieutenant in the royal army 
 after completing eight years with the colors receives, once for all, an indemnity of 500 lire, increased by us 
 many times 200 lire as he has years of active service in excess of eight. 
 In no case may this indemnity exceed 2,000 lire. 
 
 Art. 156. The noncommissioned officer reenlisted with service pay who becomes unfit for service before 
 
 completing twelve years' service, and who consequently has no right to a disability pension or retiring pension, 
 
 receives, once for all, an indemnity equal to as many times 300 lire as he has completed years of reenlistment. 
 
 (Article 14 of the law on the position of noncommissioned officers has been repealed. The military chest no 
 
 longer provides for the payment of r<ienliBtment bounties, service pay, and indemnities. All such payments are now 
 
 provided for in the annual budget.) 
 
 Art. 10. The underofficer who has completed twelve years' service with the colors is entitled as a right to a 
 situation of, as a miuimum, 900 lire per annum in one of the Government offices, railway companies, or such other 
 private establishments where Government may stipulate that situations should be reserved. 
 
 Art. 15. The underofficer unwilling to enter the civil service, and preferring to remain in the army with the 
 colors, may do so, if qualified and deserving, on the termination of his twelve years' service. 
 
 With this view ho may enter into a series of one-year engagements, receiving an annual extra allowance of 
 365 lire until he is discharged. 
 
 After twelve years' service the underofficer is entitled to be promoted to the rank of color-sergeant; after 
 sixteen, to that of sergeant-major, provided there is a vacancy. 
 In all cases they receive the pay of the grade. 
 
 > One lira equals 1 franc, or about 20 cents American. 
 
 ■iiliteiM i M i lWli "'* n Ji iiw 
 
 .^L^^^.^:.:.-^.-. ^-^.U^J-^f^.^,.^.:■;„■^ 
 
 wwe«*te»iw»irili>i!iriii»ii 1 ii-iliirt iufiii-pifft<iJ«fti 
 
 '-^■.^.^■^^i-;^,.^^^^^^w;..-^■-^?-^. ^ ^^^^ -•i li Yili i i ji ii i ngi ia^jjIljiUlgp w ' 
 
\r :'!», IHH-J, 
 iippoiiitcil 
 
 t. 
 
 ho rocniit- 
 
 leace, Kent 
 
 of Hitrvico 
 thuir Btii'v> 
 
 a reeiiliHt- 
 
 orit, anil at 
 1, carrying 
 
 ollntioii of 
 Jilu uiilltiu 
 
 yof tOil.N) 
 
 bury Bi'Iioul 
 
 1. 
 
 •lit there is 
 
 IB nllowed, 
 k'le : 
 
 raur not.) 
 ith year of 
 
 royal army 
 Med by iih 
 
 ?lce before 
 ig pension, 
 iHtiuent. 
 y chest no 
 ta arer now 
 
 right to u 
 such other 
 
 ' with the 
 
 Bwancc of 
 
 ant; after 
 
 89 
 
 The iindiToftlrtT wlio, after completing twelve yeir.' »tervire with the rolorM, falln to nlitnin employment in the 
 civil Hcrvlr*', may I"' rutuine<l In thi> army, in which cum- he will Ih> entitleil to all the emoliiinentN, etc., ilne tothorte 
 unileroftlrerN who liavn elected ' remain in the army in preference to entering civil employment. 
 
 Art. in. The war miniHter will grant to underonicem electing to remiiin in the army after the termination of 
 their twelve yenrn' norvice, every facility, provided they iln not interfere with the iiiteruNtN of the Nervlce, and even 
 the pcrmiiiaion of marrying withont the neceimary legal income. 
 
 Ai(T. 17. Aliovementioned nnderolHcerH employed In Hervicei niinally llUed by local olerkH, or aMNiHtantN, will 
 eventnally till hucIi posts aH vacancies occnr. 
 
 Art. 1H. Unileruflicers' claims (o pensions commence after twenty years' service with the colors, independent 
 of age, 
 
 Art, 10. Tiie rednotion of anderofflcers can only lie carried out by the war minister in accordance with riiloa 
 laid down by royal dt^cree. 
 
 Art. 20. The einployments and sitnations reserved for nnderottloeni, as per article 10, are as follows: 
 
 (ri) All local clerks and assistants, engineers' assistants, otHce-keepers' att«-iidants, care takers, and similar ]wists, 
 in all departmcntH dependent on the war minister. 
 
 (ft) In all other public offices of the Htate one-half of the va<*ancies occnrring in the posts of seoond-class clerks, 
 storekeepers, hall porters, onstodians, messengers, etc., with salaries varying fk'oni 1,200 to BOO lire a year. 
 
 In the war othce situations of second-class clerks are all reserved to local clerks. 
 
 In the otlier Htate oltlcrs only half the appointments are reserved. 
 
 (o) In the railway companies one-third of the vacancies ooourring among the clerks, care takers, guards, etc., 
 with salaries varying from 1,200 to 900 lire per annum. 
 
 The liabilities of the companies shall be specially noted in the covenants mode with the associations working 
 the railway lines. 
 
 A proportionate number of vacancies in the appointments mentioned in paragraphs (b) and (e) Hhall be allotted 
 t<i petty otllcers of the royal navy who have completed twelve yearn' service, preference always being shown to the 
 same when a vacancy occurs in a department dependent on the minister of murine. 
 
 Art. 21. ApplicantH for the sitnatlona above mentioned are expected to possess the neceiwary qualiticationH to 
 illl them. 
 
 Art. 22. In a special regnlation which will be issued by royal decree, after having previously been submitted 
 to a committee of members of the House of Senate and Chamber of Depnties, together with superior olheers of the 
 civil Nervlce, the number of vacancies to be reserved to nnderoltloers of the army shall 1>e tlxed agreeable to article 
 20, and the rules for nomination to the situation shall also be therein stated. 
 
 Art. 23. UndcroAlcers who are allowed to reengage under the regulations of this law, but who are eventually 
 transferred to the corps of veterans and Invalids during their term of service, Hhall be entitled to the extra pay they 
 were receiving when transferred, and also during the time they remain with the corps. 
 
 Art. 24. Emolnments and extra pay aa fixed by this law can not be alienated or seqneateretl. 
 
 Art. 25. The war minister shall annually lay before Parliament, at the same time as the budget, a statement of 
 the appointments granted to nnderofflcers during the preceding year. 
 
 Art. 26. The nnderofHcer who, aa ruled by thia law, has been provided with a situation in a railway or similar 
 company, where by special covenant posts are reserved for nnderofflcers, shall be paid from the military chest, on 
 the termination of his first year of service, a bonus of 600 lire as a pension quota for twelve years spent with the 
 eoiurs. 
 
 If pension chests for the benefit of the personnel exist, the underofflcer may pay Into the chest a quota propor- 
 tionate to the number of years he has spent in the army, being within the proportionate limits of the payments made 
 for the same number of years by his colleagues In the same administration. 
 
 Art. 27. Undcrofficers who are appointed to such posts shall be subject to the same discipline and regulations 
 to which other employees of the same class are liable, including the rules and regulations regarding siisiienslon and 
 dismissal. 
 
 Art. 28. This law shall come Into force on January 1, 1884. 
 
 SPECIAL AND PROVISIONAL REOULATIONH. 
 
 Art. 29. Except that, aa is laid down In article 18 and article 23, all other regulations as ruled by the present 
 law are not applicable to the underofticers of the corps of royal carablnieri, of the veteran and invalid cqrps, military 
 penal establishments, discipline companies, remount establishments, bandmasters, and corps of armorers. 
 
 For the underoificers of the above services the previous regulations remain in force, Including those regarding 
 reengagements with a gratuity, aa stated In article 137 of the law on recruiting. 
 
 Such engagements are also applicable for the privatea of the carabinieri, and alao for private soldiers of other 
 branches of the aervicea who are allowed to reengage, although not nnderofflcers. 
 
 f 
 
 i. n 
 
 >'!(, 
 
 11 
 
90 
 
 Art. no. With thn nxnAptioii of the Cor]M nf Knynl Cnrnbinierl, all nthnr nnil««rnfnc<M*R ahnll t>« rntitlml tn nn 
 imnimn (il 0..'l<) lir« per ili<>iii in pince ol° the aiiiiiiul Krutukty of liV) lirii, which in uliohMh<<il. 
 
 Am. :U. rn)l«ri>n)oerii r<t«nt«riiiK the xervice iiniler the attpiilntionii ol' artlrln 3, irri'ipectivo of the niiinlier of 
 veitrH tliity havo titrvwl, •ball not he aliowcU to he cuiKllilutea for einployiiient before they hnvc ronipleted fotirteitii 
 y«<»rH with the coliim. 
 
 Aid. 111*. Thit reKuliitinnn iih laid down in iirtlrlo 'J, ntKanllnK the nndoronicnm' termof nervice, iihnll bo rnforneil 
 on all thoai' undorolllcerN who inn.v be promoted after January I, 1HH.H, or to thoae attached to Inatrnotion noPtioiiM 
 on the date of tho proilanwition of thlN Inn. 
 
 All other nnderotHcern ahall b(« liable to th<^ iiNnal contract* of itervice entered on. 
 
 Akt. 33. All ri^htM prnvioiiNly obtained on re«*nKaKenienta with gratuity are maintained, with thf exception of 
 tho oaac mentioned in articlu 'M. 
 
 Aitr. 31. llnderonio'rH nanally Mcrving with the color* without having reengaged with a gratuity ihall be paid 
 monthly tho dUfiirencx botwcon tho inoreaaed pay mentioned iu articlu 30 and the actual gratuity. 
 
 On tho completion of their torui of Horvice tho rogulatiomt of tho present law ahall be enforced unrcHtrioted; 
 they may thon roougitKe for one year for four itucceaHive yoara, aa laid down, with a gratuity of 100 liro and an 
 annual allowance of 2Ul liro. 
 
 Aht. :tri. Undcrollloem reeuKaKotl with a gratpity ahall be paid tho annual premiuniH aH before, and monthly the 
 ditfrroiico between tho incroaitod pay and actual gratuity, aa laid down in articlu 30. 
 
 On tho termination of their roenKaKoment they may reengage Huccoaaively for one year at a time without extra 
 pay, HO im to entitle thom to a ponHion or to a aituation in the civil M^rvice. They will not, however, be awarded 
 a |>oHt in the civil m-rvico until thoy have aorved fourteen yearn with the colon*, or nntil two yoara have expired after 
 tho termination of their ruougagonient. 
 
 The undnrotHcera who claim their diacharge after twelve yeara' Nervico with the colorx may heoomo oandidateH 
 for civil umployiuunt, but at the rate of one-fifth of the vaoanoiea. 
 
 Akt. 'M\. ITnderolHcerB roenliated with a premium, or reengaged with a premium, shall alwaya have the option 
 of boiuK troiitod under tho rogulationa OMtablished by thlH law ; if ao, tliey ahall relinquiah absolutely the privileges 
 attached to the present euliHtmont or rcongagemout, and then only will they be entitled to the extra pay tlxed by 
 this law, and according to the year of sorvice iu which they are when thoy declare their option; they shall, in addi- 
 tion, be entitled to nil the privileges laid down iu the present law for obtaining civil employment, claim to be 
 pensioned, and payment of extra allowancoa. 
 
 Aht. 37. An underoflicer who retires or is promoted to a aublioutenancy, and who is a creditor of capital due 
 for roongagoments with a gratuity, previously obtained or already settled, and siuiilarly the underofflcer en,|oying a 
 ]iunsion, shall have no claim to the indemnities mentioned in article 11, article 12, and article '13. 
 
 UndorotHcorH, however, who have reengaged under the present law, ahall be entitled to a gratuity of 300 lire 
 per aunnui tor every year completed in such reeugagement. 
 
 Akt. 38. The regulations stated above, and laid down in this law, do not impair existing rights of applicants 
 for civil employment before the publication of this law, provided such claims do not imply a transfer i^m other 
 administrations to the war otHce. 
 
 We hereby decree that the present law, duly sealed, be inserted in the laws of the Kingdom of United Italy, 
 
 aud ordain that all concerned shall obey it aa a law of the State. 
 
 Humbert. 
 
 Fkrrcro, War ilinitttr. 
 
fill 
 
 lif 
 
 tied tn an 
 
 Field Range Finders. 
 
 t.i. 
 
 AUSTRIA-HUNOARY, BBLOIUM, ENGLAND, PRANCE, OBRMANY, ITALY, AND RUSSIA. 
 
 Ill tlio t'oll()win{( iiuteH are eiiuinernted and deiicrilied, iM far ns known, tliu held ran^o tlrdiirs 
 iictunlly in uhc in Ihu various European arniiuM. Tlio descriptions have been taken, whenever 
 |M>NNil)lo, from oltleial sources, supplemented occasionally by unotHcial duscriptionH and notices, 
 trade advertisements, etc. Considerable use has been made of tlie article on range ttnders by 
 (<apt. A. II. UusMell, Ordnance Department, which ap|)earetl in Ordnance Notes No. 170, of 1881. 
 
 In a subHe(|uent number it is intcndcil to descrilHs as far as possible, the systems of range 
 and imsitiou tlnding used for coast defense in Europe. 
 
 AuHTRiA.— TiiB Infantry Ranob Finder. 
 
 THK ROKSANDK! RANGE FINDER. 
 
 Theory nf the instrummt. — Oiven two mirrors, I and II, making with each other an angle of 
 40°. A ray fh>m object O falling on 
 mirror I is retlected in the direction Jt' jf 
 
 1 II to the mirror II, and thence in 
 the direction II A into the observer's 
 eye. The angle inclosed by the re- 
 flected ray II A and its original direc- 
 tion 10 is double the angle inclosed 
 by the mimtr surfaces. The former, 
 therefore, in this case is a right angle. 
 
 If the angle made by the mirrors 
 be increased by an angle a, the 
 angle between the reflected ray and 
 its original direction lO must be 
 2(45-1- rr):! go +2f)r, and the ray is re- 
 flected in the direction A D, which, 
 with A II or A D, incloses the angle 
 2a. 
 
 Now, if the reflected ray A D is to 
 be given its old direction without 
 changing the mirror angle (45° -f- a), 
 the instrument has to be displaced so 
 far toward D that the incident ray 
 and A D inclose an angle of 90-|-2w. 
 In assuming, therefore, the angle 
 «OC=2a, the instrument would have 
 to be transferred from a to C. 
 
 We thus get a right-angled tri- 
 angle aCO, of which, besides the acute angle 2a, the short side aC (the base) is known; the other 
 side aO can now be found. 
 
 91 
 
 Fio. 1. 
 
, ^J5^W* ' ■ ''' -- ' '*. * *^ ^* 'S' j ^ ' W'' '^ ^''! *^ ^"J! ' S ' ^?.j ' !il!^'' ' ';"'^^^^^^ 
 
 '■ "« - ' ' I ! ■ ■ (" III .. 
 
 ' ^m 'i !. ' B-^' ! ..>-! i JW W PiWW»» ■ 
 
 92 
 
 C'oniitruation. — The important parts of the instrument are fixed to a brass base plate P (fig. 2), 
 and inclosed by a brass case G. Two phiiii steel mirrors I and 11 are each screwed to a mirror arm. 
 The rearward mirror arm U is cast in one piece with tlie base plate. On its extremity, which pro 
 Jecta through the right side of the casing, there is a female screw \hread for screwing in a handle 
 U, a second female screw thread being on the anterior face of this part for the binding screw e. 
 
 The anterior mirror arm V is also of brass, and pivots on the steel pivot .r, over which it is 
 
 8liMi)C(l and held in place by n pin. The i)ivot is perpendicnlar to the base plate and screws into it. 
 
 At the other extremity of this mirror arm, which is split, there is a trigger 1>, and above the 
 
 latter a stop screw a, which may be fixed 
 in any position by the clamp screw I: 
 
 Th3 two mirrors are held apart by a 
 spiral spring of braas, whose ends are 
 inserted in corresponding recesses of the 
 arms. 
 
 Fixed to the base is also a split block 
 «, which serves to receive the adjusting 
 screw r, which is of steel. The latter 
 may be fixed in any position by a clamp- 
 screw Jc, which is screwed ir from below. 
 Lastly, there is a binding ncrew e in 
 the anterior mirror arm opposite the ad- 
 justing screw. 
 
 The casing G, which serves to protect 
 the mirrors .and exclude superfluous 
 light, is fastened to the base by four 
 screws. On the right side a piece A is 
 cut out, through which the rays from the 
 object O on the right reach the mirror I; 
 in the anterior wall there is a window B 
 through which the foreground can be 
 seen, and below is a hole for the head of 
 the adjusting screw. 
 
 From the rearward edge of the left- 
 side wall there springs a curved projetj- 
 tion C, which, when the instrument is 
 used, fits ag<ainst the nose. To the rear 
 the casing is open. The handle U is of 
 wood, reenforced at its upper end by a 
 brass ferrule ending in a screw. Each 
 instrument is provided with a leather-(!overed wooden case which is slung over the left shoulder by 
 means of a strap. 
 
 Use of the range finder. — When the anterior mirrorarm is presse*! against the rear mirror 
 arm by means of trigger D, the planes of the mirrors inclose an angle of 45°. When the 
 trigger is released, the anterior mirror arm is pushed forward by the spiral spring until the 
 bindings crew e touches the adjusting screw r. In this position the mirror planus inclose an angle 
 of4r>o34.4'. 
 
 Stand so as to have the object O on your right; grasp the instrument by the handle with the 
 right hand, point of thumb against the mirror arm K and the middle joint of the forefinger against 
 the trigger D, the projection C against the right side of the nose, right hand resting against the 
 cheek and the right arm against the body. Press the two mirror arms together (making an angle 
 
 i'"i<i. : 
 
'j ! i-gajeilSS ' 5JgJ5 
 
 A;- . 
 
 
 u , ->i < . 
 
 
 ".'•«♦(- >-Sit 
 
 "•f!*»r*-»- 
 
 |/^V^^Vtv5k%^.^' 
 
 "^^?3 
 
 w 
 
 
 ^■v 
 
 t 
 i 
 
 
 r 
 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 >. 
 
 
 J 
 
 • 
 
 
 "sn^ 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 ,, 
 
 I ^^ 
 
 ,f' 
 
 ,«ai- 
 
 1 V :■ .» 
 
 -s-^ 1 < 
 
 
 
 ilrJi. 
 
 
 
 ^4 •.^^^^ 
 
 ki. 
 
 m 
 
 ~M!L.iJm.§MMii^MMJtMMi&i^y:«i l9 mmmt i 
 
 :»! 
 
Major Stroobants 
 
 Tntervor. 
 
 <»,tff« — 
 
 t 
 
 If 
 I 
 
 8 
 
 Vertical Projectixnv. 
 
 S7 
 
 HorixonUil ProJecUxiiv. 
 
 & 
 
 eu 
 
Sir ooh ants' Telemeter. 
 
 tM mmm «»n« ■ 
 
I 
 
4 
 
 98 
 
 of 45 degrees). Object O ig now seen in mirror II in u direction at right angles to On. Have a 
 stake I) (see flg, 1) planted in the apparent direction of the image of O (looking over mirror O 
 throngh window B, flg. 2), and stretcli tapeline from your position towanl that stake. Release the 
 mirror arm and walk forward until the image of O and the stake 1) (see fig. 1) again coincide. 
 The distance you have stepped off is 1 : 50 of the distance to O. 
 
 UANUE FINDll.a IN THE FIELD AUTILLEBV. 
 
 The Austrian field artillery does not use range-flnding instrunients. The distiiuces are 
 estinmted, and are then corrected by means of the " fork." 
 
 Belgium. — The Infantry TELEitiKTEs. 
 
 THE STBOOBANTS TELBMETEU. 
 
 Fig. 2, plate, gives a full-sized drawing of this instrument, which consists of two pentagonal 
 prisms inclosed in a casing of blackened copper so as to leave the faces forming the right angle 
 of each prism uncovered. 
 
 Prism A (fig. 3) is constructed so that the angle at r is a right angle and the faces mn and pq 
 inclose an angle of 45 degrees. Bays from an object a will, therefore, after undergoing double 
 reflection by the faces mn and pq, strike rm normal, and the image of a will be visible in the 
 direction of a'. This prism may therefore be used for establishing a right angle. 
 
 The prism B (flgs. 4 and 5) is constructed like A, with the exception that the faces mn and 
 pq inclose an angle of 45" 22' 55". Bays from an object a entering the prism normal to pr will 
 therefore undergo double reflection from the faces mn and pq, as in prism A, but, not arriving 
 normal to rm, will suffer refraction, the angle alt (or rdt) being equal to 2x45° 22' 55", i. e., 90° 
 45' 50"; the angle rds (or acs) will be 91° 8' 45", depending on the index of the refraction of the 
 glass, and the image of a will appear in the direction of a'. 
 
 A^lication, — Establish a right angle by means of prism A, and mark same by a stake or 
 other object; then from the same point, looking through prism B, advance toward the signal 
 chosen until signal and image of target again are seen to coincide. Measure the distance so 
 passed over, find the number of units in column B of the table of distances, and the figure oppo- 
 site in the a^oining column D will be the distance sought. If D represents the distance to target, 
 
 B the base, and a the angle at vertex of triangle, the formula is D=B x ia»«,' 
 
 Use of the iitstrument {fig. 6). — Standing at h the observer wishes to find the distance ab. 
 
 Stand at 6 so as to have a on your left; take the instrument between thumb and forefinger of 
 the right hand, one face of the right angle of prism A toward the object, the other toward the eye, 
 the fingers holding the instrument about the middle. The object is now seen in the direction a', 
 and should coincide with some clearly visible object seen in the distance over the top of the 
 instrument. If there is no such object, move to the right or left, or forward or back, until some 
 plainly visible object becomes available as signal S. 
 
 Beverse the instrument, look through prism B, and advance from h toward S, along the 
 straight line connecting the two, until the image of a and the signal S are again seen to coincide. 
 Measure he and find the distance ah in the table of distances. 
 
 Or you may stand at some point e and establish the signal S by means of prism B; then 
 reversing the instrument and walking bitckward to some point b — looking meanwhile through 
 prism A — establish point 6, and thus the distance he, by means of which ah may be found. 
 
 The normal coefficient, . , is 50; but as it is impossible in the construction of the instru- 
 ment to get the angles of the prisms exact, and as the refraction of the glass also varies somewhat, 
 
 lit 
 
 py^ 
 
 Wi 
 
 J 
 
 n.' 
 
 ( 
 
94 
 
 a separate table is luwle for each instrument. The coefficient thus found experimentally for eacli 
 instrument is engraved on the casing. 
 
 To avoid damage to the exposed faces of the prisms of the telemeter, which are liable to be 
 nicked by objects that would be habitually carried in the pocket, and to keep these faces from 
 getting dirty or losing their polish, the telemeter is provided with a metallic box with a cover. 
 The instrument fits snugly in this box, which is also used for carrying the tables. These are 
 sometimes pasted to the inside of the cover and the bottom of the box. 
 
 The Stroobants telemeter is claimed to be the very lightest known. It is certainly lighter 
 and smaller than the Souchier prism telemeter. There is absolutely nothing to get out of order. 
 It is always correct, can be used by anyone of ordinary intelligence, and is perhaps tl»e cheapest 
 range finder actually in use. 
 
 RANGE FINDING IN THE FIELD AETILLERY. 
 
 Kange finders are not used in the Belgian field artillery. Ranges in the field are first 
 estimated, and corrections are made by means of the "bracket" or "fork." 
 
 England. 
 
 field artillery range finders. 
 
 The range finders in the service for horse and field artillery are (1) the Watkin field range 
 finder and (2) the Watkin field telemeter. Their application is at present restricted to objects 
 seen by daylight, and, except under special circumstances, to the observation of stationary objects. 
 
 Part I.— The Watkin Fikld Range Finder. 
 
 The instrument is double reflecting, on the principle of the common sextant, but is so con- 
 structed that the distant object is seen by direct vision, and the near one by reflection. It weighs 
 about ^ pounds. Its parts are as follows : The metal case, the cylinder, the cylinder guide collar, 
 the cylinder band, the base bar and sliding collar, the base-bar spring, the steel bar, the steel-bar 
 spring, the index glass, the short arm, the horizon glass, the rack and pinion, the rack knob and 
 spring slide, the regulator, the regulator blocks, the adjusting key, the telescope, the two eyeholes 
 with sliding shutters, one for each eyehole. 
 
 The cylinder consists of a metal barrel with a steel pointed screw rigidly fixed in it. The 
 screw works in a split spring guide collar, its point bearing upon a steel block at the end of the 
 base bar. The cylinder has engraved upon it spirally a scale of ranges from 460 to 6,000 yards, 
 which are read by means of an arrowhead upon a fixed band which partly surrounds the barrel. 
 The cylinder has a zero mark to show when it is fully screwed up. 
 
 The base bar is of gun metal, and has a scale of bases engraved on it from 60 to 130 yards; 
 the scale is read by means of a line cut on the sliding collar. The bar is compelled to move with 
 the cylinder, being pushed forward by it in one direction, and constrained by the base-bar spring 
 to follow it in the other. 
 
 The steel bar conforms to the movement of the base bar, being pushed forward by it in one 
 direction, and constrained by the steel-bar spring to follow it in the other. 
 
 The index glass, which is entirely silvered, is fixed in a frame at the pivot end of the steel 
 bar. The glass has necessarily a movement dependent upon that of the steel bar. 
 
 The horizon glass and short arms. The glass is half silvered and set in a metal frame fixed 
 to the short arm. It has two positions: 
 
 1. When the regulator is pressed against the side block K (Pis. I and II); it is then at 46° 
 inclination to the index glass. 
 
95 
 
 
 2. When the regulator iu pressed against tbe center block L; it is then ])arallul to the iiulex 
 glass. 
 
 The horizon glass is shifted from one position to the other by the rack and pinion, ai;tuated 
 by the rack knob. Back lash is avoided by a bent spring under this knob. 
 
 The regulator and regulator blocks. — The regulator is a small screw of hardened steel carried 
 on the end of the short arm, from which it projects in both directions; the arm plays between the 
 steel regulator blocks. The position of this screw can bo slightly altered by the adjusting key 
 without any alteration in the total angular traverse of the short arm carrying the horizon glass. 
 Thus, if the short arm be locked in position so that the regulator bears against the block L ( I'ls. I 
 and II), then by screwing or unscrewing the regulator the horizon glass can be brought exactly 
 parallel to the index glass, and by this method the instrument can be tested and adjusted. 
 
 The sliding collar can be set in any itosition on the base bar from the CO graduiition to the 
 extreme end. Its function is to communicate a motion to the steel bar from the base bar, the motion 
 being proportional to the length of the base to which the collar is set. When the cylinder is at 
 zero the steel bar and base are absolutely parallel, and the movement of the sliding collar along 
 the base bar imparts no movement to the index glass. 
 
 The amount of motion of the cylinder to give a definite movement to the index glass depends 
 on the position of the sliding collar. By setting this collar to the proper graduation for the base 
 used the range in yards can be read direct from the scale on the cylinder. 
 
 The sliding shutters have eyeholes in them and should be closed when the telescope is not 
 used. An observation taken with the shutters open can not be depended upon. 
 
 The telescope is focussed by moving the eyepiece, and magnifies four times. For use, it is 
 inserted into the eyeholes, the shutters being withdrawn. 
 
 The steel tape is a ribbon of steel 20 feet long with a loop at one end for fixing to a button on 
 the A picket, the other end being fastened to the interior of a case into which the whole ribbon 
 can be wound. There is a raised mark on the tape indicating a length of 6 yards. The tape is 
 employed to test the length of the metallic cord. 
 
 The metallic cord is composed of a silk line 18 feet 9^ inches long, and covered with copper 
 wire. One end is fixed to a wooden shuttle on which the cord is wound; the other is furnished 
 with an S hook which enables the cord to be attached to the button of the A picket. A lengi h of 
 exactly 6 yards is marked o£f by a single knot on the cord on the outside of the hole in the shuttle, 
 the measurement being from this knot to the outside bend of the hook. 
 
 The tripod pickets are of ash, each consisting of three legs and an upright, and carrying a 
 little flag. 
 
 '' CSE OF TUB INSTRUMENT. 
 
 In order to take the range with the Watkin range finder from any point P to any object 
 O (fig. 1), it is necessary that a position may be found to the right or left of P from which both 
 O and P are visible, and at which point Q may be marked so that either the angle OPQ or the 
 angle OQP shall be a right angle. The procedure in taking the range is as follows (figs. 2 and 3) : 
 Place a picket at P, find the right- angle point Q by means of the instrument, and place a second 
 picket there. Standing at Q, read with the instrument the base PQ by means of a sub-base PB 
 marked by picket B at right angles to PQ. Set ofi^" the base so found on the base bar of the 
 instrument, proceed to P, and taking an observation read the range OP on the graduated 
 cylinder. The operation thus consists of (1) fixing the right angle, (2) finding the b^e, and (3) 
 taking the range. 
 
 1. FIXING THE RIGHT ANGLE. 
 
 Set the cylinder at zero, the rack knob at « range-right angle" (setting the mirror at 45°), and 
 the sliding collar at the stop. Look through the end eyehole marked for right angle and range. 
 
 n . r 
 
 .■l!|i; 
 
 "I, 
 
 1'^ 
 
 U ( III'' 
 
 I!-; 
 
 It' 
 
99 
 
 Let O be the object and P the i>oiiit from which the range to O is to be found (flff. 3). Place 
 yourself at any point, say Q' or ii". Look at O through the unsilvered portion of the horizon 
 glasH. The image of picket P will now appear reflected in the silvered iMrtiou of the glass toward 
 P' or P" at right angles to PQ' or PQ" (flgs. 4 and 5). 
 
 /^' 
 
 
 Jt 
 
 Fio.2. 
 
 Fio.3. 
 
 Advance or retire, as the case may be, until object O and image of picket P coincide in the 
 glass. This will fix the right angle (fig. 6). 
 
 Fia.4. 
 
 Fia. S. 
 2. FIKDINO THE KASE. 
 
 Fia.6. 
 
 The initial point P and the right-angle point Q have each been marked by a picket. })y means 
 of process just described and the metallic cord (6 yards in length) establish point li (fig. 13) and 
 mark with picket, PR forming a right angle with QP and measuring 6 yards in length. Turn the 
 cylinder to zero, pnsh rack knob to ''base" (setting mirrors parallel), and set off length of 
 sub-base— 6 yards — on base bar. Stand at Q facing QB, hold instrument over picket Q, look 
 through eyehole marked "base." The reflected images of P and B will now appear immedietely 
 under their natural ones in the horizon glass (fig. 10). Bevolve cylinder until reflected image 
 of B coincides with natural image of P, and read distance of PQ on cylinder scale. 
 
 When the cylinder is at zero the glasses are parallel and the images coincide. When the 
 cylinder is revolved the index glass is displaced and reflected image thrown to one side to an 
 extent proportional to the number of revolutions given to cylinder. The sub-base PB (flg. 8), 
 being fixed at 6 yards, the smaller PQ is the greater becomes the required movement of the index 
 glass — the amount of movement being registered by the scale on the cylinder and being a measure 
 of the distance PQ. 
 
l!*i' 
 
 Jfr-^ 
 
 97 
 
 I. TAKIMO i'llK KANOB. 
 
 The length l*Q havinj? been ascertained as just described, set off that distance on the base 
 , ir ; otherwise, set instrument as for finding right angle and place it uiMin picket P so tliat ring 
 marked on bottom of case coincides with head of picket. 
 
 0, 
 
 jleettd mages 
 
 i?'^^ 
 
 ^^N. 
 
 
 '4 
 
 (f 
 
 ■-.^ * 
 
 ^--V 
 
 •^lA 
 
 Via. 8. 
 
 
 Fid. 7. 
 
 Fio. 9. 
 
 Look through tlie eyehole marked ■<* range-right angle." Image Q', of picket Q is seen 
 reflected at right angles to PQ in a direction 8 to the right of O (figs. 7 and 8). Revolve the 
 cylinder, making Q' move toward O until reflected image Q' coincides with O, which latter is seen 
 
 direct. 
 
 no. 10. 
 
 Fio. u. 
 
 Fia.U. 
 
 Fm. 18. 
 
 In the operation two right angles are established, the mirrors standing at 45° to each other. 
 When the reflected image is made to coincide with object the position of one nurror is changed 
 and its movement made to register the distance on the cylinder, which has a scale engraved 
 on it. To adapt the instrument for various lengths of PQ the base bar is so arranged that the 
 movement imparted to the index glass by each turn of the cylinder is increased or diminished 
 according to the position of the sliding collar. This compensation is approximate, not absolute. 
 
 READINU TIIK 8CALK8. 
 
 The scale on the base bar is used for marking a subbase and for marking a base. In the 
 former case the numbered figures only are used, the figures indicating so many yards. In the lat- 
 ter case the subdivisions signify yards and the marked divisions tens of yards, but for conven- 
 ience these figures are multiplied by ten. 
 
 The cylinder scale serves for reading the range and the base. The numbers are read firom 
 right to left. Up to the 3,000 yards the scale is graduated for every 10 yards, between 2,000 and 
 3,000 yards for every 25 yards, and from there upward for every 50 yards. The numbers 450 to 
 990 denote the actual range in yards, those from 10 to 50, hundreds of yards. 
 15848 M 
 
 
 * '3 
 
'^m 
 
 98 
 
 Fig. 10 HhowB liow the uhidiI Hubbase of yards Ih Het off on tbo bar Hoalu. Tf in reading tlM> 
 base the index of tlie cylinder points as in tig. 14, it is set o£f on the bur suulo without calculation 
 
 T 
 
 k^\^miM= 
 
 2> 
 
 Fill. 14. 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 ^yit.i*>i 
 
 1 
 
 Flu, U, 
 
 r 
 
 1 
 
 n 
 
 i 
 
 YL 
 
 FlO. 10. 
 
 as in fig. 16. If in reading the range the index on the cylinder jioiuts as in tig. 14, the range is 
 1,015 yards. 
 
 THK MIRROKH. 
 
 Let E be the eye looking through the unsilvered part of the horizon glass F at the object O. 
 Let A be the picket, the reflection of which falls flrst on the index glass N at the angle fi and from it 
 passes off at the angle /?', and falls ujMin the horizon glass (silvered portion) at the angle r/, and 
 
 from it again to the eye at the angle ;;'. Let B be the angio 
 at which the mirrors are to each other and a the angle be- 
 tween the object and the picket. By the optical law : Anglo 
 of incidence = angle of reflection — 
 
 /? = /?' 
 
 Now, by Euclid, the exterior angle = the two interior 
 opposite angles. Therefore, 
 
 V' + PFN = (f + /3' = e + /3 
 
 Adding — 
 
 /3 + tf + PFN + FNP = 26 + /3 + tf 
 
 Fio. 17. 
 
 That is, 
 But— 
 
 PFN + FNP = 26 
 the angle a = PFN + FNP 
 
 Therefore, 
 
 a = 26 
 If, then, ^ = 450, a = 90O. 
 
99 
 
 Paht II.— Tiik Watkin Fiki.I) TKi.rMr.TKii. 
 
 TIIK INHTKI'MKNT (HRK l'I.H. Ill TO VI). 
 
 The iiiHtnimt'iit is double rofloctiiig like tho ttcld raiiKo (Ituler, tho distant object boiiig neen by 
 direct viHioii, the near one by retteotion. The parts are the ft-utnc, the cylinder, the cylinder (juide 
 ro4l, the cylinder band, the coniiiensatinif bur and sprinK, tlie sottint; Hcrew, the screw guard, the 
 l>a8o bar, base-bar spring, and sliding collar, the steel bar and spring, the double index glasH, 
 the horizon glass, the right-angle (lointer, the right-angle and base eyehole with sliding shutter, 
 the range eyehoh; with sliding shutter, and the telescope. 
 
 The firanie is fitted with a leather bottom plate having two recesses for the head of the picket 
 corresponding to the range and right-angle eyeholes. The instrument is partly of aluminium, and 
 weighs 2 [munds 15 ounces. 
 
 The cylinder, cylinder band, and guide rod. — The cylinder consiHts of a metal barrel hollowed 
 out and tapped to work on a screw guide rod. The cylinder has engraved upon it spirally a scale 
 of ranges from 450 to 5,(K)0 yards; these are read by means of an arrowhead upon a fixed band 
 which surrounds the barrel. The cylinder has a zero mark to show when it is fully screwed up. 
 
 The compensating bar and screw are on the right of the instrument; the bar is pusheil for- 
 ward by the screw in one direction and constraineil by the bar spring to follow it in the other. 
 The action of the compensating bar is to move the horizon glass within certain limits. 
 
 The steel bar, the base bar, and sliding collar are for all purposes the same as in the field range 
 finder. The base bar is graduated to 140. 
 
 The double index glasses which are entirely silvered are fixed in frames at right angles to 
 one another at the pivot end of the steel bar. 
 
 The horizon glass is half silvered and fixed in a metal f^ame in the compensating bar. 
 
 The right-angle pointer is attached to the liorizon glass, travels over the brass platQ, and in 
 combination with a mark on base plate marks the true right angle. 
 
 The telescope magnifies fonr times. 
 
 The tape and cords are the same as for the field range finder. 
 
 The trii)od pickets are the same as for the field range finder, but only two are used. 
 
 USE OF TIIK INHTRUMBNT. 
 
 The conditions necessary to take the range with this instrument are the same as for the field 
 range finder, but it is not necessary to make an exact right angle. A variation from the right 
 angle is admissible to the extent caused by a movement forward (toward the object) or away from 
 it of one-tenth the base. A deviation exceeding 1 or. 2 paces is, however, to be avoided unless 
 greater cover is thereby obtained, as it involves an error in range, the error increasing with the 
 extent of the deviation and amounting to as much as plus 1^ per cent at the extreme limits 
 allowable, which are indicated by the travel of the right-angle pointer, and by the run of the 
 setting screw. The operation of taking the range consists of three operations: (1) Fixing the 
 right angle; (2) finding the base; (3) taking the range. 
 
 1. FIXIKO THE RIGHT ANGLE. 
 
 Set the cylinder at zero, tne right-angle pointer being set as near as iwssible to right angle 
 and the sliding collar to the stop on the base bar. Turn down the setting-screw guard.. Using 
 riglit eyehole, make coincidence roughly, plant the right-angle picket as for the field range finder, 
 by means of the setting screw, complete coincidence exactly (withimt moving the picket), and turn 
 up the screw guard, which should not be touched again till the range has been found. 
 
 'I 
 
 ;.f|. { 
 
 |1 1. 
 
 ani 
 
ICH) 
 
 3 FINDINI) TIIK HAMR, 
 
 A Hiibb»Ho 'laviiiK boeti marked by tliu iMHiMtuiit UHiii ruiigt^ (liidiiiR with tbu llvhl riiiiKit IIimUm 
 (oxcept thiit piiiket H Ih not UH«d), iiiaku coincidoiicu IwjtWM!!! tliu reMu<rtinii of tht^ Hbitttli^ wltirh 
 inarkH the uiid of thii HubbaHv, and tlio object by turning th«^ cylindiir, IcNiking while ho dtdn^ 
 through the right eyehole as before. The reading on the cylinder scale will l>o the bnMe requirctl. 
 
 :i. TAKIN(i THK KANUK. 
 
 The range in read through the left eyehole at the A picket in the Name way aH with the Held 
 range finder. 
 
 The HcaleH are read the Haine way an on the field range Hnder. 
 
 THKOHY or TIIK INHTHUMKNT. 
 
 The general theory of the iuHtrunient it) the name an that of the tleld range Under, exempt in 
 the conuieiiBating action of the double index glasseM and the method of Hiiding the base. 
 
 The vomjH'Mntiiiff avtiun. — Consider the inHtrumeut used with the right-angle i>ointer at /.eio 
 (both index glasses being at 45° to the horizon glass). Then if <) lie the object (tig. 18) and AC tht> 
 
 ■^A 
 
 FHi. 18. 
 
 Fio. ID. 
 
 base, OCA is made an exact right angle by use of the right eyehole, and CAC is made an exact 
 right angle by the use of the left eyehole (the cylinder being at %ero). The range, which is 
 approximately equal to CO, is recorded by the instrument as AC, cot. AOC, and is therefore found 
 correctly. 
 
 Consider that for convenience the observer has left the exact right-angle position and advaucc<l 
 to K or retired to K' (fig. 19), and has completed coincidence of A and O by use of the setting screw. 
 The two index glassses are now no longer at 45° to the horizon glass, but the increase in th(> 
 angle on the one side is exactly balanced by the decrease of the angle on the other side. It', 
 therefore, the true right-angle base AC were set on the base bar, the range recorded by the instru 
 
 J 
 
iiKo IIikUm 
 tiU> wltirh 
 
 I Ml (loi||)r 
 
 I riM|iiiro(l. 
 
 I theaeld 
 
 tixuvpt ill 
 
 9. 
 
 er ut /et'o 
 lid AC tlu- 
 
 D uu exact 
 , which is 
 fore found 
 
 odvauccd 
 ing screw, 
 ane in the 
 
 side, ir, 
 ;he instru- 
 
 101 
 
 ineiit would \m us h«for«— AC, cot. A<)( ■. Hut iiiMti^ad of AC, the bune H«»t in AK or AK' ; hence 
 Hie rmiKe recorded Ih AK,<'ot. A<M! or AK' cot. AOC, iiiid tlie error iiitnMluceil deiMUidn u|miii tlie 
 dirteieiiee liet ween A K or A K' tiiid A< \ The error cjiUHed by a devifttioii from tlie true ri^iit miKle 
 Ih ithvayH |>Iuh. 
 
 I'INDINU THK HAMK. 
 
 Whh the Aehl nuiire fljidm, if XC in the biwe H\g. LM)), and AH the HubbuHC at rijfht ansfleH to 
 AC, the base AC in iiieaHured ftotii the jMnnt C by Hetting the horizon and index Kla^eK parallel 
 and then niovluK the index glas by turning tli« cylinder niitll the reHectioii of It coincidet* with 
 the image A Keen directly, Tlie base so read, therefore, Ih equal to Ali cot. ACB. 
 
 With the tt^lenieter, in .rder to iin^aMnre A<' from C (UK- -'I), the jjlaHHeH are left, in the 
 lioHition they occupied when forming the alible OCA until the cylinder in turned to briuK the 
 reflection of B upon (). Thin latter operation Increases thv anjile ACO by the angle ACH, and as 
 before, the base im read AH cot. ACH. 
 
 It is to be noted, however, that whereas in tliiding tlie base with the Held range Hnder, the tri- 
 angle ACH may be in any plane, and therefore the subbaseAH may be at any angle to the vertical. 
 With the U'lemet<'r it in iiecessary that A, H,C,0 be in one j>lane; hence the subbase AH miistbc 
 laid out so that the |M)int8 H, A, O are all in one plane, 
 otherwise the angle OCH will not be equal <oO(^A+ACH, 
 but will be Hinnller, an error which will cause the base read 
 to be greatt^r than A( '. This error, again, will always pro- 
 duce a plus error in the range found. 
 
 The above will explain the circuuistance that the field 
 telemeter in the bands of beginners almost invariably reads 
 the range too long. 
 
 Although the '< Instructions for range finding, horse 
 and Hehl artillery," mention both the Watkin Held range 
 tinder and tht^ Watkin field telemeter as in use in the field 
 
 Fill 2U. 
 
 Fill. 31. 
 
 and horse artillery, the only instrument prescribed for issue in tlie « Equipment regulations, 1893," 
 is the telemeter. 
 
 It is reported in the Army and Navy Gazette of April 4, 189G, that ('ol. H. 8. 8. Watkins, 
 C. H., li. A., has just completed an instrument called the '< artillery mekometer," which will 
 supersede the telemeter now in use. The new instrument is to be similar to the infantry and 
 cavalry mekoineter, made of brass, and provided with two telescopes instetid of one. 
 
 INFANTRY RAN»R FINDERS. 
 
 t 
 
 TIIK MKKOMRTKR. 
 
 Briefly described, the mekometer consists of a pair of instruments operated by two men, and 
 connected by a specially constructed, pliable, inextensible, waterproof cord, the normal length of 
 which is 25 yards (two 12^-yard lengths), which constitutes the base. £ach operator carries one 
 
102 
 
 fi: 
 
 length of cord, which in provided with a spring catch at each end and is carried, when not in use, 
 on a reel in a leather case attached to the belt on the right side. 
 
 These instrnments are about 4 by 2^ by 1^ inches in size, and are designated as the mekometcr 
 right, which is carried by No. 1, and the mekometer left, carried by No. 2. (8ee Plate.) 
 
 The distant object is viewed by means of ^ telescope A, direct through the opening B, and tlio. 
 ivory strip on the instrument of the other o "server is seen by double reflection through the. 
 opening 0, the flap F, with the ivory strip attached, being raised. The optical principle on which 
 the instrument is constructed is similar to that of the sextant. 
 
 The mekometer left, or No. 2's instrument, is simply an improved form of optical square. No. 
 2 by advancing or retiring obtains exact coincidence with the ivory strip of No. I's instrument 
 and the distant object. This having been accomplished, No. 2 calls ''On," when No. 1 obtains 
 exact coincidence between the distant object and No. 2's instrument by revolving the drum D 
 opposite the index E. This reading with a 25-yard (2 lengths) base gives the exact range in 
 yards. 
 
 In taking the range, with a movable object. No. 2 obtains coincidence with the distant obje(;t 
 and No. I's ivory strip by moving forward or backward, walking to make considerable changes, 
 and moving his body for slight changes in position, calling <'On" whenever coincidences are 
 secured. No. 1 secures coincidences as before by turning the drum, but must take the reading at 
 once when No. 2 calls " On." 
 
 During these operations the cord is kept taut, as shown in the illustration. If half bases are 
 used, the drum readings are divided by 2; if double bases are used, the drum readings arc 
 multiplied by 2 to obtain the correct distances in yards; 
 
 All ranges above 1,500 or 1,600 yards should be taken with a double base, or four cords, i. e., 
 50 yards. 
 
 Observations ma}° be taken without n^ung the telescoi)e— a peep-hole sight being provided for 
 this purpose. 
 
 The instruments when not in use are carried in leather cases, which are attached to the waist 
 belt on the left side. 
 
 Trained observers are said to be able to take any range in fifteen or twenty seconds with these 
 instruments, the instruments being out of the cases and the cords stretched. 
 
 After picking out a moving object, five ranges a minute ought to be taken. 
 
 Any of the ordinary problems, such as finding the distance between two inaccessible obje(;ts, 
 can easily be solved by the mekometer. 
 
 THE WXLDON RANGE FINDER. 
 
 The Weldon range finder is a prism instrument well known in this country. Its description 
 is therefore omitted. 
 
 The English also use a stadiometer, the construction and use of which depends on the princi- 
 ple that in similar triangles similar sides are proportional. This is a convenient instrument for 
 
 use on the drill ground, but it is not suited to battle contritions. 
 
 Of the three infantry range finders above described, only one, the mekometer, is prescribed for 
 
 issue to units in case of war. Four sets, complete, are issued to each infantry battalion and the 
 
 same number to a mounted infantry battalion. The mekometer is also issued to the cavalry, at 
 
 the rate of one set for each regiment. 
 
, .1 
 
 ■ 1 
 
 not in use, 
 
 mekomeU'r 
 
 B, and the 
 trough tli<>. 
 eon which 
 
 uare. No. 
 
 nstrumont 
 
 1 obtains 
 
 le drum D 
 
 range in 
 
 tant obje(;t 
 le changes, 
 dences are 
 reading at 
 
 f bases are 
 adings are 
 
 cords, i. e., 
 
 rovided for 
 
 the waist 
 
 with these 
 
 Me objects, 
 
 lescriptioii 
 
 the priiici- 
 mment for 
 
 scribed for 
 >n and the 
 cavalry, at 
 
 ,>.aiOwo^«xzxo'&--ae *f 
 
 * 
 O 
 
 u 
 S 
 
 ut 
 
 Z 
 
 o 
 
 
 ! I 
 
 ■■ i^ 
 
 J 
 
x^j^vt:-^', i-xK- r^'-'c'ltMfti 
 
 -'^^ 
 
ail 
 
 ^ 
 
 t 
 
 y 
 
 > 
 
 hi 
 
 Q. 
 (0 
 
 a: 
 
 hi 
 
 a. 
 
 a: 
 
 hi 
 
 1 
 hi 
 
 y 
 iZ 
 
 i?^M«Si? 
 
 tota - xy 
 
 ■.t; 
 
^ 
 
 1 
 
 < 
 
 (L 
 OS 
 
 o 
 bl 
 
 ■i 
 
 *5 
 
 ■J 
 
 I 
 
 1 , 
 
J3 
 
 I* 
 
 Q 
 
 y 
 
 
! 1' 
 
 ■4 
 
w^ 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 i i <r»nr i r < wiTlMnirriit>iW waaiM>iii w i rwri iii> i«r . ■ 
 
 ii^ 
 
 atrrnitiiT^ffiffiKBimiiffiBmffMm'^ rriHrmni! 
 
u 
 
 « 
 
 In t^ 
 
 111 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 kl 
 
 .^ 
 
 
 ;;i 
 
 tv- 
 
MCKOMCTCRS. 
 
 NIOMT 
 
 tcrr 
 
 e.uo 
 
 ONlV Position. 
 
 N*.l OMtnvcR. 
 
 POSITION H. 
 
 (OntraL/ 
 
 VK 0I3CRVCR. 
 
e.uo 
 
 H9\ obwwir 
 
 Po sition I . 
 
 N*2 OHCRVcn. 
 
 Po sition H I. 
 
 Cfkrwa r a) 
 
 N?2 0»8tWVCW 
 
 ,-,Mm*n.<i<K^ moi, ,.'".• "••"" 
 

 ^f. 
 
 
 YJH^i 
 
 V \ 
 
 
 '^-4 
 
 / y 
 
 //A K 
 
 
 
 • *-./^^t% I 
 
 ; i'BoH 
 
 '-»*J^v\ 
 
 ■IT HO 
 
 v •.,^- 
 
 
 ^t 
 
 I f 
 
 \\x 
 
 »i . 
 
103 
 
 France. 
 
 FIELD ABTILLEUY RANGE FINDERS. 
 
 TIIK (lOULIKR TKIX>MRTBK. 
 
 The Goiilier telomct«r (not telemeter) consists of two instruments, A and B (fig. 1), connected 
 by a light wire of aluminium bronze, 40 meters long. Bach instrument consists essentially of (a) a 
 screen V, having painted on it a black vertical line, which represents at once the axis of the instru- 
 ment and that of the observer, and provided with a central opening or window; (6) a telescope v, 
 and (c) a pentagonal prism, two faces of which are silvered. The prisms are ho arranged (fig. 2) 
 that the observer sees directly to his front the objects on his right, by virtue of double reflection 
 (instrument A), while in the instrument B he sees directly in front of him the objects to his left. 
 Objects directly in front are seen through the telescope over the prism. 
 
 Jnatrument A. . 
 
 JivstrumjeTvt B 
 
 Fio. 1. 
 
 The prism of each instrument is inclosed in a box which is interposed between the telescope 
 and the screen. One angle of the prism is a right angle (flg. 2). The angles opposite the right 
 angles, formed by producing the sides BO and ED in one prism, and the corresponding sides in 
 the other, are equal to 45 degrees. The faces BO and ED are the ones that are silvered, thus 
 forming two converging mirrors. 
 
 It may readily be shown that any ray 8M incident to the face AE, whether normal qr not, will 
 emerge at right angles to its original direction. If the incident ray is normal, it will emerge nor- 
 mal to the other face. In all positions, therefore, the observer will see the image of the signal in 
 a perpendicular direction. Bringing the image to the upper plane of the prism, and at the same 
 time looking over the prism through the telescope, he can make the image of the signal coincide 
 
 J. , 
 
104 
 
 with any objective in the iierpendicular line. The Bignal is Happlied by tJ.r reference line on the 
 instrament of the second observer. 
 
 The instrument B carries a part peculiar to itself, viz, a refracting prism of variable angle 
 interposed between the penttigoiial prism and the screen. 
 
 This "compensator" or prism ,>f variable angle is formed by the combination of two zones 
 cut from lenses of the same focal distance or radius of curvature. The smaller lens, which is 
 fixed, is planoconcave; the larger, which is movable, plano-convex. When two such lense are 
 superimposed, their spherical surfsices being in contact, the combination forms a plate of glass with 
 parallel surfaces. Incapable of changing the direction of rays transmitted through them (fig. 3). 
 But if one of the lenses be displaced, objects are displaced to the right or left, as the case may be. 
 
 When the two lenses of the prism are in the initial jtosition, their optical axes coincide, and 
 rays passing through the prism will not suffer any change ^f direction. The displftcement of the 
 movable lens is made by the milled head b (fig. 1) along a graduated slide. The deviations of 
 the ray produced by the displacement of the lens are sensibly proportional to the displacements 
 themselv(u), or to the distances of which they are the parallaxes. 
 
 iv. 
 
 . f 
 
 AppareifB. Appnrpi'lA. 
 
 Tnsti'.A. 
 
 FIO.2. 
 
 FlO.3. 
 
 The displacement is registered on the instrument B by moans of two movable indexes. The 
 right index moves along a scale of distances corresponding to a normal base of 40 meters, the left 
 
 index moves along a scale which gives the relation ^ of the distance to the base. 
 
 B 
 
 TJ»e of Vie instrument. — ^To obtain a range, the telometer is used in the following manner: The 
 wire having been unrolled and drawn taut, and the two observers facing each other, observer A 
 stands with the objective G on his right, observer B with the objective on his left (fig. 4). Observer 
 A will move in such a manner that the image of the objective G which he sees by reflection will 
 coincide with the reference line of the screen of instrament B, seen directly. Having gained this 
 coincidence by calling to B to move to the right or left, forward or rear, making, if necessary, 
 slight changes of his own position, observer A will And himself at the vertex<if a right angle, one 
 of whose sides has the direction AG, and the other, AB, d being the angle at the objective G. 
 Before commencing the range taking observer B bring.<) the deviating lens of his instrument to its 
 initial position, when the index will point to zero, and rays incident to the lens will suffer no devia- 
 tion. Now, if B sights on the reference line of the screen A he will see the image of A in tlie 
 direction BD, which makes with BG an angle of 00 degrees, and which consequently makes with 
 BA an angle equal to 6. 
 
 Now, if the observer B turns the milled head b (fig. 1) and displaces the lens along its slide 
 until he sees the image of A in the direction BD, the displacement of the lens will correspond to 
 
 "^'^m^^^smm^mmmmwi^&m 
 
 j»siri 
 
 -asrasssE 
 
1 ! 
 
 B' 
 
 105 
 
 u iiM'asnremeiit of the angle opposite the known base of the triangle AOB, whence the corre- 
 
 AB 
 
 spending altitude AC may be det43rniined, as wo have, AC = jj^jj ^j* 
 
 In point of fact the leu tlisof AC for the given base of 40 meters and the several values of the 
 tan fi have been calculated, and the slide of the movable lens has been graduated accordingly. 
 
 Fin. 4. 
 
 The right index, which the lens carries with it in its movement, points to some division of the 
 graduation in distances, which gives the range directly. 
 
 By repeating the same operations, say, ten times, and taking the mean, a trained observer 
 may arrive at a very close approximation. If the range desired is small, half the wire, or a base 
 of 20 meters only, may be used. As, however, the distance that will be read on the graduation 
 corresponds to a base of 40 meters, the number found must be divided by 2. 
 
 ill 
 
 i 
 
 m 
 
liT' 
 
 106 
 
 The two instruments are carried in a wooden box, which also contains a few spare parts, etc. 
 This box is slipped into a leather case, provided with straps, and is carried by No. 3 trumpeter 
 Hlungover the shoulder. For ordinary transportation the telemeter is carried on the battery 
 wagon in the instrument chest of the battery. 
 
 The (roulier telemeter was one of the first really serviceable range Anders invented, and was 
 exhibited complete at the Paris Exposition in 1867. Notwithstanding the activity of inventors in 
 this field in recent years, the small real progress that has been made is shown by the retention of 
 the Goulier in the French field artillery to-day. 
 
 IWFANTEY RANGE FINDKRS. 
 
 Two range finders have until recently been in use in the French infantry, the Labbez and the 
 Goulier. 
 
 The Labbez is a two-mirror instrument, the use of which requires a measured base. It has 
 been discarded for the Goulier, and the latter has been replaced by the Souchier binocular telem- 
 eter, a brief description of which will be found below. 
 
 The Labbez has been several times described in English and American publications, notably 
 in Ordnance Note No. 170, of 1881, by Lieut, (now Capt.) A. H. Bussell, Ordnance Department. 
 
 The Goulier infantry telemeter, as far as is known, has not been described in English. It 
 consists essentially of a tube carrying a pentagonal prism serving as an optical square, a system 
 of two lenses forming a prism of variable angle, and a small triangular prism which is intended to 
 be utilized in the measure of the base. A small Gallilean telescope is sometimes added for the 
 purpose of greater accuracy. 
 
 The infantry Goulier is a single instrument, the use of which requires the measure of a base 
 line of constant length — 20 meters. Its principle is very similar to that of instrument B of the 
 Goulier telemeter used in the French field artillery, already described. 
 
 The minister of war decided, under date of the 1st of May, 1894, that as fast as the Labbez 
 and Goulier telemeters are turned in they will be replaced by the " jumelles-t^Mmetres" of Captain 
 Souchier, at the rate of one for each battalion. 
 
 A later order from the minister of war notified the several corps not to wait until their old 
 telemeters were unserviceable, but to purchase the new Souchier from the proper "masse" as soon 
 as possible. Accordingly it is believed that every infantry battalion of the French army has in its 
 possession to-day one of these instruments. 
 
 The Souchier binocular telemeter has also been adopted in the French infantry de marine. 
 
 The details of the construction of this instrument have not been given out for publication by 
 the French Government, but brief unofficial descriptions of it have appeared, the most important 
 of which is by Captain Danritt, of the French army (translated in the Journal of the Military 
 Service Institution, July, 1895, p. 144). There is another in the Scientific American of the 9th of 
 Febniary, 1895, where the instrument is miscalled the " Souchard." 
 
 As described by Captain Danritt, its essential features are as follows : 
 
 The Souchier <'jumelles-t^l^m^tre" is a powerful binocular telescope. When properly focused 
 there are interposed between the eye and the objective, by the simple pressure of the finger, two 
 prisms of certain refracting properties. Immediately there is no longer one image of the objective, 
 but a double image, or two images, appears. One of these is the real object, the other is an image 
 virtually created by the prism, but easily recognizable by its shaded appearance, by the fact that 
 it appears to be behind and relatively higher than the real image, and also by the fact that as the 
 distance increases the false image rises proportionally in rear of the real one. All the value of the 
 telemeter lies in this last fact. The object which serves as a base tor this instrument is a man 
 standing or on horseback. 
 
■1 
 
 t07 
 
 If the head of the real image is at the height of the shoulders of the false one the distance 
 from the observer is 300 meters; if at the waist, (iOO meters; if at the knees, 1,000 meters. If the 
 false image is al>ove the real, so that its feet appear to rest on the head of the real one, then the 
 distance is exactly 1,400 meters. If the two images separate, then the distance is over 1,400 
 meters, and the values are no longer proportional or constant. 
 
 Great results already appear from having the power, withont measuring a base and without 
 moving forward or backward, as in the Labbez and the Goulier, to estimate correctly a distance 
 within the limits of really eft'ective range. 
 
 The Scientific American states that the prisms on which the properties of the telemeter depend 
 are of Iceland spar, the double refracting properties of which are well known. 
 
 Germany. 
 
 Field range finders are not employed in the German army. In the infantry officers and men 
 are trained to estimate accurately distances by the eye, and where the nature of the ground per- 
 mits the estimated distance or range may be corrected by fifing successive volleys on the bracket 
 system. Liittig's telemeter, which is intended to be used in the instruction of troops in estimating 
 distances, has recently been supplied to a number of regiments by Springer, of Berlin. Though 
 it would not be impossible to use this instrument for obtaining ranges directly, in the field, it does 
 not appear that it is ever to be used for such a purpose. It consists of a powerful telescope with 
 cross wires, with a stadia rod, and is mounted on a light tripod. The error is stated to be about 
 10 and 25 meters at 300 and 1,600 meters, respectively. In the field artillery the estimation of the 
 distance of the target is left to the battery commander, and the estimated distance is corrected 
 by trial shots on the bracket system. 
 
 Italy. 
 
 field abtilleby bange findebs. 
 
 1. FiKLD Tklemetbr (Oautieb's). 
 
 The determination of the distance (fig. 1) of the observer A from the target B is reduced by 
 the telemeter to the solution of a right-angled triangle, in which the base b is obtained by actual 
 measurement and the angle B is given by the instrument. 
 
 We then have 
 
 o=6-T— -n=6 cosec B 
 
 For convenience in calculation, the instrument, instead of showing the value of the angle B, 
 gives directly the reciprocal of its sine, i. e., the cosecant, by which it is merely necessary to 
 multiply the length of the base b in order to obtain the distance c from the target. 
 
 The same formula is also applicable, without serious error, when the angle C is not an exact 
 right angle, provided it does not deviate therefrom by more than 8 degrees. 
 
 The field telemeter (fig. 2) consists of a brass tube or barrel, the principal parts of which are 
 a prismatic object glass and two small mirrors; in its rear end is a focusing eyepiece through 
 which the observer can see simultaneously both the objects that lie to his right (or left, as the case 
 may be) and directly in front of him — the former by double reflection in the mirrors, the latter by 
 refraction through the prismatic object glass. This is set in a hoop or ring which turns abont the 
 barrel. 
 
 In its initial position the outer face of the prismatic object glass will be perpendicular to the 
 vertical plane of sight. In this plane any ray which is approximately horizontal and which is 
 incident to the face of the prism will suffer some vertical displacement (which is of no consequence), 
 but no lateral de\iation. When, however, the hoop containing the object glass is revolved the 
 image of the object from which the ray proceeds will be displaced both laterally and vertically, 
 
 H 
 
 i ,'( 
 
 
108 
 
 and when the revolution of the prism ainoantfi to !N) de^jrees, or the former vertical Hection is hori- 
 zontal, the displacement will be entirely lateral and will amount to 3 degrees. The revolution of 
 the hooi> containing the object glass permits us, then, to meiMure with great exivctnesH any hori- 
 zontal angle between and 3 degrees. 
 
 On the outer surface of the barrel are marked the values of the cosetiants of th') angles to 
 3 degrees. Ilence, the graduation marke<l on the instrument runs fW>m 
 inflnity down to 20. The intervening divisions are marked with the num- 
 bers 500, 1!00, 100, 40, 30, and 25. The lines corresponding to smaller sub- 
 divisions are not numbered. 
 
 The barrel has an arrow marked on it. When this arrow coincides 
 with 00 on the scale tbe latter is in its initial position. 
 
 The mirrors are inclined toward each other. One faces the eyepiece, 
 and is fixed ; the other can be moved by me<ins of a screw which terminates, 
 outside of the barrel, in a milled head. The mutual inclination of the mir- 
 rors deiiends upon the position of the movable mirror, but is always main- 
 tained in the vicinity of 45 degrees. In order that the mirrors may reflect 
 objects situated outside of the barrel there is an oi)ening or window oppo- 
 site the movable mirror. On the other side of the barrel is a peephole 
 through which the observer can read, on two graduated disks, the inclina- 
 tion of the mirrors. When the zero of the movable disk coincides with 
 the i)ointer on the fixed disk the mirrors are in their initial iK>sition, i. e., 
 make with each other an angle of 45 degrees. By means of the milled-head 
 screw the inclination of the mirrors may be regulated in either direction. 
 
 Around the barrel is a sleeve by which the window and the peephole 
 may bo close<l. 
 
 The case, in which the instrument is transported and which serves as 
 its Eupiiort when it is in use, is a metal cylinder coverei, with leather and 
 closed with a sliding cap. Inside is fastened an 
 elastic band, with a hook on its free end. On the iipper part of the case is a 
 dowel, which fits into a socket in the barrel of the instrument and holds the 
 latter in place on top of the case. 
 
 In order to fasten the telemeter on the case (fig. 3), first lay it in the 
 hollow which is made for the purpose in the upper part of the case, so that 
 the milled-head screw is to the right, and fit the dowel into the socket of the 
 barrel. Then fasten the instrument to the case by wrapping it with the elastic 
 band, fwcuring this by hooking the end into the slot that will be found in the 
 case for that purpose. 
 
 Before commencing a measurement the observer should focus the eyepiece 
 and set the scale and the mirrors in their initial positions. 
 
 Turning the sleeve so as to open the window, and sighting through the 
 instrument, the observer sees, refracted through the prism, the objects in front 
 of him and, reflected in the mirrors, those of the objects on his right (or left) 
 on an alignment which makes with his line of sight an angle double the mag- 
 nitude of the mirror angle. If the mirrors are inclined to each other at an 
 angle of 45 degrees this will be a right angle. 
 
 This having been done, the distance may be measured ai^cording to the 
 following method : 
 
 Method with a fixed base {fig. 4). — The observer, stationed at A (a point close to the battery), 
 turns his right side toward the target T. Then, looking through the eye-piece, he singles out some 
 
 Fici. 2. 
 
 mm 
 
n 
 
 109 
 
 clear and distant object, P (a tree, window, cliimnt^y, angle of a wall, etc.), wIiohu image, refrarte<l 
 tlirongli the prismatic object glass, coincides, or nearly so, with the image of tlie target as retlectt^d 
 in the mirrors. 
 
 The observer finds the image of the target by turning slowly until ho begins to see objectM in 
 the immediate neighborhood of the target; then he can tip the instrument slightly to the right or 
 the left nntil the Image sought appears in the mirror. 
 
 In order to make the image of the target coincide with that of the aaxiliary {loint the 
 observer turns his hand slowly, beariDg in mind that in- 
 clining the instrument to the right will make the image 
 of the target rise toward the upper part of the mirror; and 
 also that by tipping it backward the image of the aaxili- 
 ary point is made to sink in the prismatic object glass. 
 
 If, as will happen in the miOority of cases, the coinci- 
 dence of the two images is not perfect, it can be made so 
 by turning slightly the milled head which regulates the 
 mirrors. 
 
 This done, the observer marks on the ground, with a 
 stake or with his saber, the position of the initial point A. 
 He lays out in the prolongation of PA a length AB (the 
 base line), in length approximately f^om /<,- to g-V of the 
 supposed distance AT. Then he proceeds to B. Sighting 
 again through the instrument, and seeking the image of 
 T in the mirror, he will find, coinciding with it, not the 
 image of the auxiliary point P, but the images of objects 
 along the alignment BP' — P'BP 'being equal to ATB. 
 Now, if he again brings the images of T and P into coinci- 
 dence by turning the graduated ring, the value shown on it will represent the cosecant of the 
 angle P'BP=cosec ATB. And since in the'triangle ABT we have BT=AB cosec ATB, there- 
 fore the distance BT sought may be obtained by multi- 
 plying the value of the base AB by the figure read on 
 the graduated ring. 
 \ Method using a fixed btue. — Having taken the first 
 
 \ station at A, as in the previous method, the operator 
 
 \ turns the ring until the arrow points to some graduation 
 
 ^^ selected — preferably between 60 and 30— and then moves 
 
 V backward, on the prolongation of PA, until the two 
 
 «^ images of P and T coincide as at the first station. By 
 — " ' J? the use of this method we avoid the uncertainty which 
 may arise in the former method in case the arrowhead 
 does not coincide exactly with any ot the divisions of 
 ym 4_ the graduation of the ring. A longer time, however, 
 
 is required. 
 Method by retention. — This method is used when in rear of the point A, the nature of the 
 gr mnd, or any other reasons will not permit the measurement of a base of sufficient length. 
 
 Having completed the first operations as in the method of a fixed base, with the maximum 
 base allowed by the nature of the ground, the operator returns fi'om B to A, and, without moving 
 the ring, makes the images coincide again by turning the mill-headed screw; then he goes back 
 to the second station, B, and obtains a new coincidence by turning the ring, and so on, nntil the 
 effective base (obtained by multiplying the length of the base set off ou the ground by the number 
 
 Fio. 3. 
 
 ^ 
 
 P' 
 
 mmm 
 
f 
 
 i 
 
 Vw. 1. 
 
 110 
 
 ot'tiiiioH tlie o|ierator lias shitted hiH i)OHitioii from A to 11) anioiiiits to a nnmlier lietweeii l-.'tO and 
 l-fiO of thu eHtiinnted distance. 
 
 Tlio (fraduutiou of the ring multiplied by thiH otfcctivo base will ^ive the diMtuncu UT. 
 
 2. TlIK AN<ILK PKINM (8((UAI>KA i'KIHMA). 
 
 ThiH is a prism of rock cryHtal, set in a metal casing, and provided with a box, in which it is 
 ]>lacvd for tran8]H)rtation (tig. 1). Two of the faces of the prism intersect at right angles. Its 
 base, or right section, is a right-angled isosceles triangle. 
 
 In the casing are two openings or windows. These oi>epings are seen in 
 the drawing. They expose nearly the entire surface of the two sides of the 
 prism forming the right angle. 
 
 A plumb line may be attached to the small hole seen in the lower end of 
 the handle of the instrument. 
 
 The "squadra prisma" may be employed to trace on the ground an align- 
 ment normal to a given direction or base, or it may be used to measure dis- 
 tances or ranges. 
 
 Let the isosceles triangle ABO represent the base of the prism (fig. 2). 
 Suppose that on the face AB there falls a ray of light, Sl\[. This ray is 
 refracted by the face AB, then reflected from ItC, reflected again from AB, uutil 
 it falls upon the face AC at Q. It will be refracted by the face AG, and the refracted direction 
 of the ray UQBBt will make a right angle with the original direction of the ray SM. 
 
 For it maybe readily shown that the doubly reflected ray PQ is incident to the face AC at the 
 same angle at which it left the face AB at M. By the principles of optics, therefore, the angle 
 HMBi which the original and re- 
 fracted rays make with each other 
 at M, will be equal to the angle 
 BQO, which the incident and re- 
 fracted rays make with each other 
 at Q. PQ, after suflPering double 
 reflection, will be perpendicular to 
 MN produced at the i)oint O of 
 their intersection, since the reflect- 
 ing surfaces make with each other 
 an angle of 45 degrees. Therefore, 
 in the two triangles BMH and OQH, 
 we have the angle at H common to 
 both, and the angle HMB equal to 
 the angle OQH. Two angles in one 
 triangle being equal to two angles 
 in the other, the thi rd angles of each 
 must be equal. But the angle QOH 
 is a right angle, therefore the angle 
 HBM must also be a right angle, or 
 the original direction of the ray, and the directions the ray takes after leaving the prism are at right 
 angles to each other. Objects in the direction SB will therefore be seen in the direction BS'. 
 
 To trace a perpendicular tc n given line. — The angle prism is used in the following manner: To 
 determine an alignment BS', {lerpendicular to a given direction BS (tig. 2), the observer takes 
 station directly over the point B and turns the instrument so that the face AB is toward the point 
 S (distinguished by a stake or by any other convenient signal) ; sighting then over the prism, he 
 will see then the image of the point S in the direction of S'. This point S' being marked, the 
 an^le SBS' will be a right angle. 
 
 Fio. 2. 
 
 il 
 
I',* 
 
 111 
 
 To meanure a diataM^e or a range.— &np\yom it is desired to mousure the drntaiice AW (fig. .<). 
 Talce station at A. Determine an alignment AC, perpendicular to AB. On AC measure un orbi- 
 trary base AC, whose length is from 1-30 to l-W of the estimated distance 
 of B. Talie station ut C, and determine an alignment AP, perpendicu- 
 lar to CB. Determine the point P where AB prolonged intersects CP. 
 
 AC 
 
 Meosure OP. In the triangle PCB. we have the segment AB = ^p • 
 
 In order to simplify oalcaltttion, always take AC so that it is a multiple 
 of 10. 
 
 Tlie angle prism now issued to the light batteries differs considerably 
 from the instrument already described. (See flgs. 4, 5, 0, 7, and 8.) The 
 
 section of the 
 Section AB. 
 
 Jr- 
 
 m 
 
 L 
 
 \ 
 
 Fig. 4. 
 
 Fill. :i. 
 
 View frcDi abova. 
 
 '\^c« from slave, 
 without the cover. 
 
 ng.7. 
 
 Fiaa. 4, 5, «, 7. 
 
 prism parallel 
 to the base is a 
 quadrilateral, 
 In which one 
 angle is equal 
 to 00 degrees, 
 
 the opposite angle is equal to 135 de- 
 grees, and the two remaining angles 
 are equal to each other. 
 
 The prism is inclosed in a metallic 
 box having four openings or windows, 
 the openings on opposite sides being 
 directly opposite each other. Two 
 arrows are engraved on the top of the 
 metallic casing to aid the observer in 
 sighting. 
 
 The theory of this form of prism 
 is not explained in the firing instruc- 
 tion (Istruzione sul Tiro per 1 'Artig- 
 lieria da Campagna, etc., 1803), nor 
 do the description of the instrument 
 and the 
 
 manner ftiam. 
 
 of using 
 it corre- 
 spond to 
 the de- 
 scription 
 
 
 and drawings given in the "Atlante de Materiale d' Artiglieria, etc., 
 1894," from which authority the drawings in this article are taken. 
 
 Tlimry of tJte instrument— Let the quadrilateral ABEO (fig. 0) 
 represent a section of the prism parallel to the base. Suppose a ray 
 8M to be incident to the face AB (one of the faces about the right 
 angle) at some point M. This ray will be refracted, unless it happens 
 to be normal, and will take some direction MK. It will be reflected 
 from the surface EB, and again from the surface CE, finally taking the direction TQ and becoming 
 incident to AC, the other face about the right angle, at some point Q. Since the angle between 
 the two reflecting surfaces, EB and EC, equals 135 degrees the ray TQ will make an angle with 
 
 Fio. 8. 
 
 t|^ 
 
 u 
 
 * 1^ 
 
 ili 
 
f 
 
 112 
 
 KM equal to 135 x 2s270o, und the nngle at U, between these two lines produced, is therefore a 
 right angle. In the quadrilateral AMOij we have the opposite angles at A and O both right 
 angles; the sum of the other two angles AQO and AMO will therefore be equal to two right angleH. 
 We have also OMB-f- AMO = two right angles. Equating these and taking away the coninion 
 angle AMO, we have AQO»OMR. Hence the ray TQ is incident to the fHce AC at the same 
 angle at which KM lea the face AB. By the laws of optics, then, the angle UQL', which the 
 incident and emergent rays make with each other at Q, will be equal to the angle SMM', which 
 the incident and refl:a(;te<l rays make with each other at M. 
 
 The triangles OLM and QRL have the angle at L iu common; the angles OML and RQL are 
 
 equal, since their opposite an- 
 gles are e<iual to ^^ach other. 
 Hence the third angles of the 
 two triangles must be equal, or 
 QRL = MOL; the latter angle 
 being a right angle the tirst 
 must also be a right angle. 
 Therefore the ray B'Q, after two 
 refractions and two reflections, 
 emerges perpendicular to its 
 original direction. 
 
 A^licationa. — In using this 
 prism to lay oH' a right angle, 
 one of the sides bounding the 
 right dihedral angle, must be 
 held toward the eye, the ob- 
 server sighting at the signal B 
 ( fig. 3) over the prism andthrough 
 the window next his eye and the 
 window in the opiiosite side of 
 the casing. The other face 
 Itouuding the right angle is 
 turnml with its window toward 
 that part of the ground on which 
 it is desired to lay oft' the per- 
 pendicular, or toward C. The 
 ray tcom 0, entering the prism 
 by this window, will emergt^ from the window toward the eye, so that C will api)ear to coincide 
 with B. 
 
 The applications of this prism are then entirely similar to those of the one first described. 
 
 INFANTRY BAROE FINBEBB. 
 
 The only range finder that is known to be used by the Italian infantry is the '^Pavese," of 
 which no official description has yet been received. It is known to be a very small instrument, 
 not larger than a pocket watch, and not costing more than 25 francs or less than $5. Its average 
 error, in the hands of a trained observer, is stated to be not more than 4 or 5 per cent Frt»m 
 statements that have appeared in various foreign military journals, it would appear to be some 
 kind of reflecting instrument, and that it requires no base and no taules. It is stated that the 
 manufacturers are the firm of ^^Salmoiragki," iu Milan. 
 
 Fio. 9. 
 
 
 ■ ""'^^^^m^^^^^mim^ms^^mm^MmMi.. 
 
emm 
 
 118 
 
 Ul'HHIA.— TlIK Ini'Antky Tklkmktkk. 
 
 0" 
 
 r 
 
 \ 
 
 { 
 
 \ 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 \ 
 
 \ 
 
 \e 
 
 \ 
 
 1 
 
 l/C 
 
 TlIK HOrcilIKH TKLKMKTKU. 
 
 TliJH iiiRtrument (!<>ii8iRtB of a itentugouul priHiii AHCDK, iiicioMed in ii rHsiiig wliicli leaven 
 
 two oi>oniiiKH, AF ou tliu Tuco AH, and another DO. The latter in provhlinl with a Hllding Mhiitter 
 
 wliivh when puMJiuil over to i\ will leave tlio fare CD exiM)iHMl for iiHe, and when puMlietl over to D 
 
 will leave tbe {Mirtion CU of 
 
 tlio face BC exi>otte<l for use. 
 
 The anglcM of tlie instrument 
 
 are A, «7o 30' ; B, JM)"; C, 
 
 177° 5()'j 1), (50^ 40'; E, 135°. 
 Lookinji; through CG the 
 
 rayM flroui an object O, after 
 
 undergoing double reflection 
 
 by the faces AE and DE, will 
 
 strike OO normal and the im 
 
 age of O will ap|iear at O' in 
 
 a direction at right anglcH to 
 
 the original direction of its 
 
 rays. 
 
 Looking through CD the 
 
 rays from the same object O, 
 
 alter undergoing double reflec- 
 
 ti> II as in the previous case, 
 
 will in addition suffer refrac- 
 tion by the face CD (the angle 
 
 at C being 177° 50') and the 
 
 Image of O will aptiear at O", and the angle l»etween the two lines of sight to O' and O" will be 
 
 lo 10' (from the construction of the instrument). 
 
 Application {Jig. 2). — Desired the distance AO. 
 Stand at A, look through CD, locate image of O, hiok 
 through CG and move backward until the new image 
 of O coincides with the previous one. Measure the 
 distance stepped off. The result is 1 : 50 of the dis- 
 tance (the sine of 1° 10' is almost 1:50). 
 
 Use of the instrument by moving away — to the rear — 
 from the signal {Jig. 3). — Slide the shutter over lett«r 
 A* so as to ex|>o8e the window over B, hold the instru- 
 ment in the left hand, point of thumb on the face 
 which carries the distance table, the next three lingers 
 on the other parallel face, which is up. Stand so as to 
 have the object to which the distance is sought on your 
 right, hold the instrument as near horizontal as possi- 
 ble in front of your eye, the fingers of the left hand so 
 
 curved that you can observe the foreground through the space below your fingers and above the 
 
 upiier parallel side of the instrument. Look through the instrument until you obtain au achro- 
 
 ■The letters A anil R are engraved on lower face of instrument (tfaat on which the table of distances also is), 
 the window over R corresponding to CD in figure 1, and the window over A to CO in same figure. 
 
 15848 M S 8 
 
 Fin. 1. 
 
 Flu. 2. 
 
 -ism^m:- 
 
114 
 
 inatic imago of tho object O. It' the luttur i» not in Higlit at ilrMt, turn Hlowly to the rigbt or It^ft, 
 without doniiiging tho ralativo i>oHitiou of tho iuatrumeiit and your oyo, until the object couion 
 in view. Fix tho direction of the object on the ground in tVont by loolting through between your 
 tIngerR and tho top of the inHtrunient and noting with what plainly viHible object in tho Ibreground 
 it coincides. U" it d<»08 not coincide with any clearly deflned object, move uwuy to tlio riglit or 
 left until you can tlx Muoh a coincidence at mmie iN>iut H. Mark tho iioint whore you are Htanding 
 by Homo object and call it station A. Now push the Hiiding shutter over U, expoHing the window 
 over A, hiok through and move backward on the prolongation of a line BA until you roach a point 
 B, at which tho image of O iH again seen to coincide with S. Measure the diHtanoo AB, tlnd 
 tlie number of units in column B of table on lower face of instrument, and tho tigure opposite 
 in the adtjoiniug column I) will be di«tanco AC. Approximately, yon would only have to mul- 
 tiply the distance AB by M) to obtain tlio distance sought, but each instrument has its own table 
 aiiiuHted accurately for etu:h distance in meters, on account of difticulty of ^'ettiug tho angle at C 
 with perfect accuracy in the construction of the iustrumont. 
 
 To measure tho distance by advancing toward the signal B instead of moving away from it, 
 as in the method Just described, prtweed as there described except that you flrst pusli tho shutter 
 over letter R and look through window over A to locate signal 8. Then push shutter over A and 
 look through window over R, advance toward B until the image of O and the signal S again 
 coincide. Then measure as heretofore. 
 
 The distance may also be measured by holding the instrument in tho right hand. Stand so 
 as to have the obje«t O on your left, hold instrument in your right hand in a position analogous 
 to that described for the left hand, the side carrying the scale being upi^rmost, then proceed as 
 heretofore laid down. 
 
 The method of moving away from 8 facilitates accuracy, that of moving toward 8 rai>idity ; 
 the latter should be employed only if the nignal 8 is more than 500 meters distant. 
 
 The table on tho lower parallel side of the instrument gives the distance from 500 to 3,100 
 meters (540.8 to 3,300 yards). 
 
 If 
 
Translation of the Regulations for the Treatment, Training, and Employ- 
 ment of War Dogs by the Rifle Battalions of the German Army. 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 1. Tb« extriMirdiiuiry qntilitieM «>f the «log, \m docility iuid wtitulifnlneNH, tlio uciiteiioMH of cer- 
 tain of biH MeiiHeH.liiH ittt'ectioii for iiiun,aud his siteeil render him Mlitpttilile fur military purpuHeH. 
 
 The dog is particularly UHeful in the Mervice of security and information, in carrying reportH 
 from advanced patrols, in aHHisting outixists, in maintaining communication between poHts and 
 picketM as well a» between other partH of the outiioHtH, and latttly, to a limited degree, in hunting 
 up miiMing men. 
 
 I.—BRBKD, KKtiUIBKMENTM OF TBAINKI) WAB DoOH, TBAININU. 
 
 A.— Hhkki). 
 
 2. Bird dogs, pmMilea, and Kheplienl dogs arc suitable for training for military purposes. In 
 umkiiig selection, the breed of the dog is less imiK>rtant than the purity of the breed and the 
 qualities requisite for the war dog. 
 
 3. These qualities are: Perfect health, robust botly, particularly broad chest and sinewy legs, 
 acute ear and nose, docility, endurance, and watchfulness. 
 
 4. Poodles are particularly esteemed on account of their docility, and they may therefore be 
 employed for use for the purpose of instructing young trainers in the methods of training dogs. 
 When old, however, they frequently lack interest in their work, and will often be found wanting 
 in the accomplishment of the more severe tasks. 
 
 The shepherd dog has in common with the poodle a high degree of intelligence; his ability of 
 withstanding climatic influences, his watchfulness and attention to the orders of his master, would 
 render him particularly suitable for use as a war dog were it not for the fact that in many cases 
 his training is rendered difficult by his character, which ;s lacking in afll'ection. 
 
 The bird dog unites the good <iualities of the foregoing two breeds and is distinguished by a 
 lively sense of duty and attachment. His inclination for hunting is lost more and more as he 
 becomes conscious that other things are required of liim. 
 
 6. Battalions which do not receive dogs firom the military kennel may themselves select the 
 breed. If they breed the dogs themselves, which is to be recommended, they should lay stress on 
 a prosier crossing of breeds. 
 
 B.— RK«iUlRKMKNT8 OK A TUAINKD WAK DoO. 
 
 6. It is retpured of a trained war dog that he has passed through a general preparatory course 
 of training and brought up to obedience to call and signal; that he carry messages with certainty— 
 that is, that he run back from the advanced patrol to detachmants in the rear and then return 
 to the former — and maintain communication between stationary detachments and sentinels; that 
 
 115 
 
 i 
 
 ii 
 
 '1 
 
i 
 
 f 
 
 : 
 
 116 
 
 he be watchful aud bring to notice of seiitinelH the approach of strangers. TheHe ixiiuts form the 
 guiding principles in the training. 
 
 7. As a general rule they need not be trained for liunting up missing men. 
 
 If some dogs show special aptitude therefor, and if tlieir trainers have sufticient sicill to 
 educate them up to it, the hunting up of missing men may be included in the training. 
 
 V. — The 'J'kaininu. 
 
 UKNERAL. 
 
 8. In general it may bo stated that in the training of dogs two metho<ls are used : The severe 
 training, by use of forcible means, of the dog kept isolated, in order to bring about an u::couditional 
 snbordiuation of the will of the dog to that of his master, and the mild method of iraining, in 
 which stress is laid on the intercourse of the dog with his niaster and on the development of the 
 dog's intelligence. 
 
 9. The selection of the method of training will deiMjnd ui>on the individuality of the dog, but 
 the last-named method is preferable. It forms the base of the following details of the course of 
 training: 
 
 THE TRAIKER8. 
 
 10. The entire training of the dogs of a battalion should, as a rule, be placed in the hands of 
 an officer (lieutenant) familiar with and exiierienced in these matters. Under him are to be placfid 
 the |)ersounel of trainers, the conductors of the dogs, and their assistants selected from coriiorals 
 or privates. 
 
 11. If there is a suitable officer in each company, the dogs may be trained by companies under 
 the direction of these officers. 
 
 In the absence of suitable officers vice flrst sergeants may instead be employed. This matter 
 is regulated by the battalion commander. 
 
 12. As conductors or trainers of dogs, coriwrals, lance corporals, or privates should be selected 
 of quiet but determined character, who may ap])ear suitable for this employment by their education 
 and conduct. It is not requisite that they should have worked dogs before; but it is essential 
 that they take interest and show zeal to learn, and that their conditions of service be such that 
 they will remain with the company for some time to come. On the latter account privates of 
 class A should in the flrst line be selected for this branch of the service. 
 
 13. In the further course assistants are to be given to the conductors, and in their selection 
 regard should be had to the foregoing principles, as they are to take the places of the conductors 
 when discharged. 
 
 Frequent changes of conductors and asdstants are to be avoided as much as possible. 
 
 14. If the war dogs of battalions are intrusted to one officer, he will select the trainers after 
 consultation with the company commanders. If they can not agree, the battalion commander will 
 decide, having due regard to the other interests of the service. 
 
 THE SUPEBINTENDIMQ OFFICEK. 
 
 16. The superintendent is charged with the procurement of the dogs; with the distribution 
 of the dogs among the companies; with the supervision of the rearing of young dogs; with the 
 supervision of the feeding and care of the dogs. 
 
 He is to prepare, by continuous instruction, the trainers for their work, and to sui>erintend 
 and advise them during the training. 
 
 16. The following remarks are to be considered as suggestions in this particular: 
 
 The instruction of the training personnel by the superintendent extends to information of the 
 purpose to be accomplished, to instruction in keeping a diary (see Appendix 2) and to the inspec- 
 tion of the same, to the method of training and the course of training, which is to be progressive, 
 
 mmhi^ 
 
117 
 
 corresponding to the napabilities and intellect of the dof;. In case of irregnlarities in the conrne 
 of training, it becomes the duty of the suiierintendent to examine into the causes and remedy 
 what errors may have been made. 
 
 It is the duty of the superintendent to Judge whether the conductor {mssesses the qualities 
 wliich he was presumed to possess. It should be his endeavor to encourage the conductors by 
 example and advice if their activity and interest in the work should slack, and to spur them in 
 a suitable way to indefatigable i)erseverance. 
 
 ■ J (! 
 
 !'::■ 
 
 THK COITRSR OK TKAININO. 
 
 17. Tiie training is to extend to (1) guiding by the line (thong), (2) development of watchful- 
 ness, and (l\) to going and returning. 
 
 !:! 
 
 I'ltKPAIUTOItY RKMARK8. 
 
 18. In order to be more easily understood by the dog, the course of any jMirtion of tin; instruc- 
 tion, of any exercise, is divided into preparatory parts or stages. 
 
 The further the work progresses the greater is the development of the dog's intelligence and 
 the easier becomes the training. It is im|)ortant, therefore, to pass gradually from the simiile to 
 the difficult and never to demand more of the dog than is intelligible to him. When the dog once 
 comprehends what is expected of him, the next question is to iix what he has learned by constant 
 l)ractice before passing to another subject. The amount of time required will deiiend upon the 
 importance and difficulty of the exercises. 
 
 The superficial learning of an exercise will frequently lead to misunderstandings on the part 
 of the dog which are hanl to eradicate. 
 
 Tbe following principles should, therefore, be observed : 
 
 The conductor should ejideavor with calmness and perseverance to make intelligible to the 
 dog what he is expected to do, and take care that what has been learned becomes flrndy fixed. 
 Tims, any branch of the training is divided into the instruction, flxing of what has been learned, 
 and complete training. 
 
 19. The fewer punishments that are metet' out the bietter it si)eaks for trainer and dog. 
 Punishment may be administered only after the oog has comprehended what he is expected to do, 
 and when, therefore, it is disobedience alone that is to be punished. 
 
 The trainer must be sure, before punishing, whether it is a case of disobexlience which may 
 be punished by scolding or beating with a stick. The use of spiked collars is forbidden. 
 
 Rewards should also be meted out sparingly. It is not advisable to habitually give the dog 
 tidbits, since they serve more to divert the dog's attention than to benefit him ; in most cases 
 friendly words are sufficient reward. 
 
 20. As regards the age of the dog at which to begin the training, the latter may be begun 
 early with those dogs which have been reared by the battalion — that is, they may be niaile ai^cus- 
 tomed to tbe tiviiner, and bad habits may be corrected. 
 
 Bringing up, training, and education should go hand in hand, but the education proper should 
 not be begun before the dog is at least six months old. 
 
 LEADING WITH THE LRASII (STRAP). 
 
 21. The exercises consist in this, that a dog who is fastened t<o the leash (strap) (see No. 64) 
 be walking on the left side of the conductor without the latter having to hold the line taut in his 
 hand. It is immaterial whether the dog walks a little in the rear or in front of his master as long 
 as he does not pull and the line is hanging loose between the two. 
 
 22. Instruction in this exercise is begun in the early age of the dog in this manner, that the 
 dog is not allowed to leave the barracks except fastened to the leash. The young animal will at 
 
 i . 
 
 J! 
 
 ;i' 
 
 im- 
 
118 
 
 i 
 
 h 
 
 first probably make difficulty and want to run forward or stand fast. A ]>ull on the line, talking 
 to hiw, and petting will soon make the dog guess what is expected. If, uft«r going out several 
 times, he should attempt to stretch the line and pull, the instructor should prevent his running 
 forward by means of a thin switch. The dog must comprehend that when fastened to the leash he 
 is to pay attention to his master only, and to nothing else. 
 
 23. The ordinary service affords sufficient opportunity to practice leading with the leash, ])re- 
 l>aratory exercises indoors or in the barrack stiuare not being necessary. 
 
 I>RVKI.ni'MKNT OK WATCH FULNKHS. 
 
 24. Watchfulness is inborn in the dog and needs but to Ite developed. 
 
 It is re(|uired of the war dog that when with his master, in quarters or bivouiu;,he signify the 
 approach of strangers; that when attached to a sentinel he direct the latter's attention to the 
 approach of strangers; that when tied up he do not allow any strange ])ersons to approach. 
 
 These services of the dog will be useful only at night or in trnt-up ground. They arc manifested 
 by the dog giving notice by growling. 
 
 2.5. The development of watchfulness begins indoors. The trainer is with a dog in a room the 
 surroundings of which are as cpiict as jMissible, and has his assistant knock at the door. Ue then 
 calls the dog's attention to the noise and incites him to growl by "lookout" and such similar 
 means, the growling probably passing into a bark. If the dog does bark he is not at first to be 
 prevented, in order not to make him timid. 
 
 20. The next stage should not be attempted until the dog is larger and stronger and has 
 gained in self-confidence and courage. 
 
 At night, at which time the dog's hearing is more acute and his alertness greater than in 
 daytime, the trainer with the dog leashed takes post at some isolated point. After some little 
 time an assistant steals up to them from the windward side, and not too quietly at first. If the 
 dog does not bark of his own accord, his conductor incites him to do so. 
 
 Care should be taken that the dog does noo attack the man, in order to prevent him from 
 getting into that habit. Such fierce biting dogs are unsuitable for military service. It is essential 
 that at this part of the instruction, at least in the beginning, none act as the assistant whom the 
 dog knows. 
 
 27. After the dog has become reliable in giving notice, he is taught to give such notice by 
 growling, it being kept in view that a trained dog gives notice by growling alone. This is 
 accomplished by exercises similar to the foregoing; when the dog is about to pass from growling 
 to barking, which always precedes the former, he is hushed by 8i>eaking to him quietly, and if he 
 pays no attention to that, by a light stroke of a thin switt^h. 
 
 28. The exercises should chiefly be held after dark, and particularly during autumn maneuvers 
 where favorable opportunities and suitable assistants are not lacking. 
 
 CiOINO AND KKTURNINU. 
 
 29. Under "going and returning" the followint4' actions of the dog are to be understood : Jjed 
 away from his conductor by an assistant, the dog, when sent back, returns to the former and again 
 to the assistant. The trainer and the dog leave the assistant, the dog is sent back to the latter, 
 and from the latter the dog returns to his trainer. 
 
 The dog is to do that frequently, and up to distances of 4 kilometers, the jraints between which 
 he is coming and going as well as the road by which he is traveling being known to the dog. 
 
 When sent back by the assistant to the trainer over greater distances, the dog himself selects 
 the shortest route. 
 
 30. The intermediate stages of this part of the training are retrieving, running brn^k and 
 retrieving lost articles, running forward and retrieving an article carried, out by the assistant, 
 
 :..mu&m&-^ 
 
 JSHa 
 
119 
 
 liking 
 iveral 
 
 I pre- 
 
 diHiiensing with the article retrieved, aiHl, iiiHt^^tid, use of the iH>uch,' and extension of these 
 exerciseH <»ver great distances. 
 
 IM. Only very light articles, such as gloves and knottetl handkerchiefs, should be used in 
 retrieving. The trainer uses such moments in which the dog shows inclination for this kind of 
 work ; he throws down the article and has the dog bring it. It is not advisable to compel the dog 
 to sit down in order to take from him in this intsture the article retrieved. If the dog is made to 
 sit down in the beginning he frequently does not know whether he was right in retrieving, and 
 drops the article retrieved. If the latter is taken from the dog's month as soon as he approa(;hes, 
 and if the dog is then ]ietted, he will know exactly that he did what he was expet^ted to do. 
 
 It is well to make the first exfieriment in n^rieving indoors, in order that the young animal 
 being in a playful mood may not run oft'. 
 
 32. In the second stage, which should not be attempted until the dog is sure and willing to 
 bring the article to the teacher a distance of some paces, the dog is leashed, the article is then 
 thrown, and the dog is then released to retrieve. 
 
 Having learnecl this the dog is taken out into the country by the trainer, who drops something 
 so that the dog can see it, walks on a few steps, and then calls upon the dog to retrieve it. 
 
 As soon as the dog sees the thrown article drop, he will want to |»ick it up, but no attention is 
 paid to him and the walk is continued a few paces. 
 
 Afterwards the arti(*le is dropped unnoticed by the dog and after passing on a few paces the 
 dog is invited to run biu;k and retrieve it by pointing to the ground and driving him on with 
 'forward'' and similar words. If he does not run back, the trainer walks to the rear with him 
 until he sees anil retrieves the article thrown. 
 
 33. Too frequent repetition, too great exertions should bo avoided. The trainer must be able 
 to judge whether the dog runs cheerfully or feels bothered or vexed, in order to suspend the 
 exercise in proiier time. Narrow, nnfreqnented roads are best suited for exercise grounds. The 
 .'^rtide to be retrieved must be known to the dog and be lying openly in the road, it \mug required 
 
 tVe first place that the dog run back, pick up the article, and return. 
 
 4. As training ])rogresses, the trainer uses an assistant. The latter holding the article to be 
 v.t.ievedopen in his hand walks away from the conductor. Shortly afterwards the conductor 
 sends the dog after the assistant with the call " forward " or other words that he may have selected. 
 The dog will then take the article fi-om the hand of the iv^.»istant, the latter keeping himself 
 entirely passive, aud return with it to his master. 
 
 At this stage it will be {Mssible to leash the dog after each i^erformance without perplexing 
 him. 
 
 35. The exercises are continued in such a manner that trainer and dog remain standing and 
 the assistant tulvances, or the latter remains standing and the former advances, until it is imma- 
 terial to the dog whether he run forward or back in order to fetch the article to be retrieved from 
 the place known. 
 
 36. A further step in the coarse of training is made in this way, that the initial and terminal 
 points of the distance to be traversed are so selected as to be invisible one from the other. The 
 progress must be gradual; the point is to confirm the dog in these exercises, and spend the proper 
 amount of time and labor on him. One hundred and fifty to three hundred paces will probably 
 be found distances suitable for the strength of the young animal. 
 
 37. After the training has progressed to this extent it is not infrequently the case that the dog 
 appears as though the previous training had made no impression whatever upon him. Patience 
 and judgment will then all the more be required on the part of the trainer. Such action on the 
 part of the dog is brought about less by the fact that he did not understand, than that he has 
 become tired of carrying out these exercises. The trainer will have to reflect whether he did not 
 
 ' The pouoh which ia carried by a trained dog when on doty. 
 
 I 
 
 tm 
 
 -'mmms.iism'ms'i^ 
 
120 
 
 ' 
 
 proceed too rapidly, whether he did not reqiiiiu work of the dog after the latter was fatigued, 
 whether he did not iierplox the dog by his own actiouH. The latter frequently reHults in the dog 
 halting after running a short distance frona his master. As a remedy therefor it is recommended 
 to the trainer on his part t^) walk away in the opposite direction, which in most cases will prompt 
 the dog to quickly carry out his task in order to rejoin his master. 
 
 38. A further step in this course of training consists in the master sending the dog to the 
 assistant and the dog being held by the latter for a short time. In these exercises the assistant 
 adroitly and quietly leashes the dog and lets him run back to his master only after some minutes 
 with the corresi)onding command. Particular stress should be laid on handling the dog correctly 
 and adroitly on his arrival, and in leashing him. Taking hold of him awkwardly so as to give 
 him pain will sometimes spoil him for a considerable time; dispensation of tidbits will often 
 serve to make him more confident. 
 
 39. The use of the report pouch (R?^^er-63) may now be ]>roceeded with. The latter is shown 
 to the dog and then fastened to him. At first it is well to give the dog some article in his mouth 
 to fetch;, after a few repetitions this may be dispensed with, and the dog will be trained in the 
 simplest form of carrying messages, which, however, do not yet fit him for service of this character. 
 
 It is advisable in using the report pouch always to put a pie<;e of paper in the pouch before 
 the dog's departure and take it out npon his arrival in such a nmnner that the <log will see it. 
 The papier, the slip, is used later on for checking the time of departure and arrival. 
 
 40. The distances are increased corres])onding with the strength of the dog, and the work is ' 
 oontiimed in such a way that the dog passes from his master to the assistant or the reverse by a 
 road known to him. In view of the fact that but little influence can be exen;ised on the speed of 
 the dog, care should be taken to preserve his pleasure in the work. The dog should not, there- 
 fore, be overworked or bored, and the distance to be traversed should be increased very gradually. 
 
 At this stage of the training the dog may be used in the service of the comiiany provided he 
 has thoroughly learned what is required of him. 
 
 41. It now remains to practice traversing greater distances by the shortest route. The work 
 should be done over ground where the view is obstructed. The assistant leading the dog by 
 the leash walks away from the conductor moving in various directions and sends the dog back 
 to his master with the proper command. After some attempts to follow the scent, the dog will 
 select the shortest route on his own accord. There are no means of making him understand how 
 to take crosscuts. The distances are gradually increased to 4 or 5 kilometers. 
 
 42. The dog should also he habituated to overcoming obstacles of terrain and not avoiding 
 water courses of some width. 
 
 For the latter it is required that the dog know how to swim. That he is taught, independ- 
 ently of his other training in bathing and swimming. If the dog takes kindly to the water, the 
 assistant with the dog goes to one bank, the conductor to the other, in order to teach the dog how 
 to cross water courses on service. The conductor calls the dog, and the assistant sends him into 
 the water. 
 
 43. When the dog has gained self-confidence and becomes thorough in his previous work, the 
 exercises are held in frequented places, in villages, and in the dark. The dog becomes easily 
 accustomed to firing without the use of special means, since, as soon as he is permitted to leave 
 the barracks, he is taken along to the target range, and his first service may consist in maintain- 
 ing oommuuication between the firing stand and the markers. 
 
 44. The final test of his training consists in the dog performing his work in the same reliable 
 manner when led by someone else but his instrnctor. The use of an assistant has served to nmke 
 it clear to the dog that he is not to obey his master alone. If the previous trainer is replaced by 
 someone else, the former will have to acquaint the latter with the character of the dog, his method 
 
 
121 
 
 of working, and uliove all with the HyHteni and niuthods followtnl by the trainer, ho that ho may lie 
 able to train the dog in exactly the Haine way. If, nnder hucIi circumstances, th<> work of the dog 
 reniaiDH reliable, he may be considered trained for employment on service. 
 
 IIUNTINIS FOR MI88IN(I MKN. 
 
 4'). The work consists in having the dog search a piece of brnsh, part of a wood, a piece of 
 ground with obstructed view, or any piece of ground at night; and as soon as he has found a man, 
 in remaining with him and barking until his master conies up. 
 
 40. The course of training is divided into the following steps: Harking by command ; retriev- 
 ing; seeking'a lost article and retrieving it; learning bow to bark before articles too heavy to 
 retrieve when called to retrieve them; combination of both kinds of work; and barking before 
 men lying on the ground. 
 
 These are intermediate exercises, which should partly go hand in hand — partly succeed etwM 
 other. 
 
 47. The first question is to teach the dog when to bark. The best time is the early age of the 
 dog, as when older it is more difficult to cause dogs not already broken to it to bark (;ontinuously. 
 
 It is to be ke|>t in mind what causes prompt the young animal to bark, and these causes 
 should be taken notice of. Taking advantage of favorable opportunities, the trainers bring 
 about some cause for barking, and subsequently accompany the cause with a command, "bark," 
 or other commands. Training in retrieving is extended to the fetching of heavy articles, side arm 
 with belt, etc. 
 
 If these experiments are made with the dog while young, further training in hunting up 
 missing men is not resumed until the dog is perfectly reliable iit carrying mes».jige8. 
 
 48. Next follows searching for missing articles. 
 
 This exercise should be held at first on open ground or oi^en woodland. Light articles — hand- 
 kerchiefs, gloves, an old cap — are placed by the assistant at a point which is approximately desig- 
 nated so that their scent will be diffused to some distance, to enable the dog to discover them by 
 his nose. If heretofore the dog was ma<le to rely less on the use of his nose, any gootl result of the 
 work now required of him deiiends on his sense of smell. It would, therefore, be useless to work 
 in this branch of the service any dog that has not a fine nose. 
 
 The trainer accompanies the dog in searching against the wind with the command "seek," 
 and himself walks to and fro as though searching. This action of the master prompts the dog to 
 imitate him and incites him to range, while heretofore he was used only to run in one direction. 
 
 The experiment must be repeated until the dog searches on his own account. 
 
 When the dog has understood and searches by himself, the trainer no longer walks to and fro, 
 and gradually transfers the exercise into less ojien ground. 
 
 40. The dog must also be taught to bark before things which he can not carry. The following? 
 method may be employed: As a preparaU)ry exercise, the trainer has taught the dog to bring him 
 his side arm before leaving the room. The side arm is now fastened, and the dog, after the 
 preparations have been made for going out as usual, is called upon to fetch it. He will attempt 
 it, but in vain ; the trainer urges him to fetch it, and then to bark. This done, the trainer lets 
 the dog bark all he wants, and then takes the side arm himself and leaves the room as usual. 
 
 Exercises of this kind are now transferred from the room to the open, the barrack square, or 
 other suitable grounds. 
 
 CO. The next step is to practice the searching for lost articles, accompanied by retrieving and 
 barking, both alternating, in the terrain, and subsequently the last stage, the searching for and 
 barking before men, may be proceeded with. 
 
 A man hides himself and is searched for in the usual way by the conductor with the dog. The 
 dog will probably easily find the man and endeavor to take from him some article of clothing, 
 
122 
 
 ])erIiapH the cup, and bring it to h'm master. If lie does so, he is made much of, and called uiiou 
 to search again. He will run back to the concealed man to take some other article from him. [f 
 he is uusucccHsfnl in the latter, he will bark. If he does not bark, he is commanded to bark. 
 
 r>l. It will now be necessary to make the dog understand that searching for the man alone is 
 required of him. For this purpose a man is concealeil on some considerable piece of ground, and 
 at the same time heavy pieces of equipment (packed knapsacks) which the dog can not drag are 
 hidden away. If the dog barks, the trainer hastens toward him in the usual way; when he has 
 found the man, he is ma<le much of and leashed. 
 
 If he barks before something else, he is likewise made mut^h of, but no attention is paid to the 
 article found, and the dog is at once called upon to make ftirther seanih. 
 
 The exercises are next continued on ground with obstructed view and in the darkness.' 
 
 .'»2. As the work proceeds, the man to be searched for should coni-eal himself without the 
 C4>nductor knowing the place. The latter will then fre«iuently discover that just when he believes 
 the dog to be on the wrong trail the dog will find the man. 
 
 8MAM.KU TASKS. 
 
 53. In connection with the br&nches of training which have been discussetl here and which 
 qualify the dog for use in the service with troops, he may be tauglit a few less important things 
 which serve as training to the dog and as instruction for the conductor in training, as well as 
 making the dog a pleasant companion. 
 
 Among these may be mentioned to sit down, to lie down and remain there, and some other 
 tricks. 
 
 54. To ait down. — The execution is simple; the dog is required to sit down at the command 
 ^< sit down; " he is assisted by placing the hand on his hind quarters and pressing him down. 
 
 55. To lie doicn and remain tJiere. — Under this is understfiod that the dog after having been 
 made to lie down at a certain place will remain there until someone comes for him. In practice 
 the dog is tied with a thin chain in the place where he is to remain lying down. A strap or cord 
 shtmld not be used, as the dog would learn sooner or later how to cut it. 
 
 At flrst the assistant is left with the dog to quiet him if necessary. 
 
 56. Other tricks. — The superintending officer may ultimately permit of the dog being trained 
 in tricks. Though they are not necessary in the training of the war dog, still they are of value, 
 inasmuch as they strengthen the intelligence of the dog and serve to make friends for him among 
 the men. 
 
 Among these things are, jumping exercises of all kinds, seeking lost articles in the room, 
 opening and closing the door, retrieving various articles named, etc. 
 
 Care should, however, be taken t<> allow none but the conductor of the dog to re<iuire these 
 tricks of him. 
 
 57. To conclude the training the dog is also conducted by other men, since dogs which wor-k 
 only when with their trainer are not fit for service. 
 
 TR8TING THK DOQ. 
 
 58. Aside from the uninterrupted superintendence and direction of the training by thf officers 
 charged with the same, the {irogress of the training and the final result should be teste> >m time 
 to time. These t<'Sts are made in the presence of the battalion commander ; but when the training 
 is not confined to the company itself, he may delegate that duty to some company commander. 
 
 The subjects of the test and arrangements for the same depend upon the age of the dog and 
 
 ■ This part of the training ia facilitated if circiiinstanees permit tbe use of a daniniy inau, before -which the dog 
 is taught to bark and which is used in the further preparatory exercises in the terrain. 
 
128 
 
 the progresH of the traiuiiig. In regard to the latter, it would be well to insiiect tlie <liary (Hee 
 Appendix 2), which ought to give full infonnatioii. 
 
 r>9. Although these tests should extend to all branches, it is the efficiency of the dog in carry- 
 ing messages tliat the greatest stress should \)e laid ui)on. It is not advisable to select the terrain 
 on which the training has chiefly been conducted for conducting the tests, and it is recommended 
 to select the ground unknown to the dog and at some distance tVom the garrison. 
 
 The tests are conducted in the manner and succession corresponding to the training. (No. 17 
 et seq.) 
 
 In order to get some idea of the efficiency of the trained dog, the distances Ut be traversed 
 should be of sufficient extent. Distances of from 1 to 2 kilometers will suffice in ascertaining 
 the dog's capability for carrying messages. But, on the other hand, it is also advisable to test the 
 efficiency of the dog in traversing greater distances. 
 
 The dog should not stop en route, should go willingly, and should allow himself to be leaslied 
 willingly. Oortainty of communication is preferable to speed. 
 
 It should also be ascertained whether the dog makes communication in a straight line over 
 covered ground or open field, and whether he <«llows himself to be diverted by the scent of game 
 or other things. In order to ascertain w^- th ir the dog will carry out his task, when inteifered 
 with by men, localities and frequented rosm^ should be selected, where there is an easy chance of 
 the dog being called or stopped. It would be wrong to use soldiers in thus interfering with him. 
 
 60. It is left to the discretion of the department commander to award prizes for specially flue 
 work in training, payable from the funds for keeping war dogs! 
 
 The value and number of the prizes will depend upon the available funds, and should not be 
 increased at the expense of the number of dogs kept or the exiiense of the breed. 
 
 II. Equipment op the Dogs. 
 
 Gl. The equipment of the dog consists of a collar, a reiiort ]»ou(!h, two lines (straps), and a 
 chain. 
 
 62. The collar is 50 to 60 cm. long, made of strong leather 3 to 4 cm. broad, and provided 
 with a simple buckle; to it is sewed a second strip of leather 2 cm. in width and bearing a small 
 metallic plate marked with the number of the battalion and the name of the company. For 
 instance — 
 
 Eif.^Batt.^ 
 
 2. Oomp. 
 
 To the same strip are also attached two or tliree strong brass rings, arranged about 10 cm. from 
 
 each other. The rings serve to hook in the snap of the line. There should be several rings, so 
 
 that some one of them may be easily taken hold of. 
 
 63. The message pouch is made of canvas, and about 5 cm. wide by 15 cm. long, arranged on 
 the narrow side for closing by button or buckle. Throughout its length it is sewed to a strap 
 about 2 era. wide and !K) to 60 cm. long, which is fastened with a buckle the same as the collar. 
 
 64. The line is made of a calfskin strap 1^ cm. wide. The upper part is arranged for slinging 
 (for the conductor of the dog) and provided with a buckle. The lower part is about 85 cm. long 
 and terminates in a strong snap. Each conductor needs two lines. 
 
 65. The chain is a simple iron dog chain. 
 
 III. Combination of the Tbainino with Other Service. 
 
 66. It lies with the company commanders to give the trainers sufficient opportunity for work 
 with the dogs. In order that other duties may not suffer, well-conducted and well-instructed 
 men alone should be detailed for this work. Oorporals charged with siiecial functions should not 
 be detailed, because sufficiently occupied with their own duties. 
 
 x 
 
 / 
 
 "■■«»-??; 
 
 
I 
 
 124 
 
 When the Huperinteiulence of the traitiiii); of the (logs of » battalion Ih in tlio bnndH of a 
 single ofllcer, the Hervice can be eaHily arranged if the ofllver in fixing the serviee of the con- 
 dnct4)rH consuItH tlie company cotninander. 
 
 07. In order to gain time for tlin training of the dogs without interfering with otiier dntien, 
 it iH reotnnmended to talce tlio yonng dogs in Iiand in the winter niontliH, duiing wliich tlie trainorn 
 can occupy tlieniHelves regularly witli tlie pups, care for them Hufliciently, and give them their 
 flrnt training. 
 
 In the Hpring the dog may be taken along to the firing grounds and practiced in leading in 
 the leanh and in carrying nieMHagea. J)y the time the fall nianenverH begin bis physical develop- 
 ment will have so far progressed that he is able to withstand the fatigue of the march, and in his 
 work in carrying messages the distances can probably be increased to 1^ kilometers. 
 
 08. Hut in view of his physical development it is still necessary that a dog l>e spared, and it 
 is advisable, therefore, when departing for the maneuvers, to leave the dog behind if his conductor 
 for any reason is to be left behind. 
 
 If it liecomes net^essary to leave the undeveloped dog l)ehind in the garrison without his 
 trainer, it is advisable, in the absence of men suitable for conducting the training, to provide 
 merely suitervision and care for the dog and discontinue all training in the absence of the regular 
 trainer. 
 
 69. During the nutunui nianenvers there is frequently time and opportunity for further training 
 and for employing the dog in such,scrvices as his training^rmits him to perform. 
 
 70. On returning to the garrison the training is continued, the distances to be traverse<l are 
 increased, and the exercises con<Iu<-ted after dark. If the dog accompanies his trainer to and 
 during service he must not be allowed to make trouble for the trainer; the dog is invariably leashed, 
 and will thus not'be in the way of the conductor in the performance of duties which require his 
 undivided attention, as, for instance, field exercises, light infantry work, etc. 
 
 It is left to the battalion commander to decide on what duties the dogs may be taken along. 
 Although, as a rule, it should be kept in mind that the dogs should accompany their conductors on 
 service as much as possible, still there are some branches to be excluded as engaging the attention 
 and action of the conductors completely, such as company and battalion drill, and all manner ot 
 preparatory exercises had with a view to the training of the men. 
 
 If the dogs are taken along to the autumn maneuvers, they constantly remain with their con- 
 ductors on the march as well as during the exercises. 
 
 71. Since much of the time of the conductors ia taken up by work with their pupils and the 
 care of them, it is recommended to give them relief in other respects as much as possible. In all 
 exercises, the autumn maneuvers not excluded, where the knapsack is carried, the same is dis- 
 carded by the conductors of the dogs. 
 
 72. From what has been stated under No. 6, and f^om the details of the course of training, it 
 is to he inferred that the employment of trained war dogs in iteace and war is i^ossible and may 
 be required only within certain limits. When the battalion is acting alone, the dogs may be talceii' 
 along on all duties and put to work. 
 
 If the battalion forms part of a higher unit (from the brigade uj^ -ard), the dogs should be 
 used only in the service of security. Moreover, the action of the dogs during battle is excluded 
 if the battalion is part of a higher unit. 
 
 73. In the instruction of the men occasion should be taken repeate<lly to discuss the objecit of 
 war dogs, their treatment on the part of the men, and their relations with them. 
 
 IV. Bbinoino Up and Caee of the Dogs. 
 
 74. In bringing up pups the greatest care is required. 
 
 During the first year the food should be confined to milk and dog cake. Subsequently, other 
 fooiil, such as is juscd by the battalion, may be added. Good, healthful nourishment has great 
 influence on the pup's power of resistance against disease and on his i)hysical development. 
 
 ,'WutiiMmm* 
 
otber 
 great 
 
 . 126 
 
 If the mother renmiiiH with the litter, the piiim are left with her in the kennel, and tlie 
 bringing np may lal<e plitcu also during the rough HeaMon;. other witie, Hiieeial arrangementH are to 
 be made to pntteet the dogH from getting wet. 
 
 70. In view of the fundH available the foo<l of the older dogs will probably be limited to 
 remnants from the men's table. Hhould it l)e practicable, it is reeommended to add dog cake and 
 to prepare a spuuial food consisting of barley or oat grits cooked with water and fat. 
 
 70. The dogs are kejtt in a kennel made of brick or planks and arranged as follows: 
 
 (a) A large space provided along its long side with a bunk serves as a common room for the 
 older and healthy dogs. The doc»r of this hut has a Hap pennitting the dogs to run in and out. 
 
 [b) In the front of the hut some space is fenced in with a high wire fence for the dogs to run 
 around in. 
 
 (o) Smaller huts are provided for bitches that are in heat or suckling. 
 
 {d) Similar airangements are made for sick dogs and their huts placed at some distan(;e from 
 the others. 
 
 (f) The shelters mentioned under o and d are provided with inclosed spaces and wire fences 
 in {tout, and such arrangement of the doors as to permit of free entrance and exit of the dogs. 
 
 In building new kennels the foregoing rules should be observed. 
 
 77. The kennels and incloseil spaces in flront should be policed daily, under the direction of a 
 coriioral (conductor) of the day, by men detailed for that puritose. 
 
 The huts should bt; swept at least once a day, and the offal should be removed from the 
 inclosed sptujes in front at least twice a day. The feed vessels (metallic) must be scrubbed daily 
 and be constantly kept clean; after use they are to be removed from the kennel. 
 
 The water supply should be renewed and maintained in a pure and fresh state. 
 
 78. Diseased dogs, with external or internal disease, should be removed from' the healthy dogs 
 as soon as possible and placed in the sick kennel. In their treatment, where exi)erience is insufU- 
 (^ient, good text- books are indispensable; if necessary, the veterinarian should be consulted. 
 
 79. Care should be taken that as far as possible only males be trained as war dogs. It is 
 forbidden to castrate them. 
 
 Von Schweiniohem, 
 Injector of the RifUnt and Chasteura. 
 Berlin, May 31, 1893. 
 
 Kifle Battalion. 
 Company. 
 
 Appendix 1. 
 
 DMcripM) IM of a war dog.* 
 
 Name. 
 
 Breed. 
 
 Descent. 
 
 Age (year 
 
 and 
 
 mouth of 
 
 birth). 
 
 Bought 
 
 or home 
 
 bred. 
 
 Beginning 
 
 Conductor of dog. 
 
 CawH of 
 Bicknetis. 
 
 Kemarka. 
 
 of 
 training. 
 
 Name of 
 conductor. 
 
 From; 
 until. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■ This description to be entered at the beginning of the daily record. 
 
 ' ,^iimmi^tma ^msm'' 
 
126 
 
 Appkndix 2. 
 Sample of dallif ncord. 
 
 Yeur, month, «lay. 
 
 Kind iif work. 
 
 Ki-markH of ooiuluotor. 
 
 KomarkH of wiiper- 
 inteuding officer. 
 
 iwe. 
 
 7. 
 14, ». III. 
 
 14, p. Dl. 
 4. 
 3, K. m. 
 
 4. 
 6 
 
 4. 
 6 
 
 HentlinKdoK hwV from 
 UHHiatuiit to ooii- 
 duotor. 
 
 do 
 
 I'riM^tioe <>n route to target 
 ground. Bent dog away 
 with auiMtant; dog could 
 not lee me; arrived at a 
 rapid gait. 
 
 Practice repeated. 
 
 Fetebea glove willingly and 
 given it up readily. 
 
 Dog apparently sick Hince 
 laat nigbt; have kept him 
 in room. 
 
 Found it to be diiteniper; 
 have put bini in aiok kennel. 
 (State medicines given.) 
 
 
 Training in room, re- 
 trieving. 
 
 No iiractice 
 
 
 
 
 •^esr 
 
 '"~3^WiMB* 
 
 - ^^mmmimiimmm 
 
1 
 
 Laying Ahead and its Simplification. 
 
 [Kcail ut l.ycmiiii, Fort Smii lloiwUiii, T«x., IHwciiibor 12, 18115; lorwanlwl lor |iiibliuutl»ii, iiiitlor Pttraurapli II, 
 
 Oenerul OrilorH Su. 5x, 8urioH of 18U5.J 
 
 Part 1. 
 
 This iiA\m- dealM almost oxclusivoly with mutters pertaining to lieuvy j?iin8, and incidentally 
 
 to fluid artillery. 
 
 Before beginning, I shall «!all attention to one material difference between the heavy artillery 
 
 and the other arms of the service. 
 
 The infantry, cavalry, and field artillery strive to meet and keep in touch with the enemy, 
 always anticipating an encounter. By skirmishes and combats they lead up to a great battle. 
 
 Not so the heavy artillery. Tlieirs is a waiting r61e. They can not seek oat the enemy and 
 attack him. Thus days, or weeks, or. even months may pass with no sign of actual hostilities in 
 
 u seacoast fort. 
 
 Suddenly, however, in a day or night, or even a few hours, the crisis arrives. There is no 
 skirmishing to test our inetluMls and organization. There is complete quiet or vigorous iighting. 
 
 At times, a day or so may be of no special importance; at others, the very minutes count. 
 
 With this condition understood, I wish to call attention to the possible simplification of 
 certain of our methods, whereby some of the work now retinired to be done in the heat of battle 
 may be i)erformed beforehand, when time is of no special value. 
 
 The first suggestion is the adoption of the decimal system in all problems of gunnery. 
 
 First, I would use but one unit for circular measure, viz, degrees and hundredths. The 
 hundredth of a degree is greater than a second, but is as small an arc as is usually rea<l in 
 gunnery, and if it is necessary we can read to thousandths. 
 
 This changes a table long established, and for that reason may be ill-advised, but the following 
 deviations from the decimal scale seem to have been made arbitrarily, without the sanction of 
 general use or sound reason. 
 
 The first I note is the ratio of the value of one point to the range in the case of the field gun. 
 
 This ratio is 1 to 345; a more unwieldable fraction is difficult of conception. 
 
 With the heavy guns this ratio is simple, being 1 to 1,000. 
 
 The next curious condition to be noted is that all times of flight of projectiles are given, as 
 they should be, in seconds and tenths, while the fuse scale on the 3.2-inch projectiles is expressed 
 in seconds and sixth of seconds. 
 
 I imagine a gunner, in the heat of battle, straggling with the division of his range-;-8ay 2,750 
 yards, by the factor 346— to find out how many points he must set off to hit the target; or when 
 his range table gives the time of flight— say 6.7 seconds— think of his mental gymnastics in 
 figuring at how many holes beyond the Osecond mark he must punch— in short, how many sixths 
 there are in seven-tenths. ^ 
 
 » 
 
 ■-i«S!5fjassrr- 
 
I 
 
 128 
 
 Till) ruDiilt Ih not difllciilt to t'oruH«e. Tliu RUiiiior will ifUUHH iit tliu fiiHe t'UttiiiK uihI» in uiining, 
 will *Miolil otV" tliu turgvt; uucli of whivU ih IhmI t;iiiiiiury. 
 
 It iiiuy Ik) U^Ht to rutuiii curtain HiibdiviHioiiH ol' iiiiitH wliicli uro well eHtubliHlied by Ioiik iih«s 
 but when wo t'urtlior Hubdividu tliu lowust guuumlly rucogiiizud unit, uh, lor iuMtunue, tliu Hucoud, 
 by ull inouiiH lut uh liiivu tbu duoimad. 
 
 liUt UM now tuku up tliu Miibjuct of tbu Mimpliticution of niotbodH for "laying aboad/' 
 
 Laying aliuod iiiuauM ho direrting and tiring tlio gun tbut itN projuctilu and tbe moving target 
 will inuut at tbu uoniinon point of tliuir ruM|ieutivu patliH. 
 
 It will be eaHy unongli to Htrike o target if it remain stationary, but if it Ih inoving two iiuw 
 ronditioiiM are iiiipoMud, (1) tbu (irediction of the turget'H |ioMition at a Huluctud u|MH;b; (2) tbe 
 laying of the picru proiierly and tbe tiring it at tbu profier tiniu. 
 
 Tbu ItrHt COIII08 under tbu bead of range and ]Hmitioii lliiding, not diHuuMHed liure. Hiifllce it to 
 Huy that a target's position can be predicted witb HutHciunt aucuracy one minute aliuad, tbnt Ih, at 
 niinutit intervals. 
 
 Tbe Mecoiid eondition requiroH a inetbod for obtaining data batted on tbu predicted iiosition and 
 of applying tbuiii (|uickly in laying tbe gun. 
 
 The iitH'eHHary data may be classed as (A) [lurraanent data and (!() oiiiergency data. 
 
 A. Permanent data comprise an m-curatu range table, giving, for normal conditions, elevation, 
 drift, uil'uct of wind, iMttb longitudinal and lateral, effect of variatioiM from normal tbermomuter 
 and baroiiietur, and tbe value at different ranges of one scale unit of elevation and deduction, 
 expressed in yards. 
 
 B. Kmcrguncy data, duiiending on tbe range, etc., can only be bad at tbe time of flriiig, and 
 comprise : 
 
 1. The force and dirootioii of tbe wind and tbe readings of tburmonietor and barometer and 
 their combined effect on elevation for the predicted range. 
 
 2. Tbe cross displacement of tbu target during tbe firing interval and tllglit of projoctilu; 
 tbu uO'ect of the lateral component of the wind and the drift for tbe predicted range, and the 
 combined effect of the two on the laying ahead. 
 
 It >s seen that all tbe data termed emergency involve range, while the prediction of tlic r)iii$;o 
 is the work of the range and iiositiou-finding department, and must be made before tbe giiiiner 
 can begin his calculations. 
 
 Unless the channels of the harbor restrict the movements of a warship to a known course, it 
 will scarcely lie safe to predict a iiosition more than two minntcis ahead ; but this is very sliort 
 when we consider how much has to be done in the iuterval elapsing between the prediction and 
 the tiring of the gun. 
 
 Briefly this work is as follows: 
 
 Observing tbe target; reading the angles; sending in the angles to the plotting station; 
 plotting the observed position; predicting and plotting the next position. So much for tbe range 
 Anders, now for the gunners. 
 
 1. Wind; its velocity and direction is determined; the velocity divided into longitudinal and 
 lateral components and each multiplied by its oorresirandiug factor from the range table; then 
 these results set down as positive or negative variations in range and deflection, respectively. 
 
 2. The barometer and thermometer; each read beforehand with respect to any variation from 
 normal, and these variations each multiplied, respectively, by its owu factor, from the range table, 
 give variations, positive or negative, in range. 
 
 3. The total cross displacement of the target for the plotting interval is divided by that 
 interval, expressed in seconds, and the result multiplied by the time of flight of the shot plus the 
 firing iuterval, both in seconds. The result, positive or negative, is the number of yards ahead 
 that the piece must be laid for that course. 
 
 i^sn^^^^^si^iMs^^^i^^^ssssssj^ss^ 
 
129 
 
 4. Tli«) <lrilt. lor tli« pmllctiMl ruiiK« Ih Ukeii ftom thu tublu. 
 
 5. (!oiiiliiii« ulK«bi«lr»IIy till tli« a»M>v« iiutetl vuHtttioiiH in i»iiiK« iuhI <IIvI«I«i tlio rtwilt by tli« 
 uunibwr of yjinh wlilrli iit tliut iuiik« coiroHpoml Ut oii« iiiiiiuti^ of oKiviUion. Tim reHult Ih tiiu 
 correction to upply to tliu noriiiiil e!<'Vutioii. 
 
 0. AiUl rtl««hriiirally all tliu dlMpliwonient rt-HiiltK notrd uIk»v« uikI divide by tli« nunilKjr of 
 yardH \vlii«li, at tliat laiiKts commijond to on« point of d«ll«^tion. Sot off tlicDO |M>lntH on th« 
 
 Might. , >., . 1 
 
 7. Wight on tho target and folhiw It till t Im projMT inti-rval han ulapMNl, th«n Hre tlio piece.' 
 (in tho blm!kboard will be Meeu the caleulatltinH jUHt cnunierattHl and the «lata on which they 
 
 are based. 
 
 KjctimpU on blackhuard. 
 
 I'rvviuuMly lU'tiTiiiiiifil ilntu: 
 
 ■Whui '_*B 111 lies jiur hour. 
 
 KlrliiK iiitcrvnl :» hccoimU. 
 
 Httrometor 29.6 " -0.6" below nonnttl. 
 
 Th..riiioiiiotor 1)0 ar al.ov« ii»ruial. 
 
 Dlroctioiiof tttrKftuiotiou '•'• t" «•'«••*• 
 
 KiiKTKOiU'y «l"t'* ■ 
 
 UuiiKc, preili<t.Hl IVHW yunb. 
 
 Wind, ilircctloii t<« lint) «>f lire , >* o'clock. 
 
 C'ro»t8di»iiliM:uiiieiit of turgot i»er mlniito 150 yariljt, 
 
 I'aliH alion. 
 
 [Uiiikiiiim iiml Wlilitlur Iwltlen for tlie H" M I,. K.| 
 
 VartU. 
 
 VVin.l ■• 25 ' v0.5by2.2:» — 28 
 
 IJuroiiieltir - 5 liy 2 4-11 
 
 TlieriiioineUjr !«) by 1 . - 37^ 
 
 Totttl ^ 
 
 YunlH to the minute of clovHtlon ^ II' oJev»ti«ii 
 
 Diltlilituuiiuint: 
 
 ;Vind 25 by 0.81 by 0.81 --17 
 
 Drift * 
 
 !60 
 
 Turret «li8itltt< eiiient (iioiiiiul) — - (7.71+8) — 37 
 
 60 — 
 
 Totttl ^ 
 
 YanU correni»oiMluig to out) poiut 3 — 17 points left. 
 
 Pabt II. 
 
 The foregoing clearly hIiows that in quick firing there are two alternatives: 
 
 1. To apply all the rettneineuts of liiyio" as indicated above, with a gain in rtccuriHiy and loss 
 
 in time. 
 
 2. To omit some or all of these retliiemenis with a loss iii accurmy and a gain •■< tune. 
 
 Our object is evidently to gain all accuracy pos.Hible with a luiiiinium loss of time. This will 
 be attained if any system be adopted b / vhich the calculations above uientioiied may be .shortened. 
 
 It is with the ideaof simplifyiif? ihese calculations that I submit the following suggestions as 
 to normal range tables, aud also my scales as time savers : 
 
 • In indirect Hre these v .lues will not be set off ou the sight. Wbi.tever nietho«l Is used, two readings, one ftw 
 elevation and one for azinmth, must be set off 8..inewhere, and whenever this is done tlie above corrections will be 
 ai>plied. 
 
 158-18 M 8 9 
 
 i 
 
130 
 
 I suggest that for rapid work tliere shoald not be one range table with factors, etc., for correc- 
 tions, but tables actually made out aiul printed for the following causes of variation: 
 
 1. Change in 1. Y., if this is liable to be sufficient to make it desirable. 
 
 2. Change in relative altitudes of gun and target if the tidal change amounts to enough to 
 make a practical dift'ereuce. 
 
 3. For dilference in weight of shot. 
 The shot may be grouped us to Aveight. 
 
 (It seems that the variation in weight of the shot for the 8" M. L. 11. from the standard is 
 greater than the necessities of careful casting re*iuire.) 
 
 4. tTump must be included in all normal range tables. 
 
 All these tables may be i>repared beforehand and each plainly marked, so that when the con- 
 ditions involved are known the proper table can be immediately tiikeu up. 
 
 The appearance of Whistler's Graphic Chart marked au era in our gunnery, and it is most 
 excellent for target practice when time is plentiful. But under fire we must drop all methods that 
 re<|uire any calculations based on emergency data that are more complicated thar. simple addition, 
 because there will be neither time nor coolness for their performance. 
 
 For this reason I suggest a number of normal tables for the several conditions of firing or 
 variations in the permanent data. 
 
 So much for the preparation of tables which will require the exi)endltare of much time before- 
 hand, when it is of no importance and which will save time to the artillerist under Are when time 
 may be synonymous with life and success. 
 
 Having these normal tables to start with, I submit a system of scales, planned by me, to 
 greatly shorten the work of applying corrections for variations due to changes in the emergency 
 data. 
 
 In their use no calculation more complicated than simple addition is required. The scales are 
 set from data sent in and the results are read off in such units as minutes and jwints which are 
 adapted to immediate application in laying the guns. 
 
 As models accompany this paper no description of the scales is necessary, and I give instead 
 directions for setting up and using the models. 
 
 ATMOSPHERIC SCALE. 
 
 This is for use with thermometer and barometer. (See models Nos. 4 and 4'.) ' 
 
 These two forms are practically the same and one or the other may be used ac«iording to the 
 relative rapidity of use developed by practice. 
 
 To use No. 4 turn the index arm to the range marked on outer circle. Find on the arm the 
 reading from the thermometer. Proj-jt, by eye, this point on the nearest horizontal line marked 
 off as a scale and read from the (block figured) scale the A <p for that instrument. 
 
 Do similarly for barometer, using the red scale. 
 
 To use No. 4' use the intersections of the radial range lines and circles of instrumental 
 reading instead of the index arm. 
 
 WIND DEFLECTION AND DRIFT SCALE— WIND-ACCELERATION SCALE. 
 
 These two have been combined into one model. (See Nos. 1 and 0.) 
 
 If in use it is found better to do so these two npiay be separated and operated by one person 
 at each. 
 
 The setting up of this laodel will be explained below. 
 
131 
 
 To read this combination scale the inner part, No. 1, is oriented till the arrowhead, near the 
 word ''Points" on the scale, is directed toward the target, the observer, fticing also toward the 
 target, has the scale in front of hiin. 
 
 The index arm ia set on the outer part (No. 6) at the given ''oVlock" or comix>nent, according 
 as the one or the other system is used at the wind vane, and the velocity of the wind from the 
 anemometer is found in this arm. Then — 
 
 (a) For deflection, project this point of the arm vertically on that horizontal chord of the 
 circle which is marked with the given range, liefer this projection to the carved lines of iioints, 
 and read the resulting i>oints of deflection due to wind and drift. 
 
 (h) For A tp, proceed similarly by projecting the point of the index arm horizontally on that 
 vertical chord marked with the given range, and read from the carved lines of minutes the A tp 
 for wind. 
 
 If use develops the fact that interpolations by eye are not accurate enough or consume too 
 much time, additional lines may be put on the scales. 
 
 TABQEX DISPLACEMENT SCALE.' 
 
 This scale measures in points the amount of cross displacement (normal to the line of fire) of 
 the target during the ilring interval and flight of the projectile; the measurement is based on the 
 cross displacement of the target during the plotting interval, taken here as one minute of time. 
 
 The use of this scale presupposec the plotting of the target's position at fixed intervals (one 
 minute for this scale) and the prediction of its position for the next epoch. It matters not how 
 this is done or what system is used provided simply that the points are plotted on a sheet where 
 also the firing point is plotted. 
 
 Having plotted the ''last" and the" predicted" positions of the target, measure the range to 
 the predicted position. Pass the right edge of the range ruler through the left-hand one of these 
 plotted iioints. Apply the left edge of the scale to the right edge of the ruler and slide it along 
 until the right-hand one of these plotted points is seen (through the scale) to fall on the proper 
 range line (given or interiHjIated by eye or by the addition of other lines to the scale). Refer this 
 last-mentioned point, seen through the scale, to the curved lines of points, and read the result in 
 points. 
 
 If the range ruler be so constructed that its left edge produced is the one that passes through 
 the center of motion, then in the foregoing substitute the word "left" for "right" and "right" for 
 "left." 
 
 If both edges prolonged pass through the center of motion, then in all cases use the scale by 
 passing the edge of the ruler throug'a the "predicted" jiosition, and apply the scale on the left or 
 right according as the target motion is from right to left or the reverse. When the scal«) is 
 applied to the left edge of the ruler, it will be face down, and the figures and letters reversed, but 
 this is of no material difference. 
 
 To set up and operate the wind deflection and drift and wind acceleration scale, the condition 
 must be known ; there are two distinct cases. 
 
 1. Suppose a central wind clock and anemometer for all or a number of groups of guns, and 
 the data therefrom sent in referred to the directing (XII to YI o'clock) line of the clock. 
 
 Set up permanently the outer part of the scale (marked No. (i) with its directing line (XII to 
 YI o'clock) parallel with that of the central clock. Then — 
 
 (a) If the gun is to be laid by azimuth (target not visible), as by the Baft'erty relocator or 
 otherwise, we orient the inner part of the scale (marked No. 1) to the given azimuth by means of 
 the grndnations on the inner edge of No. 6 and the outer edge of No. 1. The directing line of 
 
 h 
 
 ' To be engraved uu horn or some transparent material. 
 
132 
 
 No. 1 (arrowhead) will tbnii be parallel with the Hue of tire. The index arm is set by the grsida- 
 atioim ou No. 6, and the readiuj; is made as before explained. 
 
 This scale itresuppoHes that the directing lines ol' the central clock and central range finding 
 system are parallel. If this is not the ease the grutUiations will be changed to suit. 
 
 (6) For barbette firing the outer part (No. 6) is set up and the index arm oriented as before 
 (case a). The inner part (No. 1) is now oriented by sighting its directing line ou the target, and 
 the reading is as betbre. 
 
 2. Suppose each gun or group of guns has its own wind vane or clock. 
 
 The outer part (No. (i) is fixed iiermauently as the dial of the clock, and a itointer, traveling 
 over its face, takes the place of the index arm, being graduated like it. 
 
 The directing line is parallel with that (»f the range finder, or the graduations changed to suit. 
 Then the inner part (No. 1) is oriented on the target (a) in indirect fire by setting ott' the azimuth 
 as in case 1, (6) in direct fire by sighting on the target. The reading is as before. 
 
 BBMABKS. 
 
 There are some inherent errors in the urn; of these scales, but it is believed that they are well 
 within the limits of accuracy in laying. 
 
 These scales give correctious based on a mean normal table. 
 
 When this mean normal is not the table used, the scale corrections will be a little off, but still 
 practically correct, being incorrect by a variation of a variation. 
 
 MODELH. 
 
 These are rough, and many improvements can be made as to material and workmanship and 
 lM>ssibly in the construction of the scales, but the idea of presenting results, obtained graphically 
 and expressed in the final units required in laying, will remain as the ruling principle. 
 
 These models were made by me without special facilities or material, but I think they are 
 suited to a practical explanation of uiy ideas, and may even be used in a test. 
 
 Accompanying scale No. 5 there is a section of a plotting sheet with two examples in the use 
 of the scale worked out. 
 
 Henev C. Davis, 
 First Lieutenant, Third Artillery. 
 

 I 
 
 grsula- 
 
 Qnding 
 
 betbro 
 et, and 
 
 ivuliiig 
 
 to suit. 
 Kimuth 
 
 re well 
 
 ut still 
 
 lip aud 
 itically 
 
 tiey are 
 
 blie nse 
 
 llery. 
 
DiRCCTiONS. The indcK arm points into the wind. The cent* 
 of fire. From the anemometer record^ eelect the corree^ 
 
 for Foinie. 
 
 Foilow the vertical line through this point on 
 
 the index arm till it intersects the 
 
 Range Lines. This intersection re 
 red to the curved lines of points 
 gives the required num ber of 
 
 points . 
 
 Left. 
 
 "IS J2 n to • § 7 e i 
 
 At tw sw w ^ am' tmm' Mmr.m mrmmwmmw mmw mm\ 
 
 ±fflt:*±^# 
 
 ' AimriPt mm '^m Mr. ^ mm<^. »mrs'tmr,ummAmmr.mum-MU\ 
 WAWAMnrtM^ 'Amt 
 
 rAfkAW.9:Am'MWtmw9'Amnr^mmi.r.m\ 
 
 y^mynAi¥]\]i\\\i\\ 
 
 ni^^ 
 
 ■4m dw r.^ mm rar.mP'A'imm'AnmmK.mw uw.mmmw mmmm'A\ 
 m'A''. dmfim-ma Mr.mr mm.dmmw^mmfi9 mmmmAmur»rim\ 
 
 m$uiimii':iii 
 
 fe^ 
 
 ..o 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 • .'^■^*- •■■.'^■■^■i'* 
 
 I i fTJAl I 1 1 
 
 
 "t LHJ^wMftiLrn f il rrNJ i HI m 
 
 ■ t^t: iHk'k:v'BB >:^BftHk:«A«B'^aaiik'BBBk«aBBk^i 
 
 K'^Bl»C«AIB?BkBh:«<iaB:^kiaBw'^BaBk.''BaBkBBBB^ 
 
 »^%'aolk:'Bk1k^.__<•■ll^'■aBc ■aa:^Bia.'<<BBBviBaak 
 
 ^ Bilk. 'V.I kh.^B& .'«Bl''k,«k flw'BBBw'BB»1BBk.''BBflk'^BI 
 
 \«."%a \^-aiv-i-iik'iBfe.iaBk,vaBk.'<aak.'aaaiiBaiL'i 
 
 ^1 I w^ I 1^ I 1 Ivl 
 
 I in i I M 
 
 V'V«.!ri2'Sa"Bk"SB"i%"aa'Sa"BB'i 
 
 l i;ilNPN ^ >l l lJ l NlN l \IP 
 
 k. ^ " M^B ^ ■ H m ■ ■ k ■ ^1 k~S ^1 k^H ^S kl H V «H ■ 
 
nnd. The centra/ vertica/ line of the in* 
 feci the corresponding wind velocity oni 
 
 poncntJ of WIAJ" 
 o I • 
 
 ^c/e must he parallel with the line 
 ^ndex arm . Then — 
 
 for A (p 
 
 Follow the horizontal line through this 
 point on the index arm till it inter- 
 sects the vertical Range Link ( of 
 the given range.) This intersection 
 referred to the curved lines of 
 minuies will give the ne- 
 quired A^ in minutes. 
 
 Points. 
 
 4 
 
 ■_■■_■_■■■■■ f_\^_. *■■?■■ ? ' 
 
 Left. 
 
 M> • # 7 <t A 
 
 r« 4 
 
 / ill 
 
 aiiraii 
 ' ai ■■■■■■nai a>ikVN 
 
 laaaiiakiBaiMaaa.fk ««k\ 
 
 ikiaaiftaifaiia\'afc\iraviiAv\ 
 
 fltaBiiaiftarB^\iB\aiivvikii:\ 
 
 . <aiiaiiaiiBia«tiia>iiiLiak'iaa.\ 
 
 jaii^ataiak^a^ia\at^%B.ik B.^i 
 
 iBai'B.liak^Bl^BklBVB.IBiia^'B^k^k'' 
 
 Jtli1BBaBBBBlBilBk^ilBBA«.lB^k.'<k.''a 
 Bt^t BBaVBilBk Bitaa.^ lB^k.%BB^a^^ 
 
 ■ k^rBBBk'ak'BBk-Bk^BBkBaOBkBBkri 
 
 1^ 
 
 i^^BBaaBB>>^BBBBB:BBBBI>.^^B.'^aa>.''« 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 r 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 L 
 
 
 
 
 
 k 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 L 
 
 
 
 
 
 k <- 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 h 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 s " 
 
 n> 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 h 
 
 
 
 
 
 !i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 AV «■ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 r T: 
 
 
 " 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 ■■ 
 
 5 " 
 
 
 
 
 "" 
 
 
 " 
 
 
 — BBBBll 
 
 IBB Bl 
 
 lb 4BBak )i 
 
 B 'BBB 
 Bm BBBBA ' 
 
 ■ ■■■»> lafll 
 
 
 i»:^a«aft^aaBak.'<aaBak'a: ' - -- rBBaaaaB iBBaar v aaarar Bar a'iaar 4Br■r«■^ 
 
 IBB.:<UaBB<<IBaBav'^aBBB.tBaBBk BBBBlBBBBBBBBBiriBBBia'iaB4rBBPJBB4r jb^B 
 IBBBk.BBBB^BBBB,fBBBBBBBBBlBBBIBBBBBBBBVBBBBr,BrBB'ia'iB».iBBrir'iBrflB 
 
 I'^BBB .^BBak^BBB^BBBBiiaaaBtiaBaiiBBBiBBBBr vaaa MM'tuw mw mmAtimw r 9 mw4'^ d 
 
 l•:^aai<CBBak«aBaoBBa■lBaaBl'BaallBBalBaaa>JriBBvaBB■'ia'iarp,■Br'l•'iB'i^^fl 
 iaB..'^Baak,'<BBaik BBBB^BBi ■"' r" 'laBB aaa 18888 i«B8'<8riar arara^av^var'^r ar. 
 
 BaB..'^B1B.'^BaB.lBBBkai|aaBariBi«BBBBBBI BBBB f BBB J 8 JB'iB 'iB'iV.aa'.B'iB' .Bira 
 I :BBB.^k1BB'<IBBB^aBa.liaBk1BBBI*BBBIBBiaBBBriBBtBr BVaB ar B'iBf BBBB B^B iP 
 li'k:BBB' BakBBBkBBaiBaBBBBBBBBB^IBBiaBBI IBBI B JBr.BfiB'iV BB iBfiBiBBr .<'i 
 
 iBBk>'aBa^BBk.''BBBkiaaBik^aBB laaa ibbiibbibbbi aaanvBiAa jvariap «B«r,a'iB ^r.a 
 :«.iak'aBkaaak^BBaBaBB^ '~^" r- nnaBiaaaBaai aaa iriBvata'iBBB/.ar^B/.Bar^B jr, 
 
 !^VBi.'BB^BBB^BBi:BBBkmaB-BBiBBBBaiBBBIiBBBIJBf,BriBarBr iiiNjr.ra 
 
 K^akk^aakBBBBBftaBBiBaBaaBVBanaBkiaBiBBiiBBBaBBBrjaarar 4B/a<'//B y 
 
 IB:^BBk<>BBk^BBk BBk'BakBi ' ' P IBA BBI BBIiaBl IBBV BBI B IBB 4B / BV NBV'i J 'X 
 B.'^BB^BB,iaa^a.rftBBBiBBBBIIBBI>BBF.BBIBaffBBB/<Briirr BV 
 
 e 
 
 llM[KfKlil[M. lillMlllllllllflllliro 
 
 ■ff BBB/'Br/irrB' 
 
If If sw 9 J am' tmm' MMKm mr.mmr.mmw m^^ 
 
 mr<im'-Miim'^am'^'tmr.mfr.mmmsmm4mwA 
 
 ^mmtm^-,ir-v- 
 
 rAtAwm^m^P^uww'^mfir^mmf.rmmw^mmm'dumwM 
 
 1 /1 I I /I 
 
 \-4m dw r aw r^f.mp 4' A mm'^ummr.mwmwmuuwMmi 
 m'jrMmnwtmm* 
 
 ,maur '^■■'Jp^ariH^aHH/^HBariaHHi 
 
 rgKTLWT 
 
 r^avjr iia j«r:>'iiaH':iBianf ^■■'^■■■■r.fi 
 
 l>fH/l>f il ll Ji ll 
 
 r^tfBv -'^.n^iBHr ^■■■rridaaar'^tfBBHar^aBaB 
 
 ^■■ir«BB''i^ " - - ' ' ^^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 l«ka.^%aa>:«ife:'gBA^aBB:aaa.^HBa^»aa^a 
 i'a^i%».^ak^k "^la :«B.i.;7aak'k:BBB> BBkaaak'i 
 ■ .^^^.^&^\a».'^ak'K'«kak:BBaw''aB»^BBk'BaBk^ 
 
 MsX l M l 
 
 \ -^t WVBks^VBw' BB:'BB.'^Bai.^BBk'>Bak.'aBk 
 
 V ^.^awuBk^Bi^ia WBk%'BaaBftaBEai 
 
 k'aBk,^aBk^BBklBa.lBB^ 
 
iaSra«"iSSr(iSraS7H57flii'iii'iiirjiifiiaiv 
 
 •( 1:1: '.]■ aaauaB f 
 
 =^$^?i?:i;:=?S!!t:? 
 
 trs'imr.mmwAmmr.mmmdmmwm 
 
 mmmKmmw jmmwmmmrmmurm 
 r.r. 
 
 mtimmmammit 
 
 --mlim^zmi 
 
 mmuwmmmwdmmnfsmmmw « 11 ; 
 
 ■ ■■■k1B«k<Bk\tlB.ia« ^B^N 
 
 «BBBI*Bt1BBiMBaB>ia «Bk\ 
 
 ii^BaiBarBi«B\<Bli\irBV'k^lv> 
 
 BtaBl1BllBrBi\lB\B«kV\BiV ^ 
 
 <BM.«BPBi1BlBBr.1BLl.^k1»k^aB.\ 
 
 JB tl'Bt Bl Bk^BvVBV Bi lk% B «w B.1B, 
 
 iBBIIB.IBklBi^BklBia ^Bk^B '' Blk ^W 
 .IBBlflrBiBABaai^BkBBBBBk'B^^ 
 
 aHiBBBBB.VBk B^BBl ^Bk k'k BB/tB.^ 
 
 9^3 
 
 II 
 
 iBBB:^B■kU'BBBkBBBBk^BBBBBBB■l'B■B11BBBI■BBBl|ri■BVBVBa'iB'iBrr,■B'/tf''iB'i^^B 
 
 k.'^kiaB>.'^BaBk'<BaBk'BBBB.^aB( ' r - r~ ibbibbbibbbb ■flBBriBfiar BVBra«av4VBr^r ar 
 
 iw-aaak: 
 
 BBi'^BBB^BBB^ 
 
 SE-ii^iE 
 
 ffiffi5S^:::5-*::?t:i::|::|::ffi|g»affi 
 
 < p M w ^ > ■ BMB HM ■ ■§ ■■■ H ■ ^1 A f i H V fl V H ^iHAH/ HV Vy V fl f J H j la 
 
 Mifflffil 
 
 ^.IBw^Bft WBBkBBBaBaBBaiBBaBaaiaBllBBllBBIBBIIBBBaBBBriB ir.Bri JB#a «'//.B 
 
 i.^'BB.'^BBk.'^Bak^aak'BBk^Bakai.'r ' :'''r' mat BBfaaiiaaitBav bbib laa jbi aviaa'i'i v 
 
 ±i!itMy±i|!t±si|t±t 
 
 a MO » 7 s ($ 4- a * 
 
 ■ CO . n«v*»4<iM0L, •MMHanw » c 
 

 ■!< 
 
 % 
 
 
 ■"" 
 
 
 
 
 \i 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 '\. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 " 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 :". 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 k 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 k, 
 
 
 
 1. 1 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 
 vj 
 
 ^ 
 
n 
 
 I ■ 
 
 1 ^i 
 
 'T 
 
 I... 
 
 -vm — GT 
 
 -»a.i««i,!»i»He6S!fc ;B««»«g<-i-.j'i »<» t jr< WP^"i*'-^t»>'f S j'! w -' 
 
QJ Plotting interval - SOaecs. 
 J Firing interval' 3 aeca. 
 Jg One Point '^1000 Range. 
 
 \ 
 
I li li ib L«« 
 
 P pt p, Pt PradietMl 
 
 JBMiaipl*.- Ut^batlMlMtplattad 
 
 iwh«* nder aad more It aloac 
 
 » of ralir thnMRk li aid apyljr 
 
 StoTioNor P m ii w BoAMk 
 
 ''}willi ov^mlMM iHUrvah faMiPMn I Md ^ ale. 
 
 of tM1|M.MdMttopNdlot«lpMMaii. WKk 
 M batoN, M> that p, (alia oMlar ilM l,aw-]rMtf Nw. 
 
 J^UtkacwTMl 
 
M l II H I II II M II HI I " 
 
 9N0P PLorrawBOAM. 
 
 •MM* fM«i to JH= 1 jaO TMti*- 
 
 ■la la piM* Mrf Nter ib to tk» cnrvMl ' 
 
 I. P^riRModfeof ralMrthni^rtipiMMlholdnilM-lBptan. nM«leftMl«Bo( 
 HaH of th0 H»l* Md iMd 111 pointa. A|siB a n— w o IJUO jrarda to pi. Paaa 
 
TR 
 
 adoi 
 brou 
 prin 
 ther 
 
 won 
 owii 
 uen 
 mini 
 
 p8y< 
 thei 
 
 com 
 cam 
 swa 
 will 
 
 seei 
 evM 
 but 
 of 1 
 avo 
 itd 
 
 am: 
 for 
 
 do< 
 
. _.-^ - A>y-T - J ■ jftffl i PJ W fc l jyjl. t glg ' 
 
 17 
 
 Smokeless Powder: Its Influence on Tactics. 
 
 TRANSLATED FROM THE ORIGINAL BY PERMISSION OF CARLOS VON BANIIS, COLONEL OF 
 
 ENGINEERS. SPANISH ARMY. 
 
 [The United Service Macazine— Eii|;laD<l.] 
 
 INTRODITCTORY. 
 
 Before stodyirij? the inodiflcatioiis which may be introduced into the science of tactics by the 
 adoption of smokfless powder, certain facts concerning the psychology of the battle shoald be 
 brought to mind, for it can not be forgotten that, after all, man, and not his armament, is the 
 principal factor in war, and that it is man who places the limit on the forces which can be utilized 
 
 therein. 
 
 For this reason ballistic effects can never exceed the limits imposed by human nature. It 
 would, for instance, be of little use to invent a small arm to carry to a distance of 20 or 30 miles, 
 owing to man's iM)wer of vision being limited. Mathematical precision can not put an end to the 
 nervous excitement producetl by fatigue and danger; rapidity'of fire, moreover, has limits deter- 
 mined by the exhaustion which it causes the flrer. 
 
 The effects produced on the soldier by the battle are of two kinds, viz, physiological and 
 psychological ; and these are so intimately connected that it is not easy to define the limits between 
 
 them. . 
 
 There is, first, the nervous excitement caused by the unpleasant whistling of bullets. This 
 constantly recalls the danger present, and, even supposing that projectiles were not capable of 
 causing death, strong excitement would still result, similar to that produced by the noise of a 
 swarm of mosquitoes, although we are well aware that the bite is not mortal. And this result 
 will be the same 'whether powder is or is not smokeless. 
 
 Then, there are the psychological effects, due to the impressions received by the soldier on 
 seeing his comrades falling around him. Theso it is (the wounded) who are unable to retreat; an 
 evident prooi that those who do (the sound) do so, not from being comi)elled by a material reason, 
 but from psychological motives. The iuea of danger will at times take such absolute iwjssession 
 of the soldier's mind as to efface all else; he becomes convinced that if he does not endeavor to 
 avoid it, he will die, and seeks relief in the proceeding which he believes to be the best, although 
 it does not always prove so — he runs away. 
 
 Almost all tactical writers appear to forget the abnormal condition of the soldier, in action, 
 and yet, without taking this into account, battles could not take place; for if it did not dormify, 
 for the time being, the instinct of self-preservation, all would fly in the face of danger. 
 
 If we desire to find an explanation for this condition, it is not difficult to do so. A man who 
 does mechanical work does so at the expense of his muscles. The oxygen drawn by ais blootl gives 
 
 133 
 
 ■— ^ -xsmmvm 
 
F~T 
 
 134 
 
 rise to cliemical combinations wbich take place wlien work is done at the expense of liis organic 
 system, in coiisetiuence of wliich lie becomes fatigued and feels tlie necessity for repairing bis forces, 
 i. e., for nourisbment. Eating is equivalent to adding carbon to the Are of a steam engine. But 
 the soldier who fights not only does mechanical work, he does more. A workman who, for example, 
 strikes blows with a hammer, performs muscular work, but during the process he can allow his 
 thoughts to run as he pleases. Itut supposing that he has to strike a certain number of blows a 
 minute — the question may vary — then he must fix his attention on counting the blows, and to the 
 muscular work is added the mental ; and should the number be great, the emotion produced by 
 the desire to complete the task and the fear of not being able to verify it gives rise to a nervous 
 excitement whi(;h also produces work. And although the mental and nervous work can not, like 
 the muscular, be measured, they do not for that reason cease to exist and to be felt. Everyone 
 knows how excessive mental labor wastes the system. To this cause of excitement must be added 
 the fatigue produced by marching and remaining on foot for a considerable time, and the weakness 
 resulting from want of nourishment if the combat is prolonged. 
 
 As a conse<iuence of this abnormal state the circulation of the blood is interfered witli, giving 
 rise t4) cerebral congestion, the senses do not act with regularity, and a number of ponsations 
 pass unnoticed. Thus is explained how soldiers receive slight wounds without being at the time 
 aware of the fact. 
 
 It has been said that smokeless powder will cause fire to be more ao4;nrate, since the target 
 will be clearer, owing to the absence of smoke; but with this we do not agree. In the first 
 I>lace, distances can not always be estimated with accuracy, and, secondly, the majority of soldiers 
 in action tire without aiming, frequently without seeing the target. The soldier is not like the 
 sportsman ; the latter tires with deliberation and to hit, the former to relieve his nervous system 
 and to drive away fear, and because he instinctively knows that if he wishes to kill his enemy he 
 must fire. 
 
 Some contend, also, that the absence of smoke will enable the soldier to see more clearly the 
 ravages i>ro«luecd by tlic enemy's tire, and that this will have a demoralizing influence. But with 
 nonsmokeless powder he could not avoid seeing his comrades falling at his side and the wounded 
 as he advanced. In tlie latter case, owing to the dense cloud of smoke, he could not know what 
 was hidden, and is it not an attribute of human nature to have greater fear for the unknown 
 than the known t 
 
 The advantage which can not l)e denied in smokeless ]>owder is that it will fiU-Jlitate the 
 control of otttcers in command of units; before, when all was enveloped in smoke, they could 
 n«>ither see the enemy nor their own men. Now tiiis will not iiappt>n. By means of signals they 
 will be enabled to make themselves understood by their submdinateK; they will not stumble 
 unexpectedly upon obstsvcles whi<'h smoke conceak'«!, and will And it less difWcult to keep in touch 
 with collateral units whose movements can be seen. 
 
 Who will say that the adoption of the new )>owder iieeessitateK alteration in the tactics of 
 the battlefield? The subject is worthy of study, a.n<l oi)inioi»s vary. I^me consider that tactics 
 will undergo rsvdical modifications; others hold the opjwsit^" v\eiv,\ Before coming to a decision, 
 we will consider tiie question for each of the three arms: 
 
 ■ 
 
 18 
 
 INFANTRY. 
 
 When entering n\}on tire tactical study of the elffeets (tf .smokeless jK>wder on field warfare, 
 there api>ear both advantages and d I sa< I vantages. The infantry soldiei- who fires with this 
 powder at once obtains ;he advantage of having a clear field of fire; but, on the other hand, if 
 he is unprovided with cover, either natural or artificial, chere is no protecting cloud of smoke to 
 conceal him, and, should iiis enemy have found cover, he, on his side, is more vulnerable than 
 when the smoke showed his |K>8ition. 
 
 be 
 
135 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 In our opinion, the supposition that troops can be exi>osed to fire withont knowing whence it 
 comes is more or less fanciful, and the occasions upon which it will be possible for an enemy to 
 ot)en fire withont disclosing his position very few. It might happen in two cases, viz, (1) when 
 he is protected by some natural cover (bank, undulation, etc.) or artificial (dwelling, etc.), and (2) 
 when lie is intrenched. 
 
 In the former case, if the cover is obtained from a wood or village, it will be evident that the 
 fire comes therefrom unless it is assumed that the officer in command is withont intelligence. By 
 using nonsmokeless i)owder a veil was formed in front of the wood or village, which concealed in 
 the first instance the trees, in the second the windows or roofs, by which the enemy was protecte<l; 
 consequently, if there is no smoke his position will more readily be seen. When, however, undu- 
 lations or folds of the ground provide the cover, the absence of smoke will make it a difficult 
 matter to ascertain his imsition; and this is undoubtedly the case in which the use of the smoke- 
 less powder gives the most advantageous result. 
 
 If the enemy is Intrenched, his intrenchments will either be concealed by the contour of the 
 surrounding ground or the reverse. In the former case the above remarks will apply, and the 
 maximum advantage will be obtained. If, on the contrary, the intrenchments are visible, their 
 crest lines, not being hidden by smoke, will show up more clearly against the horizon. 
 
 Thus we see that the absence of smoke is not an unmixed advantage; bnt none can say that 
 it is not au advance. In war two objects are aimed at; the first, to inflict injury on your opponent, 
 and the second, to avoid the injury which he is endeavoring to inflict upon you. And since victory 
 will be obtained by the side which succeeds in first annihilating (relatively) its adversary, it is 
 clear that the ofTensive condition must always occupy the chief place; and, although it is true that 
 smoke forms a protecting mask, it none the less interferes with the clearness of the field of fire, 
 which is of the first importance upon the battlefield. 
 
 And here enter the psychological conditions above referred to. Man is the chief factor in 
 war, and the excitement of his nervons system does not allow him to take full advantage of the 
 advances of science. Smokeless powder will give a clear field of fire, bnt there must always 
 remain the difficulty of accurately judging distances, and, above all, the fact that the number of 
 soldiers who shoot well is very small, the majority not even taking aim. 
 
 Taking these circumstances into consideration, the use of the new powder would not appear 
 to render any essential modifications necessary in the tactics of small bodies. But on a battlefield 
 the whole of one's forces are not actively engaged throughout. The supports and reserves, which 
 were formerly concealed by the smoke of the firing line, have now lost this means of protection, 
 and can be fired npon by units specially detailed for the purpose; and, since it is agreed that 
 there is nothing more trying to the steadiness of a body of troops than to be under fire without 
 replying, the position of the supporting lines has, apparently, become very precarious. But this 
 is not the case to so great an extent as appears at first sight. 
 
 First, because attention is always paid to the greater danger which is caused by the nearest 
 troops, i. e., the firing line; for which reason it will be difficult to restraiu even the units, specially 
 directed to fire on the reserves, from attacking the firing line. Second, becKuse day fire dire(;ted 
 against them must b^ at long range, and can not, therefore, have great results. Finally, on the 
 defense it will generally be easy to conceal the reserves, and during the iittack the effects of the 
 enemy's fire can be avoide<l by movement. Some writers suggest the extension of the snp|M>rts as 
 a means of diminishing losses; but, in our opinion, su<-h a solution is not feasible, troops in 
 extended order being very liable to get out of hand. The chief advantage of this fdrmation is 
 that H small target in depth is offered to the enemy, while at the same time a good fire eflect can 
 be produced. And this is certtdnly a great advantage, but dearly bought, since it necessitates 
 deceiitralixation, and so diminishes the control of Hie offl^'ers. For this rcitson, o])ening out should 
 be delaye<l as long as possible, and resorted to only whefi trcKips comeinb* avitiou. The soldier, as 
 
 I 
 
nrC 
 
 '0«w,'7';.i.i"i'Vv.i 
 
 1>1M'lt £>■■'? £JK.71 
 
 186 
 
 alH)ve stated, who advances withont firing when exposed to fire is liable to complete dcmorali/.a- 
 tiou; conseqnently, if the intensity of fire to which the snpports are subject is so great that it is 
 fonnd necessary to extend, it will be better for them to at once advance and join the firing line; 
 they will there ])robably suffer greater loss, but will, at least, be inflicting loss in return. 
 
 Actual battle formations are not capable of rsidical modifications; the various ''lines" are 
 necessary. In the fnture, as in the past, there will be only one way of deciding a battle, viz, 
 to get to yonr enemy, or at leu <t close enough to convince him that you have sufficient power to 
 drive him from his. position. And this result can only be obtained by arriving in mass, i. e., with 
 a strong force. But the direct advance of troops in close formation is no longer possible in 
 the face of modern arms of precision ; hence it becomes necessary to protect the approach of the 
 masses, whose function it is to deal the decisive blow by means of a firing line. The firing line is 
 merely an exitedient for covering the remainder of the force, which unites with it at tlie decisive 
 moment, cost what it may, to terminate the action. 
 
 With the suppression of smoke the advance against a position will, no doubt, be somewhat 
 more difficult than formerly; but the danger, in our opinion, will not be greater until within 
 500 or 600 yards of the enemy. Beyond this point, when distances can be judged with little 
 difficulty, when the errors of aiming are small, and where the trajectory is altogether dangerous, 
 the real trial for the attacking force will commence — a trial which before was delayed until within 
 300 yards of the position. This last phase of the battle must of necessity be short, and every 
 effort will have already been made to shake the defender. The firing line, extended at 1,000 
 yards from the enemy, will have advanced, more or less reenforced, to within 500 yards of his 
 l)osition, taking advantage of formations of the ground and at times throwing up shelter trenches 
 for protection. The remaining lines will have followed in rear, keeping under cover as much as 
 Ijossible, safety being sought in movement and in formations of little depth (which may have 
 been reduced to single rank, but without extending), in the event of the ground not giving cover. 
 At 500 yanls from the position all the component parts of the first line will join the firing line, 
 and from this point its advance will be rapid and vigorous, assisted whenever necessary by the 
 masses which follow, which will have been closed up sufficiently to support and protect it at 
 the critical moment. 
 
 We do not wish the question of cover to be misunderstood. Troops should not be neeillessly 
 exposed, but war is not a game of hiding, and with men whom one is always attempting to con- 
 ceal, it will be impossible to obtain decisive results. The enemy can not be exi>elled from his 
 position by stalking him, and a vigorous advance is indispensable. If he has been much shaken, 
 the assault, owing to t^ie absence of smoke, will, perhsips, be a less difficult task than formerly, as 
 he will clearly see the impending danger, and may evacuate the position. 
 
 Some attention has been paid on the Continent to a work by Captain von (loltz, entitled 
 " Independent patrols." This Cerman officer suggests the formation of " independent patrols," 
 consisting of 8 marksmen, selected from each section. A company in the German army is divided 
 into three sections; there would, therefore, be 24 selected marksmen per company. These 
 "patrols" are for a doulile object— to reconnoiter the enemy's position, ami to draw his attention 
 to themselves, while covering the advance of the infantry. Owing to the smallness of the targft 
 they otter, the writer considers that they would, without great loss, be able to approach to within 
 6(K) yards of the enemy, and on arriving at this point suggests that they should conceal them- 
 selves as far as possible and oi>en fire. Meanwhile, the officers of the stsiff, taking !Mlvantag«of 
 high ground, will examine the enemy's dispositions, (--walry patrols being at the same time L<)nt 
 out to reconnoiter. The first line of the infantry will, at 2,000 yards from the iwsition to be 
 assailed, be extended and endeavor to advance with the utmost possible rapidity to within 600 
 yards of the enemy. For making g<)od casualties, and to urge it on, a setHJud line will <'lo8ely fol- 
 low the first. At 1 ,000 yards from the second line will follow what Von Goltz calls the " shock 
 
 da. 
 
1 
 
 137 
 
 trooiis," with tixed bnyoiicta, who will, at about 400 yardn from the enemy, join the lines which 
 precede, thereby giving suflicient impure to carry the whole right up to the position. At 1,000 
 yards in leur of the " shock troops" follows the reserve, the cavalry. 
 
 It can not be said that Von (ioltz's ideas are altogether original. Some of liis assumptions, 
 moreover, appear exaggerated. We can not, for instance, adnut that infantry are liable to suffer 
 severely from lire at ranges Ix^tween 2,00<> and 1,(MK) yards. At such distances, movement, 
 undulations of the ground, and the selection of suitable formations can do much to diminish its 
 ettects. 
 
 It also appears of doubtful expediency to send the "exploring patrols" to within 000 yards 
 of the enemy, when not closely followed by their own tiring line. Such patrols, far from their 
 comrades, will feel weak — will, in reality, be very mu(!li exposed, and may, possibly, think more of 
 concealing themselves than of "exploring." 
 
 The French generals, Ferron and Luzieux, aie agreed that attack formations can not be 
 radically modified, and difl'er only in minor details. The hitter suggests that the battalion, when 
 formed for attack, should consist of three lines — the two first, the tiring line and supports, composed 
 of three companies; the reserve of the fourth. The reserve to be at "ifK) yards and the supports 
 at 250 yards from the firing line. Independent fire to commence at (KM) yards from the position, 
 with sights, which need not again be changed, adjusted for 400 yards, and aiming at the feet. 
 According to General Ferron, the decision of the infantry duel will fake place between 800 and 
 4tK) yards from the ])osition attacked, between which distances the sjipports and reserves will be 
 absorbed into the firing line. In rear will follow forces in compact formation to deliver the final 
 assault. He considers, further, that the firing line should be extended at 2,000 yards from the 
 enemy, that its advance should be rapid, and that it should be reenforced by the supports and 
 reserves whenever a lialt is necessary. It would serve no useful purpose to discuss to any great 
 extent the (piestion whether the new powder confers greater benefits upon an attacking than uiwn 
 a defending force. The absence of smoke is a material advantage to the defender, who can 
 occupy positions which give cover. The attacker, on the other hand, must very often, if not 
 always, advance unconcealed, and, with the absence of smoke, loses a means of protection. In 
 some cases formations of the ground will enable him to approach under cover, but these will be 
 exceptional, and, sooner or later, he must disclose himself. 
 
 But in the future, as in the past, the moral advantages will always be with the attacking 
 side, since oftensive action implies moral superiority and instills confidence. It will be necessary 
 to 4;onviuce the soldier that danger di^creases with the advance, and that the longer it takes to 
 reach the enemy the greater will his danger be, 
 
 ARTILLERY. 
 
 It is clear that smokeless powder AviU exercise some infiuence on the employment of the 
 othiy two arms. With artillery tliis will, perhaps, be grer.cer than willi infantry, since this arm 
 gij.;vrally fights at a distance, is more under the control of its oflicers, and is less demoraliKed by 
 an enemy's fire; as a consequence it can t;ike fuller advantage of scientific improvements. 
 
 Tlie adoption of the new powder confers upon artillery the following advantages, viz: 
 
 (1) It leaves a clear field of fire, ajid will render it possible, therefore, when firing upon 
 artillery, to <Iistinguish tivi guns from tl;e intervals, and to keep the fire of one's own guns 
 <lirected on the former, Masses of cavalry or infantry, which before were able to pass unnoticed 
 l>ehind a veil of smoke, will now lose this means of concealment. 
 
 (2) The observation «,f the ett'ect of fire will be simplified. W^ith nonsmokeiess i»owder the 
 efltect of projectiles which burst in rear of the smoke caused by the enemy's guns could not be 
 seen. The cflFect of long range fire will now be observed as easily as that of short, 
 
 (.'{) Good artillery positions will nmre easily be found, since it will be unneifessary to taV<^ > /to 
 eousiderat ion whetlier the wind will carry the smoke of one battery in front of others. ■; . m 
 
 JL 
 
138 
 
 weather, also, the smoke which hung in iroiit of a battery frequently obscured the view and inter- 
 fered with the service of the guns. 
 
 (4) It will be possible to use indirect fire without the enemy being able to easily ascertain 
 where the battery which is firing is situatetl. 
 
 Besides these advantages must be placed certain disadvantages, viz : 
 
 (1) A battery in action will be deprived of the protection given by a veil of smoke. The 
 groups of gunners will be visible and will be liable to be picked off by marksmen, who are the 
 worst enemy artillery has m contend against. 
 
 (2) In open country it will be more difficult to conceal the limbers, wagons, teams, etc. The 
 smok<> formerly screened them from view; tliey can now be destroyed with greater facility, and 
 the <^a:itualties which teams suffer are of great importance, as they affect mobility. 
 
 (.'}) The movements of batteries will be more difficult, since advantage can not be taken of the 
 smoke to conceal them. 
 
 Let us examine the real value of each of these. 
 
 The first advantage is imi)oriant, since the enemy will be compelled to keep his masses at a 
 distance, particularly his cavalry, whose intervention at an opportune moment during a battle will 
 be more difficult. The absence of smoke will also make it less easy to surprise a battery, because 
 unless the formattiou of tt'.e ground conceals an enemy's approach, there will be nothing to prevent 
 his Ireing obaervcil. 
 
 The second Hilsaniage is also important, since the range can be more rjs'.ickly ascertained, an 
 oi)eratioT> "yWv.k ut't'n causes precious moments to be lost. The clouvl of s.iioke in front of an 
 enemy >. 'ns. wljicli was used fortius purpose, was defective, as it occupied a largo space and 
 was moi iiH'if. I'i.M s' points can now be taken in front or in rear of his battery. The smoke in 
 front of ,v^y.!'- ul-^o iVoqueiitJy interfered with the officer who was directing their fire; he was com 
 pelled to 'ikci up r volition where the view Avas iinobscured, and such could often not be found 
 near the biitt«3ry. 1 >i the absence of smoke, an officer in mar of the center of his battery will, in 
 most cases, be able to direct its fire, sometimes even wit'a his voice. 
 
 Witli respect to the third advantage, there is no lioubt that in certain countries and climates 
 it will allow greater freedom in the use of artillery, and will enable fire to be opened indifferently 
 from either fiank. It will, besides, permit of gun» being placed in tiers, since with the ordinary 
 Pi>wder the smoke which the lower batteries produced on rising formed a cloud in front of the 
 hife}»er. Moreover, in the absence of smoke, v< hioh disclosed the position of guns and interfered 
 with their service, they may, in certain cases, without inconvenience, be placed at intervals of 5 
 yards or 6 yards only, so reducing the front of a battery to 30 or 40 yards, thereby bringing it 
 under better control of its officers, and enabling it to take up positions before denied to it owing 
 to there being insufficient space. A-^ a rule, however, such small intervals should not be used, 10 
 yards, at least being kept, since tlie battery bettonies crowded and more exposed to the effects of 
 an enemy's shells which fall nvav it. From this we Bee that smokeless powder will make it easier 
 to find good artillery positious by increasing their possible iinmber. 
 
 The fourth advantage <'.oe8 not affect flehl warfare to any great exttint where ifulirect fire will 
 seldom be used. This caii not be altogether overlooked, however, espei^ially if field howitzers are 
 introduced. But at present it is not of so jric^t in j'ortance as the others. On the defense when 
 a position can generally be selected and the or S-.ure of the hw munding country is known, this class 
 of fire may perhaps be employed, and there is lo doubt that li U(e ground gives good cover to the 
 battery, it will not be easy for an enemy to ascertain its exact jmsitioM, and it will, consequently, 
 be able to inflict injury with little loss to itself. 
 
 Concerning the disadvantages, the first is of a very serious ••tnre, especially when artillery 
 is engaged with infantry. The conditions are very unequal, for while the former oft'ers a target of 
 great magnitude and easy to hit, the ett'eef of guns upon extended infantry is almost nil. This 
 
 rS»C:.i*a 
 
ir- 
 
 biii 
 
 le 
 
 le 
 
 1 
 
 le 
 
 139 
 
 fact may prevent artillery advancing as close to the enemy as it has been accustomed to during 
 tlie filial stage of the attack. 
 
 The second of the disadvantages is also very serious, for the reasons already given, and, at 
 times, the only remedy will be either to shelter the teanis with earthworks constructed for the 
 l)uri>ose, or to retire tiiem, thereby rendering movement diificult. 
 
 The third disadvantage is not so serious, because o|)|)ortune moments can be seized for a 
 change of |iosition. Besides, when a battery is on the move jt is not easy to cause it vital injury, 
 es]>ecially if the movement is carried out with rapMity. 
 
 Many writers lay great stress on the necessity for concealing batteries, some even going so 
 far as to stnt« that under no circumstances should a battery be so placed that it is not hidden 
 from view. We confess that we are somewhat skeptical as to its possibility. A l>attery offers a 
 large target, and its groups of gunners can not easily be concealed. Fnrtheriiu»re, artillery can 
 not give up its primordial conditions, which are to see and to obtain a good field for Are, and these 
 arc di(n(rult to fulfill if it is so placed as to be completely invisible. This is recognized in tlie 
 French regulations: "Avant tout, voir: ensuite, si c'est possible, ne pjw f'tre vu." 
 
 The anxiety to be hidden can only lead to timidity, not to an energetic offensive. The soldier 
 who thinks the endeavor is always being made to conceal him will with iMfflculty be induced to 
 expose himself to danger. 
 
 With regard to the distances at which fire should be opened, we think that for the attack of 
 a position artillery should come into action at 2,.')<K) yards from the enemy, in order not to prolong 
 the battle, and beyond this range little result cs^n he expected. Some writers, however, consider 
 that in the future, owing to the anxiety to surprise one's adversary and to the desire to obtain a 
 first advantage, the temptation to open fire as soon as his disimsitions have been ascertained, 
 even though it be at a distance of 4,(NK) yards, will not be resisted. As it is not at such ranges 
 that decisive results are obtained, this desire should be firmly repressed^ 
 
 We <rnn not agree with the opinion held by others that little advantage will be gained by 
 advancing the artillery to closer ranges than 2,500 yards during the last stage of the attack, the 
 argument being that when the atmosphere is clear the necessity for so doing is not apparent, the 
 resulting gain being disproportionate to the atttMidaut danger. 
 
 The iulvance of the artillery is not only to increase the material, but also the moral effect, by 
 encouraging the infantry with its presence; and if it continues to fire from a distance it may 
 injure its own infantry. Finally, when the position has been captured, the artillery must <|nickly 
 take ui> a position to harass the enemy's dight. For these reasons, in our opinion, the majority if 
 not the wliolo of the guns sliould be advanced in the final stage. This advance, which before 
 could be to within 800 yards of the position, should not be nearer than 1,200 yards with the 
 modern ritle. According to Captain Mocli this limit should be 1,500 yards, to General Ferroii 
 1,800 yards, and to General Luzieux 1,200 yards. 
 
 Smokeless powder will more frequently permit the use of artillery en masse, because («) it is 
 easier to find iM)8itioiis, (h) tlie intervals between the guns can be reduced, and (c) there is no 
 smoke to cause the diOicnlties already referred to. The unity of command is facilitated and with 
 it the concentration of the guns. 
 
 It appears to us that artillery has now acquired a greater value; in the future more than in 
 the psist the gun will o\Miu the way for the rifle. 
 
 CAVALBV. 
 
 It is an exaggerati*^ to say, as many «l«, that smokeless powder will render cavalry valueless 
 on the battlefield. The sjtme opinion was expressed utK>n the introduction of firearms; in fact, 
 whenever infantry has acquired so;u<» advantages in armament, owing to the ptogress of science, 
 the disapiM>arauce of cavalry as a tilting arm has been prophesied. KxjK'^rience has never t^n- 
 
'7" 
 
 ir 
 
 140 
 
 firmed it. During the battle there will ariHe opportuiiitieB for the intervention of cavalry — for 
 instance, when the opposing infantry in already almoHt broken and on the ])oint of giving way, or 
 when it can bi) aurpriHed, 1>eing already engaged with the other arinH; or when, the battle being 
 lo8t, it i8 necessary to arrest the pursuit at all costs, a:id the infantry is unable to do 8o. In 
 this moment of supreme attliction, as is well known, the cavalry must sacrifice itself to save the 
 troops most compromised, and whether the powder used is or is not smokeless is of no importance. 
 Cavalry on the battlefield has been and always will be the ultima ratio. To take advanttigc of 
 an opportune moment to determine a victory almost won, or to sacrifice itself— sqch will ever be 
 its duties. 
 
 Smokeless powder does not modify them. It may sometimes compel their arm to keep at a 
 distance on the battlefield ; and this will tend to give it greater independence. At all times a 
 cavalry commander should be capable of recognizing opportune moments for attack, and should 
 act quickly. During a battle the infantry and artillerj^are always, so to speak, in action ; cavalry, 
 however, can frequently rest. But when once it is committed, its task is ))erhaps more difficult 
 than that of the other two arms. 
 
 But it is clear that since the chief agent of cavalry is the horse, which does not improve like 
 the gun or rifle, the duty of this arm will become more difficult with each improvement in artillery 
 and infantry armament. At first sight, indeed, the attack of infar.try by cavalry, unprotected by 
 smoke, appears a folly; but the rapidity with which cavalry moves makes it a difficult target. 
 Furthermore, sm(»ke prevented the infantry from seeing its approach. This will not now happen, 
 and it can not be denied that the sight of cavalry, advancing at great spead, may of itself be 
 sufficient to cause a panic among infantry which is already on the point of giving way. 
 
 Some writers consider that in future wars cavalry will not appear on the battlefield, but will 
 be reserved solely for screening and for reconnoitering iiurposes, which, they think, will be fully 
 sufficient to tax its powers. Others, on the contrary, believe that opportunities of repeating the 
 deeds of Bredow and Bechtolsheim will not be wanting. A general who can (uily spare his cavalry 
 to restrain a victorious enemy will not hesitate to use it, since he will prefer to lose that arm rather 
 than to be without an army. In our opinion, cavalry has not lost its technical value in speed, in 
 surprise, in flank, and, if possible, rear attacks. 
 
 CONCLUSION. 
 
 In conclusion, we are of opinion that the use of smokeless powder will not necessitate the 
 introduction of radical modifications in the tactics of the three arms. As a Gerumn writer says, 
 « every advantage of the new powder is so evenly balanced by some disadvantage, and each dis- 
 advantage appears so small by reason of the attendant advantages, that the fjiture will not differ 
 fh>m the past in any im|)ortant point." It will exact stricter discipline iii armies and imtrease 
 the |»robabilities of success for the side which is braver, better inHtructed, and more skillfully led. 
 More than ever, victory will be gained by those most worthy of it. 
 
 It. J. Byfobd Mair, 
 
 Lieutenant, Royal Engineerx. 
 
mammmm^mammi^ 
 
 The Functions of the Army and Navy In the Maintenance of the 
 
 British Empire. 
 
 By Capt. Waltku H. Jamks, 
 mid-marihal the Right Hon. VUcount Wohelen, K. 1'., O. C. H., <t. C. M. G., in the chair. 
 
 [Tbe Uuitod Service Magaziue-Euglond.] 
 
 
 DISCUSSION; ITS CONCLUSION. 
 • •••••••• 
 
 Lord WoLSBLBY. • * * I tlo not intend to add much to this discussion. I wish that more 
 officers had spoken on the various topics that have been brought before us, because they have been 
 so numerous that I thought as there are so many officers here they would take up their own 
 special subject, and give us their views upon it. I feel myself that in attempting to say anything 
 npon t)'.e lecture, as the lecturer has told us this moment, would require almost a volume, and to 
 deal efflcicitly with this subject, or even to reply ftiUy to what ho has said, would require not one 
 volume but many. In the course of the lecture, which has been to me a most interesting one, there 
 are one or two points on which, naturally, of course, we do not all agree, and there are one or two 
 topics in respect of which I do not go as far exactly as the lecturer does; but as for the lecture, in 
 which we have all taken so much interest, it may seem hypercritical to criticise anything he has 
 said. The only point that he brought before us, and which I do not agree with, is that he stated 
 in the early part of his lecture that the loss of sea power, of the supremacy of the sea, would mean 
 starvation to England. Now, that is a point that was made a groat number of years ago— several 
 years ago— by the naval party who are always moving and bringing forward various topics to turn 
 public attention to the navy in order to get a larger sum annually for expenditure I'l.^n u 
 
 Perhaps that is a very righteous idea; it is a very righteous object. But I believe myself 
 that the proiwsition that was put forward, and which has been referred to by the lettturer to-day, 
 viz, that if we lost command of the sejv we should bo starved in England, is entirely erroneous. 
 It is a point that has been very carefully gone into, first of all by statisticians, who have proved, 
 I think, that during four months in each year we have got eight months' supply of provisions 
 always on hand, and that the lowest quantity we ever fall t» is four months' supply, and that only 
 for two mouths in the year. Then, even apart from that fact, we could not be starved out for a 
 considerable number of months. I believe myself that the recent experience we have gone through 
 during our naval uianeuvers has proved that an efficient blockade of our coasts so as to" cut usoflf 
 either from Eussia or America would be absolutely impossible. During several of these naval 
 operations to which I have referred, the navy endeavored to blockad«) one port, and this proved 
 to be unsuccessful. The ships have gone in at night, and gone out at night; and I do not believe 
 tor one moment that if to-morrow we were at war with a continental power it would be able to 
 
142 
 
 drive our navy ott'tliu nou. I tx^lievo you could got clevur and able men, who miio and coninuuid 
 8Li|)H in America, to bring in fiKNl HUiiplieH to our iiort8 — to Hevoral iiortH in the United Kingdom 
 of Great Uritain and Ireland t hat uould r;ot be blockaded. That Ih the only point that has been 
 brought forward by the lecturek- to which I will take exception. With the main liueM ui>on which 
 he h»H argued 1 entirely agree. IVfy views are with his. lie has referred to a Hchool which is of 
 recent creation in England, and tho otHcers who have Himken have also done ho. This new school 
 Hays that we in England really un^ require a strong navy for the protection not only of our 
 owu country from invasion, but also for the protection of our wide and extending Empire all over 
 the world. 1 believe that to be not only a very foolish idea, but I believe it to be a dangerous one. 
 I entirely believe what the lecturer has told us, that if we wish to be a strong power wt must have 
 a strong second line. And I think that in these days, with the experience we have had of the 
 number of ticcidents that occur to thtt fleets, and so on, I think to dei)end entirely for the defense 
 of England ou the first line — that is, u)>on our ships of war — would be a foolish and suicidal iiolicy. 
 I think that the old impression of having two strings to your bow is an absolutely true one when 
 it is applied to the defense of a country ; and to depend uiran such a fickle thing us the sea entirely 
 for your defense of England is a very unwise thing indeed. 
 
 I am very glad to see that the recent operations which have been taking place in the Uulf of 
 Fechili and the Yellow Sea, between the Japanese and the Ohinese, will go a very great way to 
 give us most satisfactory information and teach us the most useful lessons ui)on this very imi)or- 
 tant subject. Now, what was the condition of things that existed before the Japanese declared 
 war with Chiiiaf It is a curious thing to study this point, and it is one that I do not think has 
 hitherto been brought before the [teople of England as it ought to be. Before war was declared 
 China poHsessed, and was recognized as imssessing, a finer fieet than the fleet of Jaiian. There 
 were many reasons; there were many causes for this fact. First of all, the Chinese tVom time 
 immemorial had been very fine sailors. Even as long ago as ISiiO, when we had war there, it was 
 a curious thing to see then how the Chinese shores were guarded by junks, frail looking afi'airs 
 according to our notions; and to see these otten beating against a very strong wind, and holding 
 their own iu the way they did, was a curious thing. Well, as I have said, from time immemorial 
 the Chinese have been celebrated as good shipbuilders and the very best seamen. Now, what, ou 
 the other baud, do wo find in Japan? In the same jieriod to which I refer I had the advantage 
 of visiting Japan, and I found that Ihe laws existing there in those days, before the great revolu- 
 tion which civilized Japan took place, tU(« laws prevented the Japanese from building shijis of a 
 nature that could go to sea at all. They were compelled to build their junks with open sterns; 
 and it was a decidedly accepted policy ou the part of the rulers of Japan that they would not 
 Mow their peo])le to communicate with foreign (vountries, and in order to prevent them from doing 
 
 hey would uot allow them to build vessels to go across that short distance that divided them 
 
 ^ Korea. And therefore it is that the Japanese have always been iK>or sailors. 
 
 Now, that was the condition of things. Th<; Chinese had the superiority of a fleet. Their 
 fleet was more numerous than the Japanese fleet. They had a larger tonnage, and some of their 
 vessels were finer men-of-war than nowadays possessed by Japan. They were manned by a race 
 that I certainly believe that any one wlio knows anything about them will say is certainly not 
 inferior to the Japaneije in any way whatever, but indubitably they were better aud had been better 
 sailors from time immemorial than the Japanese. The Japanese, however, have created a fleet in 
 modern times, since that revolution to which I have referred. That fleet was designed by men 
 who have been largely educated in our own fleet and who knew a great deal about the work they 
 had to do. The sailors were the ordinary Japanese boatmen that you will find in the seaports that 
 line their coasts. Well, the Japanese were a very wise people. For years and years past they have 
 been preparing for this war. They recognized the fact, 1 suppose, that although u t superior in 
 numbers, they might be su^ierior iu organization. They were wise enough to proviU) themselves 
 
 en 
 
 U01 
 
 hei 
 

 148 
 
 with a Hecoiid line, mid tboy wont in not only for tlio oonMtrnction of nn offittitmt Aettt, hut alrw) for 
 Mm; conHtruction of an ultiuiunt urniy, wtioriiaH Cliina duiwndud ontirvty for it.s dufenHu upon its 
 n»vy. It abHolntuly diMregurdod itM army. Tliu army of Cliinu wliuu tliiH war bi-oliu out waH a 
 farce. It waH abHolntuly a colloction of laun, many of tlioni Htill carryini; tla^^H and uiiibrullaH to 
 protort tliem from tlio sun. But tliey liad no organ ixation aH an army; tliuy woru incapablu of 
 inovini; aM an army, and tbuy did not icnow tlie tii-Ht rudimentH of military art. 
 
 I Mliall not go into any detailed iu;couut of tlie reaHons for thia. I (;ould not do ho, becaUHe 
 anyone wlio knowH ( 'hina ItnowM that the 8oldiur'M profetiMion in ilvspitfcd tliure, and until that idea 
 iH got rid of yon van never have an army in China. 1 merely refer U} the broad fact that at the 
 beginning of this war China poHscHned a stronger tieet than Japan, but siie had no army, practically. 
 •Japan, on the other hand, although not having a better fleet than Cliina, had a moMt {>owerful 
 army. What has been the result f I can not help thinking • • • that on many occasions 
 during the last three or four months Ciiina has woefully rued the fact that she concurred in the 
 representations that have been put forward by that school to which reference has been mtule 
 to-day — that school which would have us to believe that we ought to depend entirely and 
 exclusively upon the first line of defense— our navy. There is no one in England or this country 
 who is more anxious to see our navy supreme uiHtn the sea than I am. Tiiere is no one vvho 
 to-morrow would vote more money from Parliament, if 1 had the power to vote, for the Miainteiiance 
 of our navy than I would, f do not think our navy is as strong as it ought to be 1 iuive said 
 soon many and many an occasion in pii' and also in public; and I believe that a considerable 
 addition to our navy is indispensable it' .ue to hold the same great iiosition that we held before; 
 but at the same time, I believe that the school that would impress upon the people of England 
 that, while it is necessary to do that Which we recognize as absolutely necessary, it is unnecessary 
 to have an army either for oft'ensive ' of defensive purposes is not only an unwise one, but is a 
 wicked one. These are the remarks I intended to make. I think if we sliould come to war you 
 would realize the truth of the conclusions that have been arrived at by the very able arguments 
 adduced by the lecturer in the course of the lei;ture which he has been good enough to deliver 
 before us. • • • 
 
 THE INVASION OF ENGLAND. 
 
 [From the IJullcU Serviru ikln|{ittlu«, Foliriiary, 18M.] 
 
 It is always of interest and service to see ourselves as others see us, and Just now it may be 
 useful to take into account military opinion in Germany on our iHisition. 
 
 In the MilitaerWochenblatt of the Idth and IHth of January, Baron von Liittwitz, an officer 
 of the German staff, examines the question of the possibility of an invasion of England by the 
 light of the experiences of history, prefacing his essay with the remark that though Great 
 Britain still holds by far the greatest number of colonial possessions, yet in various quarters of 
 the globe the interests of other nations are beginning to assert themselves. He thinks there will 
 be a great struggle for supremacy in Asia at no distant day, but that the decisive battle for this 
 must be fought out in Europe, and he expresses surprise that, while all the other great Powers of 
 Europe have i)erfected their organization and stand armed to the teeth and equipped for war as 
 never before, England alone should abstain from this necessity of the times. In politics, after all, 
 might is right, and he who has great jiossessions must be strong enough to defend them. He scoffs 
 at our system of recruiting, saying it remains where it was in the time of Wellingtoii and the 
 American wai of independence, with its soldiers of the line, militia, and volunteers all voluntarily 
 enlisted. Such a system is only su^cient for wars with uncivilized nations. Great Britain will 
 not interfere directly in a continental war, while from invasion she thinks herself safe. She rests 
 her belief in this on the bare fact that since the conquest no invasion has succeeded, and that her 
 
s 
 
 144 
 
 niivnl Hapruniiuty A'uch lior from the nocoMity of huviiif; lier Iiinil ForceM in a state of luore 
 complete pr<>|Hinitiuii. 
 
 8iiiuo Kliz»l>etb'H tiiiiu Eiigltuitl huH, on tliii whole, enjoyed tbiH nuval Haiaonuuiy, but in 1(M(7 
 Hbe wuH reduced to A Hcoondrute sea power, and the Dutch, under de Uuyter, boldly sailed up the 
 ThatneH and burned I^hiKlish vesMelH after defeating her Heet. 
 
 In 1707 England could only place thirty-Hix veMseU in line toopiM>H4i the French and SpaniardM. 
 Kven if Kn((land Ih now 8ui>erior to any one naval jMwer, she would not, he tbinkH, be HU|)erior to 
 the conibine<l HeetH of France and BusMia. But the chief factor in any future war Ih what nation 
 liaH the greatcHt (tea iM)wer on the dociMivo Held of battle — the Knglish Channel. The French 
 channel fleet in even now on a par with that of England. If the UuMian fleet Joined it, and 
 {losslbly a portion of the German Heet (and the facilitien for the combination of these offered by 
 the Emperor William Canal muttt be taken into consideration), the )»re))onderance of England in 
 the channel would be very problenmtical. Judging by the recent exei <'ions, England has probably 
 foreseen this herself. If we examine, he says, the much-vaunted British constitution, here again 
 history declares many chinks in her armor. Sin(;e Oroinwell's time Ireland groans in her fetters. 
 Every military disaster t).<it England has suttere<i hits evoked rebellion in Ireland. Every invader 
 has found, and will find, an ally in her. It took 30,00U men and immense exertions to put down 
 the ret>ellion of 1708. For all this the Briton boasts, and that with right, that never yet has an 
 invader of his island succeede<l. 
 
 Now, this is a remarkable fact, the writer continues, considering we have in all iierifxls of 
 history beheld British armies fighting on the Continent. They took part in nearly all the battles 
 fought against Louis XIV, against Frederick, and against Napoleon. 
 
 Is, then, an invasion ot Orcat Britain, from a military poinr of view, something totally 
 ditt'erent and much more ditHcuIt than a British invasion of the continent of Euvoi>e? Must all 
 attempts at an invasion of England fail because tliere is something imirassible in the undertaking f 
 asks the writer, who then procoedb to make what he calls a critical examination of the various 
 attempts that have taken place. 
 
 lie attributes the failure of the Spanish armada, in 1588, to defects in plan and defects in 
 organization, and considers — 
 
 1. A mistake was made in mixing the inv«i<'i ' : an< with the sea-flghting fleet. The latter 
 should have been kept iiuite sei>arate from. ai> ^ auencymbered by, the invading troops, so as to 
 be free to act against the Englisk fleet. T'u '"rmer should have been embarked in transports 
 protected by tlghtiug vessels, which the Sp;ui:ards with their numerous fleet could well have 
 spared. 
 
 2. Ignorance on the part of the Spaniards of the English Channel; flve-sixth of their vessels 
 had so heavy a draft that landing troops from them was only possible in well-defended harbors. 
 
 3. Ignorance of the sudden changes of weather to which then, as now, the channel was 
 liable. The close order observ ed by the fleet was, therefore, in the absence of trustworthy pilots, 
 doubly dangerous. 
 
 4. Small scouting vessels of light draft seem t4) have, been entirely wanting. 
 
 5. That the leader was quite unacquainted with naval matters. 
 
 6. That a lauding was to be attempted before the English fleet was defeated. 
 
 In 1600, Louis XIV sent James II with 10,0(M) men to invade Ireland, but he was defeated at 
 the Boyue on the 13th July by William III, and in 1601 the remnant of the invading army sur- 
 rendered. Ltmis made the mistake of aiming the blow at one of the limbs instead of at England, 
 the vital center. On the 18th July, 1600, De Tourville defeated the combined Anglo-Dutch 
 fleet, so that the waters of the English Channel may have been descrilied as French waters. The 
 friends of James II besought Tionis XIV to seize the opportunity; but ho would not, though 
 everything was in favor of tlie invaders, as the French were supreme at sea, and William III 
 was engaged in suppressing rebellion. 
 
 m 
 
1^: 
 
 
 '*?. 
 
 I. *• 
 
 1 
 
 -"*' ''M9K^I^!^'^>-^'yM^''^' 
 
 ^ 
 

 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 ViWSTER,N.Y. USSO 
 
 (716) •72-4*03 
 
CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHIVI/iCIVIH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
'■ 
 
i 
 
 145 
 
 The i>rqjectcd invasion of the Old Pretender in 1708 was undertaken with too small a force, 
 and at the wrong point. No landing was attempted, the appearance of Admiral Byng, with the 
 Elnglish deet having sufflcedto send the French squadron of thirty-two vessels back to France. 
 
 Next comes the plan of invasion projected by Napoleon in 1805, which will assuredly form the 
 ground work of any future plan for the invasion of England. England's strength lay on the sea 
 in her fleet; France's on land in her army. How was the struggle to be carried on? Obviously a 
 naval war must be changed into operations by land, if France was to use her strength to the best 
 advantage. 
 
 There were tw<» ways of carrying into practice this theory — the indirect and the direct; the 
 Arst led to military occupation of the countries of England's allies; the latter to the invasion of 
 her colonies, of Ireland, or of England — London being the objective in the latter case. 
 
 The first plan had been steadily followed by Napoleon, 1800 to 1812, by the occupation of 
 Vienna, Berlin, Madrid, Moscow; and what did it lead to? St. Helena! 
 
 In like manner, an invasion of Ireland would be but to grapple witli a side issue, avoiding 
 the main point, and so fail of permanent effect. Oertaiidy, had lie decided to act simply on the 
 defensive against England, he could have operateil effectively in Ireland on the offensive. Thirty 
 or forty thousand men under a general of the caliber of Massena, tlirown into Ireland, would soon 
 have put an end to British subsidies to the allies. 
 
 The Directory had held this view, and on the 15th of December, 1796, had embarked at Brest 
 General Hoche, fresh from the pacification of La Vendue, on seventeen ships of the line and 
 thirteen frigates, a force destined for the occupation of Ireland. At the landing in Bantry Bay a 
 storm threw the French ships in confusion, carrying the flag-ship, with Hoche on board, back to 
 La liochelle. Thereon the exi)edition' was regarded as a failure. The attempt was to be renewed 
 in the autumn of 1797. But the Dutch fleet, which was to have transported the invading army. 
 Mils so badly beaten by Admiral Duncan at Oamperdown that it quickly sought a refuge on its 
 own shores. 
 
 It is possible that these failures set Napoleon against any attempts to invade Ireland. He 
 saw that the only infallible way to destroy England's power was by the invasion of England. 
 England had been isolated l)y the treaty of Luneville. The first consul at once ordered the 
 assembly of 100,000 men, and the construction of a flotilla of small vessels of light draft at 
 Boulogne. Then came the peace of Amiens. On the 13th May, 1803, however, the war broke out 
 afrosh. Public opinion, more than his own inclination for the task, now drove Napoleon to take 
 decided measures toward the invasion of England, which liad become a rooted idea in France. 
 His preparations were postponed till, in 1805, they were near realization. They were twofold in 
 character — military and political. The first to secure success, and the second to secure abstention 
 from foreign interference. 
 
 Now, what did Naiwleon in 1805? What do we, at the present time, understand by the 
 success of an invasion of England? A lasting conquest like that of William of Normandy? 
 Certainly not ! 
 
 Success would consist in — 
 
 1. The transport and landing of an invading army. 
 
 2. The destruction of the British forces. 
 
 3. The occupation of the capital as center of the material as well as the intellectual wealth of 
 the country. 
 
 4. A quickly concluded peace, under such conditions as would make it impossible for England 
 to resume the war for a long time. 
 
 There was but one way for England to render this success impossible — by annihilating the 
 invading army during the passage or in the attempted landing of the force. The first steps taken 
 nuist be to blockade the French and Dutch harbors, to render impossible the preparations for the 
 passage of the channel, or at least to hinder them as much as possible. 
 15848 M s 10 
 
 
 •1 ( 
 
 f: 
 
 <mmmmmMiiiSSI)iliik^ 
 
 .aiESW*^ 
 
146 
 
 How .veil the EiigliMli admirals of ir)88 liad tiiulorstood tliis. 
 
 In 1805 they failed in doing ho owing to the excellent arrangements made by NaiHiloon for 
 the uroteetion of the harbors — over 600 heavy },'uns had been mounted on shore batteries ahmg 
 the French coast. The organization of the fleet of transports progressed nnreinittingly. 
 
 The leading principle was kept in view of having the fleet kept for fighting and the invading 
 force to have its own transport. 
 
 One thousand two hundred and forty gun sloops, gunboats, etc., and 625 transports to follow 
 his second line, were ready in Vimereux, Ambleteuse, Boulogne, and l^itables. 
 
 By means of these, 100,000 men could be thrown on the coast of Kagland at one crossing. 
 
 The troop boats were specially designed for their transport, being capable of being rowed or 
 sailed, while they only drew 6 or 7 feet of water, and were keelless, to enable a landing to be 
 effected eveh at ebb tide. 
 
 Each gun sloop carried one company and four heavy ship's guns; the gunboats one company, 
 one ship's gun, and one field gun, for which two horses were carried amidships. 
 
 It was reckoned by the most eminent seamen in France that forty eight hours would liavo 
 sufficed with such preparations to embark and pass over 132,000 men and 4(K) guns, and that the 
 train with 1.000 horses could follow within a week, during whitth time it would, of course, be 
 necessary for IN'apoleon to remain master of the Channel. But since the battle of the Nile the 
 French fleet had been in every way inferior to the British. Only by sacrificing a portion for 
 the benefit ot the whole, theretbre, could success be hoi)ed for. The author then contrasts the 
 two fleets of the present day with those of 1804. In the mouth of the Thames there were then 
 12 ships of the line to watch the Dutch fleet in Texel, 7 or 8 ships of the line at Spithead, with 
 a number of frigates, brigs, and gunboats, some not equipped. Both squadrons were inferior 
 to the Dutch fleet. Lord Cornwallis blockaded Brest with 19 ships of the line, 21 French ships 
 of the line were lying there under Vice-Admiral Ganteaume. If the British squadron had timely 
 notice of the passage it could return within four to six days to Dover, followed, of course, by the 
 French, who would attack them. The rest of the British fleet was in pursuit of the French 
 Admiral Yilleneuve, who had left the West Indies with 21 ships of the line bound for FerroL 
 He had orders to raise the blockade of Ferrol or Brest, uniting with the French squadrons, then 
 to return to cover the passage of the army invading England. 
 
 "This is an unaccountable order," says the writer; "the very contrary should have been done." 
 He would, had he obeyed it, have b« jn followed by the British fleet. Now, this should, by every 
 means, have been lured away from the Channel, and the Channel fleet attacked by the French 
 home fleets. 
 
 However, Napoleon was, he says, by this time no longer in keen earnest about the invasion. 
 The fact remains that the largest portion of the English fleet was 187 miles west of Ferrol, and 
 that Nelson was oft' Gibraltar; therefore these squadrons could not have returned to the Channel 
 in less than a fortnight; while the French Channel fleet could have' engaged and held in check 
 that of the British there, so that in the middle of July the invasion was iH>ssible. The British 
 militia and volanteers of that day, with their antiquated organization, could hardly have resisted 
 Napoleon's great military genius and his experienced soldiers imbued with the spirit of self- 
 confldence and led by young but practiced generals eager for glory. The way in which the English 
 scattered their troops all along the coast, against all the roles of war, says little for their capacity. 
 States which, like England, depend on volunteer forces, will have a rude awakening when 
 opposed to regular troops. 
 
 The French troops were distributeil as follows: 
 
 Vimerenx (Lannes) 14,000 
 
 Ambletense ( I )avoiit) 26, 000 
 
 Boulogne (Soult and the Eiuperor) 40,000 
 
 fitable (Ney) 22,000 
 
 Texel (Mannont) 25,000 
 
 In reserye 27,000 
 
 Total 164,000 
 
>r 
 
 147 
 
 Thene once landed coald be brought under one command in one day, and within four days be 
 in London. Thin, unprovided witli defenses, would fall at once. The possession of the (capital 
 would not have meant the possession of the arsenals and dockyards, but a heavy flue would 
 have been exacted from the wealthy inhabitants. No one knew this better than Naitoleon. Had 
 France then had i)eace on her own frontiers, there is little doubt of the success of the invasion 
 of England. l{«>volution in Ireland would have cooperated with the invader, and Nai)oleon fully 
 believed in the possibility of success, and only renounced the expedition because he foresaw 
 greater certainty and more important results from a continental war with Austria. 
 
 ''An iuvasion of England would be risky — not impossible." Quoting from Von Wartenburg, 
 he adds that many events pronounced by contem])oraries impossibilities have yet been carried out 
 by commanding genius. If this study — says the author, in conclusion — should have succeeded 
 in destroying the illusion of the uuassailability «)f Great Britain, it will have fultilled its object. 
 
 Since 1805 the introduction of steam and the electric telegraph have increased the favorable 
 chances of an attack on England, the assembly and quick transport of an invading army being 
 thereby much facilitated. In the^e days especially should this factor be borne in mind. 
 
 We will not venture to follow the writer in his curious readings of English history, nor do 
 we ((uite see how the French Channel fleet was to have attacked and held the English Channel 
 fleet, seeing it was blockaded by Lord Cornwallis so closely, says Captain Mahan, "that it excited 
 not only the admiration but the wonder of contemporaries." And it is hardly to be supposed 
 that our navy would be taken unawares now, as it was in Louis XIV's time, when it was 
 '' paralyzed by the corruption which prevailed in the public service," as one historian puts it. 
 But those who look upon an invasion as impossible should remember that but for Nelson and 
 the admirable handling of the British- navy it would not have been so in 1805. 
 
 Since then other navies have al^o made great progress; and as the views of this German 
 officer certainly prevail to a great extent on the Continent, it would be well to consider what might 
 happen to England in the event of a coalition of two or three naval powers against us, compelling 
 us to unduly scatter our fleet. To avoid this, it is necessary not only to maintain our naval 
 supremacy all over the world but to exert ourselves unremittingly to raise our home defense force 
 to a high state of completeness and efficiency in men and material, so that in the event of our 
 ships being lured away or overiwwered, our Held army, aided by a well-thought-out system of field 
 defenses, may, on every possible line of advance of an invader, hold its own. 
 
 ■•' i'i w iii i inMiiirMw<»b.- 
 
Tl 
 iiicluil 
 at Kit 
 
 T 
 
 ritori* 
 surve; 
 
 T 
 militii 
 forces 
 Domii 
 tende 
 beeui 
 and t 
 admii 
 will I 
 
 T 
 large 
 tion e 
 her o1 
 years 
 the !> 
 the o1 
 peace 
 
 i 
 of 18 
 dividi 
 
 1 
 witho 
 
-^: 
 
 Extracts from **How Canada is Governed." 
 
 By J. O. BouRlNOT, 0. M. G., LL. D., D. C. L., D. L. 
 
 THE PUrVY COUNCIL OF CANADA. 
 • • • #• • • • • 
 
 The minister of militia ami defense is responsible for the jul ministration of the militia affairs, 
 including fortifications, armories, munitions of war, stores, schools of instruction, militia college 
 at Kingston. Under him is a major general, chosen from the regular military service of England. 
 
 The minister of the interior has control and management of the affairs of the Northwest Ter- 
 ritories, of the Indians, and of all imblic lands belonging to the (iovernment, and of the geological 
 survey of Canada. 
 
 MILITIA AND DEFENSE. 
 
 The British North America act places under the control of the Dominion (Iovernment the 
 militia, naval service, and defense of Canada. The command in-chief of the land and naval 
 forces of and in Canada, however, continues to be vested in the Queen. A department of the 
 Dominion Governnient, called the department of militia and defense (see alwve), has the superin- 
 tendence of this important part of the public service. Since confederation, English troops have 
 been removed from all phices in Canada except Halifax, which is a strongly fortified military post 
 and the headquarters of the North American squadron, under the command of a vice or rear 
 admiral. On the Pjusific side Esquimau, on the Island of Vancouver, is also being fortified, and 
 will be garrisoned by imperial troops. 
 
 The withdrawal of English troops to so great an extent from Canada has necessarily thrown 
 large responsibilities upon the Canadian Government since 1867 for the protection of a confedera- 
 tion extending over so immense a territory between two oceans. Canada has attempted to fulfill 
 her obligations in this respect by the expenditure of a large sum of money daring twenty-seven 
 years for the drill, instruction, and arming of an effective militia drawn from the great body of 
 the peoi)le. In this way a spirit of self-reliance has been stimulated from one end of Canada to 
 the other, and on more than one emergency the national forces have pi-oved their capacity to secure 
 peace and order and put down rebellion. 
 
 By the law of Canada the militia consists of all the male inhabitants of Canada of the age 
 of 18 years or upward and under 6(), not exempte«i or disqualified by law; the population being 
 divided into four classes, as follows: 
 
 The first class comprises those aged 18 or upward and under 30, being unmarried or widowers 
 without children. 
 
 
^sr 
 
 <v 
 
 150 
 
 The second clasH comprises those between the tvgcs of 'M) and 45, being unmarried or widowers 
 without children. 
 
 The third class comprises those between 18 and 45, bein^ married or widowers witii children. 
 
 The fourth class (tomprises those between 45 and (»<K 
 
 And those liable to serve sluill be called upon in the foreK<)i»K order. 
 
 The following persons are exempt from enrollment and actual service at any time: .Judges, 
 clergymen, and ministers of all religious denominations, professors in colleges and teachers in 
 religious orders, iiersons engaged in the collection or management of the revenue, the wardens 
 and officials of all penitentiaries and lunatic asylums, per8(ms physitMilly disabled, and any person 
 being the only sou of a widow and her only support. Half pay and retired oHIcers of the imperial 
 forces, sailors tuitually employed in their calling, pilots during the season of navigation, and nms- 
 ters of schools are exempt from service, except in case of war. Quakers, Mennonites, and others 
 may be exempted altogether under regulations prescribed by the governor-general in council. 
 
 The militia is divided into active and reserve land and marine forces. The land force is 
 composed of corps raised either by voluntary enlistment or ballot. The active marine force shall 
 be raised in the same way, and composed of seamen, sailors, and persons whose occupation is on 
 vessels navigating the waters of Canada; and the reserve force, land and marine, consists of the 
 whole of the men not serving in the active militia for the time being. 
 
 The period of service in the militia is three years. The number of men to be trained and 
 drilled annually is limited to 45,000, except as specially authorized, and the period of drill is to 
 be sixteen days, and not less than eight days each year. 
 
 The Dominion is divided into twelve military districts, in each of which a ])ermanent military 
 staff is maintained, under command of a deputy adjutant-general. The i)ermanent corps and 
 schools of instruction consist of royal Oana<lian drago<ms, royal Canadian artillery, garrison 
 artillery, and a royal regiment of Canadian infantry. The total strength of these permanent 
 corps is limited by the militia law to a thousand men. 
 
 The royal military college at Kingston, which is under the control of the militia department, 
 was founded in 1875, and has proved on the whole a most successful institution. Of the total 
 number of cadets who have graduate<l, a large number have been gazetted to commissions in the 
 imperial army. Four commissions are annually offered by the Imperial Government, and in 1888 
 six others were offered. 
 
 Heretofore an imperial officer has been chosen from the regular English military force and 
 given the rank of a mt^jor- general in Canada, to command the militia and supervise their instruction 
 and equipment, under the control of the minister of militia, who is resi^onsible to Parliament for 
 the efficiency of this department. So far no active marine militia has been organized in the 
 Dominion, but the naval defenses continue exclusively under the care of the Imperial Gktvernment. 
 In the Northwest Territories peace and order have been secured for years by the employment of a 
 most efficient body of mounted police. 
 
 THE INDIANS. 
 
 By the British North America act the Dominion Government has sole control over the Indians, 
 and lands reserved for Indians, in the provinces and territories of the Dominion. One of the 
 departments of the Oovernment of Canada is that of Indian affairs, of which a superintendent- 
 general is the head. It has the management and charge of all matters relating to the Indians. 
 The minister of the interior (see above) generally fills the x)osition of suiierinteudent-general, and 
 has the assistance of a number of officers to manage the business of the department. In all the 
 provinces and territories there are bands or remnants of the old tribes or *< nations^ that once 
 inhabited British North America, who live on lands specially reserved for their use and benefit. 
 The law carefhlly guards their interests, and all property held for them can only be alienated or 
 
<v 
 
 .#«.^ -"-rtip^^-i^ft 
 
 151 
 
 leased by their <iwii coiisont, and then the i>roceed8 are invested fur their sole advantage. The 
 law makes very Hatisfactory provision for the "enfranchisement" of the Indians— that is, the 
 c«»nferring upon tliem the rights and privileges of free citizens whenever they come up to the 
 qualitlcations laid down to meet their case. 
 
 Indians in the old provinces can vote at dominion and provincial elections, on the conditions 
 laid down in tlie statutes on the subject, but in the territories and Manitoba they have not yet 
 reached that degree of civilization wiiich would enable them to exercise the rights of white men. 
 There are in British Columbia and the organized territories some 46,000 Indians, in various stages 
 of development. They are tlie wards of the Canadian Government, which has always exercised 
 a parental care over them. They are fed and (^othed in large numbers. Before lands were laid 
 out for settlement the Indian titles were extinguished by treaties of purchase, conducted between 
 the representative of the dominion and the councils ot the several tribes. The Indians live on 
 "reserves" set apart for them in valuable districts; industrial farms and other schools are pro- 
 vided by the Government with the creditable hope of making them more useful members of the 
 community. Agents live on the reserves, and inspectors visit the agencies from time to time to 
 see that the interests of the Indians are protected in accordance with the general |)olicy of the 
 Government. Tlie sale of spirituous litpiors is expressly forbidden to the Indian population, and 
 severe punishment is provided by the law for those who evade this wise regulation. 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 1 '! 
 
 
 ii 
 
 is s 
 
 •ffftliiiBi 
 
 '.W^M^vM ^'S^Wim^^^S^'^.K--?^-' 
 
rfl